Sei sulla pagina 1di 411

- EDD AVIONICS

CORPORATION DIVISION

CENTURY
ILIIB & I

Flight Systems

Service Manual

68554
73
TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE
1. SYSTEMTHEORY. . . . v & + & v & & o o o o o e e e e e e e e 111

11 CENTURY 1l BASIC OPERATION. . . . . .. e e e e e e e e .1


1.2 CENTURY IIIBASICOPERATION. . . . . . + v v v v « w o . . A7
13 RADIOCOUPLER. . . . & v v o v v e e e e e w e e e . . .113
14 GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER. . . e e e e e e e e e e . . .1-16
15 STABILIZER AND OMNI TRACKER. . . . . . . v . . oo . .1-19
16 AUTOMATICTRIMSYSTEM. . . . & + © v v o v o u o v u v 1-21
1. AUTOPILOT DATASHEETS. .. & © v & v v v v e e e e e e e e e 21
INDEX. . . . . « + . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e v . 241
AERO COMMANDER. . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e . .23
AMERICANAVIATION. . . . . . . ¢ . v s o i i s et d e e e . 29
BEECHCRAFT............................2-11
BELLANCA. . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e ... . 261
BRITTEN-NORMAN e e e e e e e e e e . e e e e e e e . . .2-65
CESSNA.. . . e e h e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e . .. 267
DEHAVILLAND. . . » v v oo ve oo .2 4
HELIO. . . . . . . . & s e i et e e e e e e o e e e e e .. 2123
MAULE. . . . & . it e et et e e e e e e e e e e e e e . . 2125
PIPER. . . . . . . .. C e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e 2-127
WREN. . . e e h e e e e e e e e e e . e e e e e e e e . 24139

I, TEST EQUIPMENT IN AIRCRAFT TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . .. 3-1


3.0 GENERAL. . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e . 3
3.1 66D141 TEST SET.. . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e . 31
3.2 CENTURYIITROUBLESHOOTING e e e e e e e < 24
3.21 Quick Check. . . . . . 3-2
3.2.2 Checking the Century || Console Ampllfler 1C385 wnth the 660141 Test Set 34
3.23 CheckingtheRollServo. . . . . . . . . . . . . « . v . .« . .. 37
3.2.4 Checking the ArtificalHorizon. . . . . . . . . . ... ... ... .38
3.2.5 Checking the DirectionalGyro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-9
3.26 Checkingthe RadioCoupler. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ... ..31
33 CENTURYllITROUBLESHOOTlNG o e e s e e e e e e e . 313
3.31 QuickChecks. . . . . . . . . . .. e e a e e e e e e e .. 313
322 General. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e " 2% K1
333 Century I A+Checks. . . . . . . « v v v v v v 4 e e . 313
334 RollSectionChecks. . . . .. . . . . . . . ... ... .....313
3.3.5 PitchSectionChecks . . .
. . e e e e e e e e e e e e e . 317
336 RadioCauplerChecks. . . . . . . . . ... ... ........318
3.3.7 Glide Slope CouplerChecks. . . . . . . . .. e e e e ... . 318
3.3.8 AutomaticPitchTrim. . . . . . . . . ... . .... ... . 318
Iv. REPAIRANDOVERHAUL. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. e e e e 4-1
4.1 GENERAL. . . e e e e e e e . A
42 1C3850ENTURYIIANDIIB CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER. e e e e e . A
421 (a) Century Il Theory . . . . C e e e e e e . 8
4.2.1 (b) Century lIB Theory. . . P et e e e et e e e e e e .. 482
4.2.2 Century Il Console/Amplifier Tests. . . . . . . . .. c i e e ... A3
4.23 Century I1B Console/Amplifier Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 44
4.3 1D395, 1C515 AND 1C515-1 & -2 AMPLIFIERS. s e e e e e e . AN
4.3.1 Theory (1D395 Amplifier). . . . . . e e e e e e e e .. 4T
43.2 Theory (1C515 Amplifier). . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e . B

Issued: Jan. 1973 "Page i


SECTION

Theory (1C515 -1 & -2 Amplifiers).. . .


AAA
WWW
apw Century. 11 1D395 and 1C515 Amplrfier Tests
Century 111 1C515 -1 & -2 Amplifier Tests.

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER. . . . . .


PITCH SIGNAL FILTER. . . .. . .
NNNOoboooRRAR
oOR

RADIO COUPLERS.
Theory. . e
(a) 1C388 Radro Coupler Serial No. 6,000 and above.
- ed 2
bhALARDRRA

{(b) 1C388 Radio Coupler - Serial No. 1,480


to 6,000. : s
(c) 1C388C and 1C388MC Radio Couplers. . .
Radio Coupler 1C388 Tests {Serial No. 6,000 and above)
N

Radio Coupler 1C388 Tests (Serial No. 6,000 and below).


GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER. e e e e e e
Theory. . . e e e e s e e e e .
=

Glide Slope Coupler Tests. e e e e e


N

TRIM AMPLIFIERS- 79C54 & 79C53. .


hh
o

TRIM AMPLIFIERS- 1C646& 1C671.


4.10 TRIM AMPLIFIERS- 1B369 & 1B389. .
4.11 SYNCHRONOUS FILTERS.
4.12 PHASE DETECTOR. .

WIRING DIAGRAMS. . . . e e e e e e e .
(See List of lllustrations for Contentsl

VI. GROUND CHECKS AND FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS..


6.1

Dodd
CENTURY HAND IIBAUTOPILOTS. . . . . . . . . « « . .
GroundChecks. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e .
OO
N -

=
oo

FlightChecks. . . . . . . . . . . . .. C e e e e ae

N
CENTURY HIAUTOPILOTS.. . . . .+ v v v v v v e e u

Dobd
Nob
000

SN,
GroundChecks. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ...

2o
-

Ground Checks and Adj |ustment Automatic Pltch Trim,

AUTOMATIC PITCH TRIMSYSTEMS. . . . . . . . ..


00 00
www

Dop
0D

General.
. . . . . . . .. 00
N -

Ground Checks

FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS FOR 1C515-( l AMPLIFIERS.. . .


BRRR
000

po>

Roll Threshold {(Rth) Adjustment.


L2
=

Q o

Pitch Threshold (Pth) Adjustment. L L .


(-2}
N

FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS- ALL CENTURY III. .6-10


0000

Roll- No Radio Coupler. . . 610


ot
WN =

Roll- With Radio Coupler . .61


Pitch. . . . . .6-12
-

GLIDESLOPECOUPLER. .. . . . . . . . .. .6-14
00
NN

In-Flight Adjustment Procedure for 1C493 Gllde Slope Coupler W‘thout


=

66D94 Test Box. . . .6-14


In-Flight Adjustment Procedure for 1C493Gllde Slope Coupler Wlth
N
O
N

66D94 Test Box. .6-14

Page ii Issued: Jan. 1973


LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

FIGURE TITLE
1-1 THE CENTURY FAMILY OF AUTOPILOTS
1-2 CENTURY Il AND IIB CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . ..
1-3 DIRECTIONALGYRO(52D54). . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
14 AIRCRAFT TRIM EFFECTS.. . . e e e e e e e e e ey .
1-5 CENTURY |l SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ..... e e e e e
1-6 BLOCK DIAGRAM- CENTURY Il CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER
1-7 CENTURY HICONSOLE. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
1-8 CENTURY Il SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS. . . . . . e e e e e s
19 BLOCK DIAGRAM - CENTURY 111 1D395 AMPLIFIER. . . . . . .. ..
1-10 RADIO COUPLER. . .
. . . . e e e e e e e
111 BLOCK DIAGRAM- RADIO COUPLER 1C388 - . e e e e e e e
1-12 BLOCK DIAGRAM- GLIDE SLOPE. COUPLER 1C493.
113 WIND EFFECTSONAPPROACH. . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
114 STABILIZER/TRACKER SYSTEM. . . e e e e e e e e e e
1-15 BLOCK DIAGRAM- STABILIZER/TRACKER.. . e e e e e e e
1-16 BLOCK DIAGRAM- AUTOMATIC TRIM SYSTEM.
1-17 TYPICAL TRIM SENSORS. . . . ‘o
1-18 TYPICAL TRIM SERVO AND AMPLIFIERS.
1-19 TRIM TAB OPERATION. . . e e .
1-20 ~ TRIM SENSOR IN “UP ELEVATOR” CONDITION.. . . . .. e e e e
1-21 TRIM SENSOR IN “DOWN ELEVATOR”CONDITION. . . . . . . . . ..
3-1 66D141 TEST SET.. . .
3-2 QUICK CHECKS CENTURY n TROUBLESHOOTING LOGIC CHART . .
3-3 CENTURY Ii INTERCONNECT WIRINGDIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . ..
35 CENTURYIITESTSET-UP.. . . . . . . . . . ¢ . v vv o v v v v
3-6 .QUICK CHECKS CENTURY n TROUBLESHOOTING LOGIC CHART .« o
3-7 CENTURY lI INTERCONNECT WIRINGDIAGRAM. . . . . . .. . ..

4-1A CENTURY Ii1 SCHEMATIC. . . s e e s e e s e e s


4-1B CENTURY II PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD e e e e e e
4-1C CENTURY IIB SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . ..
4-1D CENTURY IIB PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
4-2 CENTURY Il TEST SET-UP. . .
4-3 CENTURY Il & IIB CONSOLE ADJUSTMENTS.
44 CENTURY Il CONSOLE SCHEMATIC.. . . . . . ... . . . ..+ .« ..
4-4A 1D395 AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC. . . s e ek e e e
e
4-4B 1D395 AMPLIFIER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.. e e e e e e
4-5A 1C515 AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC.. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
4-5B 1C515 AMPLIFIER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.. . . . C e e e e e e .
4-6A 1C515 -1 & -2 AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . .. e e e
4-6B 1C515-1 & -2 AMPLIFIER PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD. . . . . . . ..
4-7 CENTURY Ill AMPLIFIER TEST SET-UP. . . . . e e e e e e e
4-8 SELECTOR RESISTOR CHART. . . . e e e e e e e e e e
4-9A ROLL SIGNAL FILTER 1B440 SCHEMATIC. . .
4-9B ROLL SIGNAL FILTER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD..
4-10A PITCH SIGNAL FILTER SCHEMATIC. . .
4-10B PITCH SIGNAL FILTER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD..
4-11A 1C388 RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC- S/N 6.000 & ABOVE. . . . . . . .
4-12A 1C388 RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC- S/N 1.480 to 6,000. .
413A 1C388 RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC- S/N UP TO 1,480..
4-11B 1C388 RADIO COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD S/N 6 000 & ABOVE..
4-12B 1C388 RADIO COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD S/N 1,480 TO 6,000.
4-13B 1C388 RADIO COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD S/N UP TO 1 480
414 1C388C RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC S/N 6,000 & ABOVE. ..
4-15 1C388C RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC S/N 1,480 TO 6,000..

Issued: Jan. 1973.


FIGURE TITLE PAGE

4-16 CENTURY Il RADIO COUPLER TESTSET-UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44A


417 CENTURY III RADIO COUPLER TEST SET-UP. . . . . . . .. 4-44B
4-18 "GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER TEST SET-UP. . . . .. T e e e .4-50
4-19A GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . .. .4-51
4-19B GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. . . . . 4-52
4-20A TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C54 SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . .. . .4-55
4-20B TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C54 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. . . . . . . . . .. 4-56
4-20C TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C54-3 SCHEMATIC.. . 4-57
4-21A TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C53 SCHEMATIC. . . . . .4-58
421B TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C53 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. . . . . . 4-59
4-22A TRIM AMPLIFIER 1C646 SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . o e e e e 4-60
4228 TRIM AMPLIFIER 1C646 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. . . . . . 4-61
4-23A TRIM AMPLIFIER 1C671 SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62
4-23B TRIM AMPLIFIER 1C671 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. . . . . 4-63
4-24A TRIM AMPLIFIER 1B369 & 1B389 SCHEMATIC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
4-24B TRIM AMPLIFIER 1B369 & 1B389 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. .4-65
425 SYNCHRONOUS FILTER.. . . . . .4-66
427 ONE HALF CYCLE CONDITION.. C e e e e e e e s .4-68
4-28 PHASEDETECTOR. . . . . . . « " & v v v o o e e 0 0w e w a0 0 4-68
5-1 CENTURY 111 30D207 CABLE HARNESS. . . . . . . . .. .5-1
5-2 CENTURY 11 30B198 CABLE HARNESS. . e e e e e e e . 5-2
5-3 GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER 30C291 CABLE HARNESS.. . . .. . . 53
6-1 CENTURY (IB CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
6-2 CENTURY 11l CONSOLE (1C404) s e e e a e e e e e . .6-13
6-3 66D94 TEST BOX. .. C h e e e e s e e e e e e e e e e 6-15

LIST OF TABLES .

TABLES TITLE PAGE

41 TRIM AMPLIFIER PARTS LIST CHART . . < 3-19


42 TRIM AMPLIFIER TEST PROCEDURES AND CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS. . . .3-22

Page iv. Issued: Jan. 1973


11 1R

TRIM —

( Century 111

CENTURY

FIGURE 1-1
THE CENTURY FAMILY OF AUTOPILOTS
SECTION |
SYSTEM THEORY
1.1 CENTURY Il: BASIC OPERATION
1.11 Operator’s Manual Extracts - The Century 11 Autopilot is an extremely simple, all electronic, two-
axis autopilot system. It is called a two-axis system because it controls both Heading and Roll.

Before discussing “How It Works", sections of the Operator’s Manual are extracted below to ac-
quaint you with “How To Work It".

Roll (Aileron) Engagement


- The Century Il incorporates a fail-safe electrical engage and disengage
mechanism in the roll servo which is operated by an ON-OFF switch in the console (Fig. 1-2).
When this switch only is engaged, the autopilot is responsive to only the roll axis outputs of the
attitude gyro and the commands of the console roll/turn control.

Rall Command Knob - The roll command knob ~an be used to maneuver the aircraft through the
roll axis without the D.G. Hdg. command. When the Heading mode switch is engaged the roll
knob is removed from the autopilot and is ineffective. However: it should be left in the centered
position, for convenience, in case the roll switch is engaged.

Heading Mode - The heading mode switch is located to the right of the engage switch on the Cen-
tury console. It is the function of this Push On-Push Off Switch to remove the roll.command
knob from the autopilot circuit and add the D.G. heading command and the optional coupler
functions to the basic roll attitude control. Prior to engagement of the heading mode, the D.G.
course selector and coupler modes should be preset.

CENTURY Il CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER

Y > ey

CENTURY HB

CENTURY 11B CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER

FIGURE 1-2

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-1


Course Selector D.G. - The course selector D.G. (Fig. 1-3) replaces the standard directional gyro
and provides a fully visible course indicator around the normal D.G. opening. The D.G. dial is
marked in 5° intervals and numbered each 30° around its azimuth. A center indice is provided
at the top to align selected heading. Additional indices are located each 45° to facilitate rapid
heading selection without mental arithmetic. Any heading may be selected, either before or after
engagement and turns up to 180° may be programmed directly, either right or left. If the course
indicator is rotated beyond 180° from the D.G. dial heading, the course selector will command a
revérsal on bank to reach the resultant selected heading in the shortest direction.

The D.G. dial is normally set to the magnetic compass with the caging knob on the left in the
usual fashion while the course selector indicator is rotated by the Hdg. Knob on the right. Direc-
tion of rotation of both the knob and indicator commands the same direction of turn.

CAGING KNOB COURSE SELECTOR

DIRECTIONAL GYRO (52D54)


FIGURE 1-3

Aircraft Trim Effects - An important axiom to remember is that if the airplane is properly
“trimmed’’, an Edo Avionics autopilot in heading mode will never fly the airplane with a
wing down.

This statement can be changed slightly to apply to an airplane without an autopilot; In order to
fly a ““trimmed”’ airplane on a constant heading, the wings must be held level.

Consider the effect of rudder trim in Figure 1-4. Viewing the airplane from the rear, note that
with left rudder applied the right wing must be lowered to offset the rudder effect and keep the
heading constant, i. e., the left turn effect of the rudder is canceled by the right turn effect of
the bank.

Since the autopilot is slaved to a heading this is exactly what it will do in order to maintain that
heading when the rudder is out trim.

Thus when operating on autopilot heading mode with a wing down, rudder trim in the direction
toward the low wing is required.

Page 1-2 Issued: Jan. 1973


1.1.2 System Configuration - As can be seen from the Operator’s Manual, the Century Il is an easy
system to operate. The most complicated Century 11 consists of only six parts (seven, consider-
ing the interconnecting electrical cable harness) as illustrated in Fig. 1-5. They are as follows:

1. Console-Amplifier - The Console-Amplifier is the focal point of the Century Il autopilot. It is


both the command console through which the pilot operates the autopilot, and the computer
which provides the necessary mixing of signals and voltage amplification tc drive the autopilot
servos. The Console-Amplifier provides reference excitation voltages to the Directional Gyro and
Artificial Horizon which in turn supply the Console-Amplifier with the needed roll reference and
directional command signal to fly the aircraft.

2. Artificial Horizon - The Artificial Horizon provides the roll reference signal for the system. It
receives excitation from the console-amplifier and converts it to an attitude reference signal to
tell the autopilot the roll attitude of the aircraft. Loss of this roll attitude signal will cause the
autopilot to fly with its “‘eyes closed’’ and therefore it may fly at any bank angle—even upside
down.

3. Directional Gyro - The Directional Gyro (D.G.) supplies ‘‘compass” information to the Cen-
tury Il. It also receives and controls the frequency of the reference excitation signal used by the
system. The pilot, by selecting a heading on the D.G. (aligning ““Heading bug‘’), directs the auto-
pilot to fly that heading.

4. Roll Servo - The Roll Servo receives power from the console amplifier and applies force to the
aircraft controls. A solenoid controls engagement to the controls and a force limiting clutch is
provided to limit the maximum force the servo can apply. The setting of the clutch is deter-
mined during F.A.A. certification and its maximum setting as contained in the servo data should
never be exceeded.

5. Roll Signal Filter - The Roll Signal Filter is a “Rate’ circuit that plugs in line with the Artifi-
cial Horizon. Its purpose is to tell the console-amplifier “how fast”’ the aircraft is rolling in one
direction or the other. The Roll Signal Filter is not used in all types of aircraft. Its need is deter-
mined during the F.A.A. certification. In general, incorrect operation of the Roll Signal Filter
will cause “‘overshooting of bank angles or control wheel nervousness’.

6. Radio Coupler - The Radio Coupler is an option with all Century |l systems except those with
PN101’s, KP1-650, etc. The Radio Coupler plugs in line with the D.G. and provides radio coup-
ling for navigation and approaches. When a PN101 or KPI-550 is used with the Century I, a
special radio coupler, 1C388-C (Collins), must be used to provide correct matching of the heading
datum synchro to the autopilot.

LEFT RUDDER~__

RIGHT BANK

REAR VIEW

AIRCRAFT TRIM EFFECTS


FIGURE 14

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-3


J
Dp °
oarv sy 4

CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER ROLL SERVO

Two axis autopilot with optional radio coupler


Weight: Including gyros, 9 pounds
Power: 24 Volt - 1.5 Amp
12 Volt-2 Amp
Optional Radio Coupler weight, ¥ pound

CENTURY |l SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS


FIGURE 1-5

1.1.3 Basic Signal Flow - In the block diagram (Fig. 1-6) aircraft A+ power is supplied to the console
‘ amplifier where it is controlled by the ON-OFF switch on the console. After the switch, A+ goes
three ways:

1. To the servo engage solenoid.


2. To the servo amplifier circuit.
3. To the voltage regulator and then to the 5KHz oscillator,

The Oscillator supplies the 5 KHz regulated excitation in a 27 + 1 volt peak to peak square wave
to:

1. Internal circuits of the console-ampilifier.


2. The D.G. and Radio Coupler if installed.
3. The Artificial Horizon.

The excitation is used in the console-amplifier to:

1. Generate the Roll Command Signal.


2. Control timing circuits (synchronous filters) {Phase detectors).
3. Supply regulated power.for amplifier.

The D.G. uses the excitation to generate a ‘‘Heading Error Signal” that tells the autopilot how far
the heading bug is from the “Lubber Line” on the gyro and which way it needs to turn to get the
bug back under the “Lubber Line”. The Radio Coupler uses the excitation for power and timing
circuits. : . '

Page 14 ' lIssued:. Jan. 1973


-1 4dNnvld
d31d1TdWVY/3TOSNOD 11 AHNINID - WVHDVYIA D018

Page 1-5
OAHIS 110Y
SHOLO313Q ISVHA ANV N
SH31714 SNONOUHONAS $.o- ZHA S
OL NOILYLIIX3 110H .m YOo1vITIISO
440/NO
dN-MO17109
$2INOHLI3T3
1Nd1IN0 NOILY LIDX3 770
DANIS
HIAIHG ¥3aLd HILIWIT ONY
SNONOYHINAS Y3474 SNONOUHINAS
HILIMS
ONIQY3IH
HOL03130 CEIFIRE dIRHTINY
ISVHd < Ov Que v St
ANIOd
Jv 0314N00
HINHOISNVHL
NOILV1IOX3

Jan. 1973
IN3NISOray BONDI
ONIMILNID TIOH AGNVINNOD TT0M

Issued
~
e

The Artificial Horizon uses the excitation to generate an Attitude Reference Signal that tells the
autopilot the attitude of the aircraft. If a roll signal filter is installed, it uses excitation for power.

As you can see, the excitation signal is very important and anything that disturbs the excitation
signal will affect the autopilot though sometimes, the effect is very subtle.

Signal Processing - The most important signal in the autopilot is the Attitude Reference Signal
from the Artificial Horizon. Its signal is fed directly to the summing point in the console-
amplifier which represents aircraft positior. (or position plus rate if a roll signal filter is used).
With only this signal, the aircraft can fly straight and level if all adjustments are correct.

To cause turns, the signal from the Roll Command knob is also supplied to the summing point at
which time the aircraft will bank until the horizon signal cancels the command signal. It will stay
banked until a different command is injected by the pilot.

The D.G. Signal will also cause a bank in the ;ame manner as the roll command knob, but as the
aircraft nears the selected course, the command decreases until the aircraft rolls out on the select-
ed heading. Bank limiting is provided by limiting the maximum amplitude of the command and
D.G. signal. The Horizon Signal is not limited in any way.

After signals are mixed at the summing point, they are amplified by the second AC amplifier,
processed by the second synchronous filter and amplified by the third AC amplifier. They are
then transformer coupled to the phase detector, changed to DC, amplified by the driver and the
servo output, and sent to the servo motor to move the aircraft controls. Some of the voltage to
servo motor is tapped off and sent to the “Electronic Fullow-Up Circuit’’, which is an elec-
tronic model of the servo motor. The output of this circuit is used to control the servo amplifier
and prevent oscillation. -

While this has been a rather brief explanation, a more detailed explanation of the theory >f oper-
ation of individual circuits may be found in the repair and overhaul section under the specific
component containing the circuit. This explanation has been provided to assist troubleshooters
in understanding the role that each part plays in the system. For it is only through understanding
that-the system can be efficiently serviced, adjusted and fatilty components located.

The Century 11B system is identical with the Century Il and the console-amplifiers are inter-
changeable except for the retaining clip. The Century 11B offers the following additional features:

1. Easier Operation. . :
2. improved switches and heavy-duty internal components.
3. Adjustable roll threshold for “’Fine Tuning’’ the electronic follow-up.
- 4, Smoother roll action.

_Page 1-6 Issued: Jan. 1973


1.2 CENTURY IlI: BASIC OPERATION

1.21 Operator’s Manual Extracts - The Century IlI is a light weight (approximately 18 pounds), all
electronic, three axis autopilot system. It is called a three axis system because it controls head-
ing, roll and pitch. Note that the standard Century lll, although referred to as a three axis sys-
tem, contains only two controls servos.

Before discussing the general theory of operation of the Century 111, it is necessary to know how
the system operates; therefore, the following extracts from the Century Il Pilot’s Operating
Manual are provided. If you happen to have a copy of the Pilot’s Operating Manual handy and
are not familiar with the Century 11, it would be helpful for you to read the entire manual.

Command Console - The Century 1l console {Fig. 1-7) is designed to provide convenient finger-
tip command of all basic autopilot functions. Magnetic engage and mode switches are designed
with logical interlocking features for operational ease and simplicity. The lucite face panel incor-
porates optically engineered night lighting with provisions for dimming control through the stan-
dard aircraft instrument rheostat.

Roll (Aileron) Engagement - The Century 111 is.separated into two distinct systems, the Roll/
Heading and Pitch Altitude. Each is engaged separately by means of a fail-safe electric servo
engage mechanism.

The Roll engage acts as an autopilot master switch as well as the roll engage switch. In this capa-
city the roll must be engaged for all other engage and mode switches to become operative. With
this roll switch only engaged, the autopilot is responsive only to the roll axis of the attitude gyro
and the commands of the console roll/turn control.

1S

CENTURY I[1l CONSOLE

FIGURE 1-7

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-7


Roll Command Knob - The roll command knob controls the roll axis of the aircraft when roll
mode switch is engaged. It is useful in manuevering and will permit steeper bank angles (up to
30°) than those resulting from D.G. heading commands. When the heading mode switch is en-
gaged, the roll knob is removed from the autopilot circuit and is ineffective. However it should
be left in the centered position for convenience. NOTE: Do not use roll mode during approach
configuration on twin engine aircraft as engine failure will result in excessive heading deviation.

Heading Mode - The heading mode switch is lovated directly adjacent and to the right of the roll
engage switch. It is the function of the heading mode switch to remove the roll command knob
from the autopilot circuit and add the D.G. heading command and coupler functions to the basic
roll attitude control. This switch is interlocked with tI:e roll engage so that the roll function will
be engaged simultaneously with the heading mode switch. Prior to engagement of the heading
mode, the D.G. course selector and coupler modes should be set. (See sections on coupler opera-
tion when optional coupler is installed).

Course Selector D.G. - The course selector D.G. dial is marked in 59 intervals and numbered each
300 around its azimuth. A center indice is provided at the top to align selected heading. Addi-
tional indices are located each 45° to facilitate rapid heading selection without mental arithmetic.
Any heading may be selected, either before or after engagement, and turns up to 180° may be
programmed directly, either right or left. If the course indicator is rotated beyond 180° from
the D.G. card heading, the course selector will command a reversal in bank to reach the resultant
selected heading in the shortest direction.

The D.G. dial is normally set to the magnetic compass with the caging knob on the left in the
usual fashion, while the course selector indicator is rotated by the heading knob on the right.
Direction of rotation of both the knob and indicator commands the same direction of turn.

Trim Indicator and Pitch Command Wheel - Prior to engagement of the pitch axis, it is desirable
"to adjust the autopilot pitch to match the attitude being flown. In this way the pilot can transi-
tion from hand flight to autopilot smoothly during the climbout or other pitch maneuvering.

The pitch servo effort meter (labeled “Trim"’) to the left of the pitch control wheel receives the
same error signal as the servo amplifier. Therefore, the effort meter indicates the difference be-
tween the autopilot pitch command setting and the attitude of the aircraft.

Thus, if it is pointing upward prior to pitch mode engagement, it indicates that the aircraft can
be expected to increase pitch upon engagement. Conversely a down needle indicates a decrease
pitch attitude upon engagement.

For a smooth transition, the needie should be centered manually by the pitch command knob
before the pitch mode is engaged. After engagement, the needle will stay centered because the
servo continously commands or flies the aircraft to null or zero out the error signal.

The pitch command wheel is in the autopilot circuit when the pitch mode switch only is engaged.
It is removed from the circuit and becomes ineffective upon engagement of the altitude hold.
During altitude hold operation it may be set to level or preprogrammed to produce a climb or
descent upon altitude hold disengagement.

Pitch {Elevator) Engagement - The pitch mode switch engages the autopilot pitch servo and makes
the autopilot responsive to the pitch attitude of the artificial horizon and commands of the pitch
command wheel. Pitch attitudes may be directed by rotating the command in the appropriate
direction. The computor system in combination with optional automatic trim will maintain this
constant attitude through power changes and during gear and flap position transitions. On air-
craft not equipped with the Edo-Aire Mitchell automatic trim, it will be necessary to disengage
the pitch and manually trim the airplane during attitude, airspeed, or gear flap transitions. (See
section on automatic trim).

Page 1-8 Issued: Jan. 1973


Altitude Hold - The altitude hold is a ‘“‘command’’ type which requires no pitch command adjust-
ment prior to engagement. Engagement of the altitude mode switch will remove the pitch com-
mand wheel from the circuit and initiate a smooth transition to the pressure altitude at which it
was engaged. Barometric sensors provide precise altitude holding with nominal climb and dive
limitations for operation in turbulence.

Automatic Trim Cperations - The Edo Avionics automatic trim provides full time automatic
trim with the autopilot on. The system is F.A.A. approved for full time use from take off to
touchdown.

When the autopilot pitch is engaged, the trim system goes on full time and will correct aircraft
trim to the attitude and airspeed changes that are called for by the autopilot pitch command,
power changes, etc.

When the autopilot is off, the trim button on the control wheel is depressed by the. ;pilot any
time he wishes to relieve control forces. This will be particulary helpful during approaches when
speed is being reduced and additional trim changes are required by the lowering of flaps and gear.

The pilot can override the trim system at any time by manual operation of the aircraft trim con-
trol. In addition, the circuit breaker switch labeled “Trim” on the instrument panel may be
pulled to disconnect the electric trim system from the aircraft electrical system.

1.2.2 System Configuration - The basic Century 11l consists of seven components, not counting the
cable harness. With all of its options, the total system is made up of twelve components. These
components are illustrated in Fig. 1-8 and are as follows:

1. Console - The console is the link between the pilot and the electronic “brain of the auto-
pilot. Through the console system A+ is controlled and all of the basic autopilot functions are
commanded to the computer/amplifier. The console also contains the limit and centering
potentiometers used during initial flight adjustments. These adjustments are located under the
face plate.

2. Amplifier - The amplifier contains the computer logic circuits and amplifiers that provide the
command signals to the roll and pitch servos. Also, all reference signals such as those from the
D.G. and artificial horizon and all command signals from the console are mixed and processed
within the amplifier.

3. Artificial Horizon - The artificial horizon provides roll and pitch references for the system. It
receives excitation from the amplifier and converts it to attitude reference signals which tell the
autopilot the roll and pitch attitude of the aircraft. As with the Century 11 system, loss of the
attitude signals would cause the aircraft to fly at any bank angle or at any pitch attitude. With-
out attitude reference, the autopilot is “blind’’ and therefore could not tell the difference
between right side up or upside-down.

4. Directional Gyro - The Directional Gyro (D.G.) provides a “sense of direction” for the auto-
pilot. The pilot, by selecting a heading on the D.G., directs the autopilot to fly that heading.
This is accomplished through the excitation signal which the D.G. converts to a heading signal
and applies to the amplifier. One other function of the D.G. in the Century Il system is control-
ling the system excitation frequency. The D.G. contains the tuned circuits for the excitation os-
cillator contained within the amplifier.

5. Ailtitude Hold Sensor - The Altitude Hold Sensor supplies the Century 11l with an altitude
reference signal. The sensor will lock on to the indicated altitude when the altitude mode but-
ton on the console is pressed. As long as the aircraft remains at that altitude, the sensor will sup-
ply a nulled or zero signal to the amplifier. Any deviation in altitude causes a signal change
which is applied to the amplifier and processed to correct the altitude deviation.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' Page 19


6. Roll Servo - The Roll Servo provides the force to control the aircraft ailerons. It receives its
power from the amplifier. A solenoid controls engagement of the servo to the controls and a
force limiting clutch is provided to limit the maximum force applied by the servo. The setting
of the clutch is determined during F.A.A, certification and its maximum setting as contained in
the servo data should never be exceeded.

7. Pitch Servo - The Pitch Servo is identical to the roll servo except it controls the elevator or
stabulator of the aircraft. It also receives its power from the amplifier.

8. Radio Coupler - The Radio Coupler is an optional unit which provides radio coupling for
navigation and approaches when plugged in line with the system’s D. G. Three types of radio
couplers are used with the system, depending on the aircraft’s radio and navigation display
system. The 1C388 coupler is used with all systems using a standard Omni/Localizer Converter
and Edo Avionics 52D54 Directional Gyro as course and heading inputs. The 1C388-C
coupler is required when the Century 111 is coupler to navigation systems such as the PN 101,
KP1-550, etc., and the 1C388-2 Radio Coupler is used with Edo Avionics NSD-360
Navigation Situation Display.
9. Glide Slope Coupler - The glide slope coupler is an automatic analog computer that directs the
autopilot to intercept and track the approach glide path. This unit, together with the Radio
Coupler, provides a complete and automatic ILS intercept capability for the Century 1l auto-
pilot.

10. Automatic Pitch Trim System - This system consists of a trim amplifier, servo and sensor
which provides automatic trim corrections. A detailed discussion on its operation is provided in
paragraph 1.6 of this section.

11. Stabilizer and Omni Tracker Back-Up System -(Optional) - The stabilizer back-up system is
a yaw and roll axis stabilizer which is capable of performing short term heading as well as omni
navigation course functions. Refer to paragraph 1.5 of this section for a complete description
of this system.

GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER

& STAB BACKUP


SYSTEM
/

/[ Z
/


/
¥
] /

YV ALTITUDE
HOLD ROLL PITCH SERVO
CONSOLE
AMPLIFIER SERVO "TRIM SERYVO
{Automatic Pitch Trim Optional)

Full three axis autopilot with optional radio coupler and


automatic trim system,back-up system and glide slope coupler
NOTE: Stabilizer back-up systems were discontinued after 1969.
Weight: Including gyros, 19 pounds
Power 24 Volt - 1.9 .Amp
12 Vot -3 Amp

CENTURY Il SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS


FIGURE 1-8

Page 1-10 Issued: Jan. 1973


In the block diagram, (Fig. 1-9) it can be seen that the Century 11l is an expanded Century Il
system. The Century lll uses the same basic circuit as the Century !l in the roll section and dup-
licates it to form the pitch section.

Aircraft power is applied to the system through the console. The “ROLL’* mode switch on the
console serves two functions: When engaged it applies A+ to the system and also places the auto-
pilot under control of the Roll Command Knob.

With A+ applied to the system, the 5 KHz oscillator within the amplifier is activated and supplies
the system with a 5 KHz square wave excitation signal. This signal is virtually the “backbone” of
the Century 11l autopilot. As can be seen in Fig. 1-9, the excitation signal is routed to the D.G.
(which is a part of the oscillator since it contains the tuned circuit for the oscillator), the artificial
horizon, the console and the various synchronous filters and phase detectors within the amplifier.

The D.G. uses the excitation to generate a “‘Heading Error Signal” or D.G. signal that tells the
autopilot how far and in which direction the “heading bug” is from the gyro “‘Lubber Line*.
This signal is applied to the first AC amplifier in the roll section of the amplifier. It is switched
in or out by a transistor switching circuit controlled by the 1uii command signal. Whenever the
roll command signal is present (i.e. when the console is in “ROLL‘ only mode) the switch is
open and therefore the D.G. signal will not be passed into the amplifier. By pressing the Heading
(HDG) mode on the console, the roll command signal is removed {within the console) and the D.G.
“ signal is allowed to pass into the ampl:fier.

The Artificial Horizon uses the excitation signal to generate the roll and pitch reference signals
for the amplifier. These signals tell the autopilot what attitude the aircraft is in.

The console uses the excitation to generate the roll and pitch command signals. It also uses excit-
ation to generate the roll and pitch limit and threshold signals. These signals are controlled by
six screw-driven potentiometers located in the lower right corner of the console, under the face
plate.

Pitch excitation is also applied to the altitude sensor to generate the altitude hold signal. This
signal is active whenever the ALT mode switch is pressed on the console. The altitude hold signal
replaces the pitch command signal and therefore places the pitch section of the amplifier under
guidance of the altitude hold signals. In this configuration, the autopilot will cause the aircraft
to maintain whatever altitude was present at the time the ALT mode switch was pressed.

The excitation signals are also used by the roll and pitch signal filters and by the optional radio
coupler.

From this brief explanation, the important role the excitation signal plays in the system should
be apparent. Further understanding of the 5 KHz excitation signal and its function will be relat-
ed in the simplified theory of operation that follows. A more detailed explanation is provided in
Section 1V.

1.2.3 Signal Processing - The roll and pitch reference signals originating from the artificial horizon pro-
vide the autopilot with aircraft attitude information. In fact, they tell the autopilot what the
aircraft is doing. These attitude signals are fed to summing points within the amplifier (See Fig.
1-9). When the 1D395 amplifier is used, the attitude signals may be first passed through a roll
or pitch signal filter. These filters are actually rate circuits that tell the amplifier “how fast’’ an
attitude change is occurring; therefore, they provide rate information to the autopilot. Note that
a roll and pitch filter will never be used together with a 1D395 amplifier. (Design of the signal
filters is such that only one may be plugged in line at a time.) (In the 1D515 and 1D515-1 ampli-
fiers, both the roll and pitch sianal filters are built-in.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-11


d3141TdINY S6EAL 111 AHNLNID - WvHOVIA 00149

Jan. 1973
6L 3HNOId
—— e — e - — - — - - - - - — =

Issued
dN'‘MOT104 3I0SNOD WOud JVYNOILS HIAH1dWY +
JINCHLIATI NINLSNFAY LIWET HOLMd ANV D1 +v Y
R
an N Mmoa
HILINIT
H31 N4 ANV HaLTHd
SNONOBHONA!
181
1INIOd
_ 10dLN0 €o123130 Y31 1dWvY H31AITdNY Y3141 TdWY 9IS 0T0H 3aNLNLTY
0OAH IS diAlbg IV ONZ IV 1SL
370SNOD
Jv Jue DIS ANVAWOD HOLId
Jv a374N0I
HIWHO4SNYHL ONYWWOD
1708
TYNIIS
JINIHIATH HOLM
¥

=
i
]
t AYNIIS
30N3Y3434W 1104
] L
(Q37IVISNI 41}
dM*M01104 JTOSNOD WOu4 | HALIS TYNDIS
770U HO HOLId
JINOHLII3 ININLISNrAY LiWiD 110
} J
YILNDD _l
1HO 1431 -——
¥3L4 el |
AS OGNV H3LTH
SNONQUHIN SNONONHONAS
151 _ OHAD HiG IHL NIHLIM OINIVANDD S
HOLVT11ISO ZHX § JH1 HOL TOHINOD
— AININDIYS 1INDHID n_wz:hm._.wuh
HO123130 HIAEITdNY
¥3Jv1417dWY
LNd1NQ U3 TdWY
OAY3S HIAIHG 3SVHI 110H 3V QuE v aNZ 18L
ANIOd !
IV a31dN0I DNIAWNS |
HIAWHOASNVEL
— *943
M ‘SHOLDILI0 ISVHA 'SHIL NI
SNONOBHINAS :S1INJHID
OAH3S _ IVYNUILNI O1 NOILVLIOX3
1704
ZH% §
YOLY1UIS0
OAu3S
HOLd
fillll' FTOSNOD
NOILV11IXT HOLId ONV
NOZIHOH

Paage 1-12
VIO LHY
o1
NOILY1OX3 110
With just the roll and pitch referenoe signals, the autopilot, if correctly adjusted, will keep the air-
craft straight and fevel.

To command a turn or climb, the rolli command and pitch command knobs on the console may
be used. When the rolt knob is rotated, a roll command signal is applied to the summing point
in the amplifier at which time the aircraft will bank until the roll reference signal from the hori-
zon cancels the command signal. It will stay in a bank until a different command is injected
(i. e. return of the roll command knob to center position). The pitch command knob and pitch
reference signal produces the same effect, but of course, controls the pitch section of the ampli-
fier.

Depending on the mode of operation, roll and pitch command signals originate from the roll
command, D. G. signal, pitch command and altitude hold signal. Regardless of which is present,
the result to the summing point is essentially the same. For example, in the HDG mode, a D. G.
signal will be generated when the heading bug on the D. G. is not aligned with the lubber line.
In this case, the aircraft will bank in a direction that will correct the “’error””. In doing so, the
D. G. signal will greadully decrease the bank and the autopilot will roll out the aircraft on the
proper heading.

Bank limiting of the aircraft is provided by limiting the maximum amplitude of the coramand
signal. The bank and pitch limiting of command signals are provided for in this manner before
they reach the summing point. The reference signals, however, are not limited in anyway.

After the command and reference signals are mixed at the summing point, they are amplified by
the second AC amplifier, processed by the second synchronous filter and amplified by the third
AC amplifier. The synchronous filters throughout the amplifier serve to shape the command sig-
nals into.a more perfect square wave and filter out other signal components, such as nocise. After
the third amplifier stage, the processed command (command + reference signal) signal is trans-
former coupled, to the phase detector, changed to DC, amplified by the driver and servo output,
and sent to the servo motor to move the controls. A portion of the servo output signal is fed
back to the electronic follow-up circuit. The output of th|s circuit is used to control the servo
amplifier and prevent oscillation.

A complete and detailed theory of operation on the Century 1l is presented in Section iV of this
manual. The primary objective in this presentation has been to familiarize you with a general
knowledge of the parts which make up a Century HI and how they are interconnected to form
the autopilot system.

1.3 RADIO COUPLER

One of the optional comoonents which may be inws connected with the Century 11 is the radio
coupler (Fig. 1-10). This aevice permits guidance of the autopilot with a radio signai.

1.3.1 Basic Operation - The radio coupler is installed in line with the directional gyro and receives its
power and excitation from the amplifier. In principle, the radio coupler provides a heading sig-
nal which corresponds to the direction of the course to be flown. This heading signal is coupled
to a radio deviation signal in such a manner that any radio deviation will cause a proportional
heading deviation.

1.3.2 Signal Processing - In Fig. 1-11, the radio voupler is broken down into block diagram form to
show how the radio and heading (D.G.) signals are mixed.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' Page 1-13


Figure 1-10 Radio Coupler

The radio signal (standard ARINC 150 mv) is applied to a chopper where it is transformed into
AC and amplified. It is then coupled, through an isolation transformer, and changed back into
DC by the phase detector. The DC signal is then passed on to the radio limiter circuit. Here the
signal is limited to a value corresponding to 100% or full scale deviation of the omni/loc indica-
tor. This function is part of the intercept capability of the radio coupler. However, before more
is said about it, we will first track the D.G. signal’s path.

The D.G. signal is transformer coupled (for isolation purposes) in the radio coupler and changed
into a DC voltage by the phase detector. From the phase detector the signal is applied to two
diodes and two potentiometers in parallel. This provides the necessary circuitry for establishing
a crosswind capability (Ref. Fig. 1-11). The cireuit is adjusted in such a manner that any D.G.
signal which corresponds to 15° (approximately) of heading deviation or greater is passed.
Assume that the aircraft is flying on a heading of 90° and the pilot wishes to track a radial on a
course of 130°, He would set his omni course selector to 1302 and set the D.G. course indicator
to match. This will generate a signal from the D.G. which will be passed through one of the
diodes since the deviation at this point is 40°. This D.G. signal is mixed with the limited radio
deviation signal at the summing point. Remember, the radio signal is limited to a value of 100%
even though the actual deviation at this point is considerably greater. As the aircraft turns in re-
sponse to the heading and radio command, the D.G. will be nulled by the limited radio signal
(the radio signal is opposite in polarity to the D.G. signal). At this point the aircraft will be on
a heading that will intercept the radial at a 45° angle. Since the limited radio signal corresponds
to 100% of deviation, the autopilot always “‘thinks’’ it is just 100% off the selected radial. There-
fore, it will always seek to intercept the radial at the same angle regardiess of the actual deviation
beyond 100%.

When the aircraft approaches the active region of the radial {within 100% deviation) the radio
signal will begin to decrease. This change causes the intercept angle to decrease. As the aircraft
heading reaches 15° of the radial heading, the D. G. signal is blocked by the crosswind circuit.
At this point the system is responding primarily to the radio deviation signal. 1f the D. G.
signal was not blocked, the system would not have a crosswing capability. In this situation, the
D. G. and radio signal would null at one specific point or heading—the actual aircr9ft heading. If
a crosswind were present, the D. G. signal would prevent the aircraft from establishing any crab
to compenstae for the corsswind; therefore, the radio course would have to be offset to
compensate for the crosswind. By blocking the D. G. signal at 150 deviation, the radio deviation,
signal is permitted to crab the aircraft an amount proportional to the crosswind {up to 159) in
order to keep the aircraft on course.

Short term variations in heading such as produced by turbulent air, are passed to the summing
point through a high pass filter. Also a very small amount of steady state D.G. signal by-passes
the filter to provide dampening.

Issued: Jan. 1973


88€01 H31dNOJ OIAVvH - WvHOHVIA v._oO|_m_

Page 1-15
LL-L 3HNOIS
r-—- - - """-""-"""—-"=-—"—"="—=-"—"""—"—"—"—"——=-- 1
I
|
|
| NOILY108t
| Giva
| un
ANOD
»
_ wioisoave | JOT-HOA
_
| YAH1TWY TH1 NIHLIM WO A311ddNS
34Y 540103130 I5VHd GNY SHIJJOHD
3H1 JAIYQ 0L NOLLYLIOXT ONY xwfi
_
_
|
| LINJHID GNIMSSOMD
|
-

pessss=sr=m=="""7
I
'
_ o oL
1
Ld3DHILNI LHOIY '
! & ¥ol1d3i30
|
“ aq ISYHd aw
|
ANIOd 1d30HIALNI L4371 t
' NO1LYT081
|
|
|
<
_ U3l
|

Jan. 1973
ALIYYT)

HOJ NMOHS LON SNOILINNY
oiavy ONIHOLIMS 31VY OIQVY ONY
$TV13Q HILIMS 300W 310N
- v @
HA1417dWY 0L _ 00H .
. . ||—

Issued:
14 GLIDESLOPE COUPLER (OPTIONAL)}

The glideslope coupler is an automatic analog computer that directs the autopilot to intercept
and track the approach glide path. This unit together with the Radio Coupler, provides a com-
plete and automatic ILS intercept capability for the Century |1l autopilot.

1.4.1 Basic Operation - In order for the glideslope coupler to operate, three conditions must be met.
First, the Radio Coupler must be set in the LOC NORM mode. Second, the console must be set
in the ALT mode. Third, the glideslope deviation indicator must be deflected upward for a
period of twenty seconds. This provides assurance that the glide path will be intercepted from
below in the normal manner.

With these three conditions met, the glideslope coupler will arm automatically after the twenty
second period.

The arming function assures that approaches to the glideslope will occur in a safe manner. For
example, the LOC NORM. condition prevents inadvertent coupling when flying reverse course or
tracking outbound on the front course. The ALT mode condition prevents coupling from a high
rate of descent and the glideslope deviation indicator condition, requiring an up deflection for
twenty seconds, prevents coupling from above which could result in a very uncomfortable, if not
dangerous, pitch down condition.

1.4.2 Signal Processmg Before the glideslope coupler can receive power, the LOC NORM mode must
be switched in on the Radio Coupler This provides the circuit ground for the glideslope coupler’
electronics. After the ground is established, the glideslope coupler receives a 150 mv meter signal
from the aircraft’s glideslope receiver. This signal is chopped, amplified and transformer coupled
to a phase detector as shown in Fig.1-32. From the phase detector, the glideslope signal is
applied to the arm and engage logi¢ switching circuits.

The arm switching ‘circuit requires a glideslope deviatien signal which is equivalent to approxi-
mately sixty percent full scale up needle deflection and a +DC altitude engage signal to activate.
The sixty percent glideslope deviation signal must be present for at least twenty seconds before
arming will take place.

With arming, the arm switching circuit will allow the engage switching circuit to turn on as the
glideslope deviation signal reaches zero deviation. At this point, the engage switching circuit acti-
vates relay K1,

Before continuing with the function of relay K1, we will back-track and follow the path of the
glideslope signal beyond the point of the arm and engage logic switching circuits. The glideslope
signal at this point is split into two. paths. One leads to a high gain integrator circuit and the
other (steady state path) leads to a chopper. During intercept, the steady state path, through the
rate circuit, is the primary controlling signai. This signal is chopped and mixed with the pitch
reference signal from the horizon at T2. At this point of intercept, when K1 activates, the shunt
which had been across T2, and thus preventing mixing of the glideslope signal with the pitch
reference signal, is removed. Therefore, the pitch reference signal, now being applied to the
amplifier will be a composite of the glideslope signal and the pitch reference signal. Effectively,
the autopilot will now be commanded by a varying horiz un pitch reference signal.

When glideslope intercept takes place (an instant before center needle), a preset down command
is also mixed with the glideslope/pitch reference signal. The command signal provides an auto-
matic 3 degree pitch down command to the autopilot which, along with the rate circuit, helps
prevent overshoot and places the aircraft on the proper glide angle. (Al glideslopes are adjusted
for a no wind 3° up angle of pitch from the ground.)

Page 1-16 Issued: Jan. 1973


£6¥0L H3I1dNOD IdO1S IAITD - WYHOVIA MD019

Page 1-17
¢l-1 34NOId
Fo==== t
1
1
! SU34dOHD ONY NOILYINDIY
¥0103130 I5VHd 3JOVLI0A
1 NOILYLIDX3 (33 INY!
I NOLLYLIOXE WL
1
)
1
f
)
!
1
Y3417V 0L NOWWOD HOLId
!
|
1no ! SJINOYLI33 HO1VINO3IY
{2V) TYNOIS ¥iwnos ALb o0
d70H 3aN1ILTY I J0A BTV
1
|
I
!
1 4100410
1 ONIHILIMS
L
1
- dNV'Y HOLVIIANI 340718 30170
|
!
|
}
1
) JTONY HOLW SANNON™.
I

[]
178vISNraY OIS NOLLYIAIG LINJH12 ¥4I 1INOS
r 34078 3019 (¥3WNo olave)
3IDVONI 30NLILTY | I TVIWHON ¥3ZITVD01
|

1no Oll_la_ | ' OHLVLIOXS


GR

| !
I 1
) ' Linown b
1 vy
| SN
HOLVHOZINI 40193130 HILIIVINY
H3IOHD
H314174WY OL 143 NIVD KON ISVHd av (Qiavul TYNDIS
34075 3619
L1V
1GIXIN Iuv SIVNOIS
44 IMNIYIATY ML
aNv 34078 30179 lL
1l

Jan. 1973
o
INCZINOH) TYNDIS o

Issued:
AONIYISIY HOLM
The integrator circuit mentioned earlier allows the autopilot to fly the aircraft centered on the
glideslope regardless of the head or tail wind conditions. Basically, this circuit is a high gain
amplifier which provides additional voltage to the glideslope signal. The circuit also has a 200
MFD capacitor feedback which effectively keeps the output of the integrator from acting on
short term deviations off center needle. Therefore the integrator will only provide an output
when there is a constant deviation. Consider the following example:

Assume that an autopilot without an integrator has intercepted the glideslope and is coupled. A
strong headwind is present and the autopilot, due to the headwind, cannot maintain center
needle. Instead, some point slightly below center is achieved.

To understand this, refer to Fig. 1-13. In this illustration the path of the aircraft at a fixed 3°
angle of descent is shown in a strong headwind condition as compared to a zero wind condition.
(Remember that the aircraft is set to approximately 3° pitch down automatically upon glide-
slope intercept. To the autopilot, this represents the correct attitude on the glideslope). It can
be seen that with a strong headwind the aircraft would reach the ground at a much shorter dis-
tance than under zero wind conditions. Thus it would undershoot the approach. The electronics
of the autopilot together with the glideslope signal, of course, would not allow undershoot to
this degree. However, since the preset 3° pitch down command represents the correct attitude,
this signal would continously oppose the glideslope signal which is telling the autopilot that it is
below center glideslope. The result is an electronic averaging. This average command would
place the aircraft slightly below center needle. Therefore, the aircraft would track the glideslope
parallel but slightly below center.

CONDITIONS:
J IDENTICAL AIRCRAFT
1. INTERCEPY GLIDE SLOPE
AT SAME POINT AND
PITCH DOWN 3°
2. ESTABLISH 500 FEET
PER MINUTE OESCENT
3. 120 MPH INDICATED
AIRSPEED
AIRCRAFT “A” HAS A 20 MPH TAILWIND
AIRCRAFT “8" NO WIND -
AIRCRAFT "C” HAS A 20 MPH HEADWIND

G
EXAGGERATED
FOR CLARITY 1
3MINUTES 3MINUTES 3MINUTES
TMILES B MILES SMILES

WIND EFFECTS ON APPROACH


FIGURE 1-13

Page 1-18 Issued: Jan. 1973


The integrator prevents off center tracking by sensing any constant deviation of the glide slope
signal. It allows approximately 10 to 15 seconds to pass before acting upon the signal.
In this way short term deviations caused by rough air will not cause an output from the
integrator. With long term deviation, however, the integrator provide an additional signal which
is mixed with the glide slope signal. The resultant signal corrects the deviation ‘and aliows
tracking of the glide slope without needle off-set.

In Fig. 1-12, a push button switch is shown across the integrator circuit. This button is located
on one end of the glideslope coupler and is used during flight adjustment. It effectively shorts
the. integrator while adjusting the pitch or glideslope angle. Also note that the integrator is
shorted prior to intercept of the glideslope. This is accomplished through a set of contacts on
relay K1 (not shown in Fig. 1-12). This assures that the integrator will not provide a false out-
put at the point of intercept.

15 STABILIZER SYSTEM AND OMNI TRACKER

1.5.1 Description - The stabilizer system is a yaw and roll axis stabilizer which is capable of performing
short term heading hold as well as omni navigation course functions. It may also be used as a-
stabilizer back-up option, providing a “standby‘’ system to maintain the yaw and roll modes of
flight with the Edo-Aire Mitchell Century |l and llI autopilots.

Its principal components are a rate gyro and servo amplifier combined, a small panel mounted on-
off switch, a panel mounted azimuth trim switch, a control wheel mounted azimuth disconnect
switch and an aileron servo assembly. See Fig. 1-14.

15.2 Basic Operation - The rate gyro used in the stabilizer has only one gyro wheel. It is inclined at a
450 angle (with reference to the fore and aft center line of the fuselage) which permits sensing in
both the yaw and roll axis. The rotating gyro wheel is retained by a moveable gimbal which is
centered by a pair of calibrated springs. A metal vane attached to the moveable #nbal changes
the flux gap of an electrical pickoff to provide gyro error signals, which are sent to the servo am-
plifier.
The electronic gyro-amp accepts the error signals from the rate gyro and through the process of
mixing and comparing like and unlike voltages determines the DC polarity and how much of the
corrective signal shall be fed to the aileron servo motor. See Fig. 1-15.

The servo motor is a geared, DC, electrically reversible motor, which is engaged or disengaged to
a cable capstan by a solenoid operated idler gear. The cable capstan has a short length or aircraft
control cable {(commonly called a bridle), wrapped around it, usually one or more turns, with the
ends mechanically fastened to the aircraft control cables.

Therefore, the rotational torque generated at the capstan is transmitted to the aircraft control
cables.

The omni tracker is an option which can be plugged into the stabilizer system which permits
radio navigation course functions. The same signal that is generated by the omni converter to
move the course needle is used by the electronic radio tracker. The processed omni signal is
summed with the rate gyro signal in the servo amplifier to drive the aileron servo motor. This
maintains the aircraft on an omni radial. See Fig. 1-14.

When used as a stabilizer back-up option, a small relay chiangeover box is added to the installa-
tion. This relay box is usually remotely located and contains the relay which automatically
engages the stabilizer system when the autopilot system is in the “OFF"* position and the back-
up system switch is in the ““ON"’ position.

When installed as an autopilot back-up system, the stabilizer uses the same roll (aileron) servo as
installed with the autopilot and requires no additional servo.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' . Page 1-19


TO
WHEEL
SWITCH

TRIM ON/OFF
KNOB SWITCH

\ TRACKER
STABILIZER

0]
STABILIZER/TRACKER SYSTEM
FIGURE 1-14

STABILIZER

AILERON

DETECTOR
RATE
NETWORK

TRACKER

BLOCK DIAGRAM - STABILIZER/TRACKER


FIGURE 1-15

Page 1-20 Issued: Jan. 1973


1.6 AUTOMATIC TRIM SYSTEM

1.6.1 Description - The automatic trim system provides an automatic means of positioning the pitch
control trim system to relieve the pilot or autopilot of pitch change pressures.

When an aircraft is placed in a climb or descent configuration, or a power change is initiated, (and
on some aircraft as fuel is consumed), an attitude change occurs. This causes a deflection of the
control surfaces into the moving slipstream, which creates a force that is fed back through the
contro! column to the pilot. To relieve this control pressure, the pilot activates a trim sensor
switch mounted on the control wheel which enables the automatic trim system to operate, there-
by reducing the fatigue of the pilot. When the Century 11l autopilot is “ON" (pitch mode), the
automatic pitch-trim system is in constant operation and no special manipulation is required by
the pilot. This provides another added bonus! When the autopilot is switched “OFF* it always
hands the aircraft back to the pilot in a ““Trimmed’’ condition.

1.6.2 Basic Theory of Operation - The automatic pitch trim system consists of three basic units, a trim
sensor, a pitch trim servo amplifier, and a pilot’s wheel mounted control switch. See Fig. 1-16.

The trim sensor is an assembly consisting of a fixed mounting plate with two adjustable contacts
and a sliding or rotating bar with a common contact, which is attached to pulleys that ride on the
“UP*” and “DOWN?" elevator cables. Cable tension operates the moveable portion of the trim
sensor which initiates appropriate trim action. See Fig. 1-17.. Since both types of sensor assem-
blies work by the same principle, only the sliding bar type, (the most common) will be used for
the example.

The pitch trim servo and amplifier are normally installed on the same mounting bracket. See
Fig. 1-18. The pitch trim servo is a geared, DC, electrically reversible motor. The servo capstan
has a short length of aircraft control cable (bridle) wrapped around it with the ends mechanically
fastened to the trim control cables. Therefore, the rotational torque generated at the servo cap-
stan is transmitted to the trim cables.

The pitch trim amplifier supplies the operating power for the servo. It is a dual sided amplifier,
one side of which runs the servo motor in a clockwise direction; the opposite side runs the servo
motor in a counterclockwise direction.

The contacts on the trim sensor merely determine which side of the dual amp will operate, and
for how long, theréby causing the servo motor to run in the desired CW or CCW direction and for
the proper amount of time.

The pilot’s wheel mounted switch is usually installed in the left side of the control wheel and
can be operated with the left thumb. The pilot uses this switch to trim out the control forces
when the autopilot is not engaged.

Since the trim sensor works on the principle of ‘“Tension’’ on the control cables, an under-
standing of how that. tension is applied to and removed from the controls is necessary. The
~ pilot or autopilot, applies it by moving the control yoke fore or aft. This displaces the elevator .
or pitch control into the moving slipstream. This is perfectly normal and is the pilot’s way of
controlling or making the aircraft do what he wants.

There are two control cables connected between the control yoke to the elevator or pitch con-
trol. Both cables will be pulled respectively for “UP" or “DOWN" deflection of the elevator or
pitch control. Obviously, you can not push on a flexible cable and get any work out of the other
end.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-21


TRIM
TAB
TRIM AMPLIFIER - TRIM SENSOR —_ - STABILIZER .’

ELEVATOR

CONTROL
WHEEL
SWITCH

A+ FROM
AIRCRAFT 8USS

A+ FROM |
AUTOPILOT
BLOCK DIAGRAM - AUTOMATIC TRIM SYSTEM
FIGURE 1-16

When the pilot pulls the control yoke aft, the control cable is pulled that will deflect the trailing
edge of the elevator "UPWARD” into the slipstream. The slipstream immediately tries to return
the deflected control surface to a neutral or “Streamlined’’ position, which it will do unless the
pilot holds aft pressure (pulls) on the control column with an equal force that will maintain the
control surface in its deflected condition. It is this pulling on the control cable which places it
under tension. The opposite (down) control cable will not have tension on it, at this time, as it
is not performing any work. In fact, under the above conditions, it could be removed however,
when the situation is reversed, it will be needed for the downward pull.

On long cross country flights, the continuous effort of constant pressure on the control column
is very tiring for the pilot. To minimize the fatigue problem and to aid in aircraft control, trim
tabs are used. They are a small auxiliary control or portion of a primary control which is hinged
and built into or mounted on the primary control. In this case, it will be used for pitch trim. It
is the trim tabs that remove the ““tension” from the aircraft control cables. The trim tabs work
by the very same principle as the elevators. They are deflected into the slipstream by the pilot.
However, they are not a free floating type of control. Once they are positioned by the pilot or
the pitch trim servo, they will remain in that position until moved again by the pilot or auto-
matic trim. They are not connected to the control yoke, but are usually operated by a small
hand wheel or crank and aircraft cables (trim cables). They cannot streamline themselves and
. must be manually operated both ways.

Page 1-22 Issued: Jan. 1973


COMMON

UP o -
CONTACT CONTACT

/
"UP

""DOWN"*
ELEVATOR CABLE ELEVATOR CABLE

(A)

IIUPII

ELEVATOR DOWN
CABLE
CONTACT
/ ——

Ve~ N

TZZ 772 e e T ey

77770
I ";/7"" KL= ~\
(( ® }, COMMON
\\ :’ /
“DOWN" -
ELEVATOR CABLE ' CONTACT

(B)
TYPICAL TRIM SENSORS
FIGURE 1-17

Issued: Jan. 19_773 Page 1-23


TYPICAL TRIM SERVO AND AMPLIFIER
FIGURE 1-18

Once the pilot deflects a trim tab, the slipstream immediately tries to streamline or neutralize it.
Not being free to rotate about its hinge or pivot point, it must move in an up or down direction
striving to streamline itself. As it is mechanically attached to the trailing edge of the elevator, it
is carried “UP’ or “DOWN" by the trim tab’s action. As the trim tab is deflected more and more
into the slipstream, the greater the “UP** or “DOWN" travel of the elevator. Just as an elevator
or pitch control flies an aircraft up or down, a trim tab flies an elevator up or down. See
Fig. 1-19.

Therefore, a properly adjusted trim tab can ““fly* the elevator into the desired defiected position
and maintain it there. As the trim tab has now assumed the entire workload, it has removed the
tension from the “‘pulled”’ elevator control cable and control yoke.

Now that the principle of applying and removing tension to a control cable has been reviewed, it
can be applied to the trim sensor. With the elevator surface in a neutral or streamlined position,
both elevator control cables will have equal tension. In this position, the comman contact and
sliding bar assembly of the trim sensor will be in the ““Neutral’’ position and no trim signal will be
generated. See Fgg.1-17(b)'
When the elevator is deflected upward, the moving slipstream tries to force it back into the neu-
tral position. This force creates a greater tension on the ““UP‘ elevator cable which causes the
sliding bar and its contact to slide upward, making contact with the fixed up command contact.
See Fig. 1-20. '

This energizes one side of the servo-amp causing it to energize the servo, which begins to move
the trim tab in the proper direction. The servo will continue to run until the trim tab is deflected
sufficiently to relieve the tension on the up control cable. At this time the sliding bar and its
contact will move back to its center or neutral position. This breaks the circuit to the servo-amp
which also stops the servo and trim tab.

Page 1-24 Issued: Jan. 1973


SLIPSTREAM

SLIPSTREAM -

up
G~
ELEVATOR

ELEVATOR

STABILIZER

STABILIZER NEUTRAL
ELEVATOR %

Ooown
ELEVATOR

TRIM TAB OPERATION


FIGURE 1-19

When the elevator is deflected downward, the same sequence of events occur. However, the
down command and common contacts now energize the opposite side of the servo-amp and the
servo runs in the opposite direction. See Fig. 1-21.

Remember! When the autopilot is engaged, the automatic trim system is fully automatic and
working 100% of the time.

When the autopilot is off, the automatic trim system will not work until the pilot depresses his
control wheel mounted trim.switch. The pilot manually positions the contro! yoke to his desired
position, then depresses his trim switch which now supplies the power for the automatic trim
system. Once the power has been supplied, the system works exactly as before. When the con- -
trol forces have been neutralized, the pilot merely releases ‘his trim switch. He can trim the air-
craft as often as desired by pressing and releasing his trim switch.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 1-25


IIUPII

ELEVATOR CABLE

IR
e )]
- & -zg":

z,,f_zz-«‘iazzzzzz
N
ELEVATOR CABLE FORCES BAR AGAINST UP CONTACT

ol&
TRIM SENSOR IN ““UP ELEVATOR" CONDITION
FIGURE 1-20

op @] CABLE TENSION
ELEVATOR CABLE FORCES BAR AGAINST DOWN CONTACT
77N
e. )
23
>
MFEZZZZ

AT L7 R
(e - /{r W
W2 N2V
“DOWN"
ELEVATOR CABLE

gl ®
TRIM SENSOR IN “DOWN ELEVATOR” CONDITION
FIGURE 1-21

Page 1-26 ‘ Issued: Jan. 1973


SECTION Ii

AUTOPILOT INSTALLATION DATA

The following section contains a parts description, nomenclature and location for
each supplemental type certificate (STC) held by Edo Avionics for the Century Il
and Il autopilots. This section is arranged alphabetically according to airframe man-
facture and then numerical within a specific manufacture according to aircraft model.
An index of manufacturers is provided on the following page.

In addition to the above mentioned information, the data sheets also contain servicing
data which include servo clutch settings, trim sensor joint settings and bridie cable part
numbers,

At the top of each data page the aircraft manufacturers name, the system (Century 1l or
Century 111}, the autopilot kit (AK) and STC numbers and the model(s) covered by the STC
are listed. To the left of this page is an outline drawing of the listed aircraft. The circled
numbers show location of the various autopilot components and correspond to the numbers
in parenthesis under the LOCATION column on the data page.
INDEX
AERO COMMANDER- — —
AEROSTAR— — — —
AMERICAN AVIATION — —
BEECHCRAFT- — — —
BELLANCA— — — —
BRITTEN—-NORMAN- — —
CESSNA- — — — —
DEHAVILLAND — — —
HELIO- — — — —

- MOONEY — — — —

PIPER—m — — — —

WREN— — — — —
Issued: Jan. 1973 2.1
AERO COMMANDER 100/180

2-2 Issued: Jan. 1973


AERO COMMANDER

'CENTURY II

AK293
STC SA1080SW AERO COMMANDER 100/180
| . -
PART DESCRIPTIO LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE
CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument Panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel -

ROLL SERVO
1C363-293R (3) Under floor, pilot’s side, first bay aft of wing strut attach point.

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 . ‘ (1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA -
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
- #'rim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridile Cable(s): Roll - 30B221
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-293
AERO COMMANDER 500A, 5008, 500U, AND 500S

24 Issued: Jan. 1973


AERO COMMANDER
CENTURY Il

AK221 , .
'STC SAG80SW AERO COMMANDER 500A, 5008, 500U, AND 5008

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 _ (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horfzon
CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Lower portion of pedéstal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 " (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
652D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-221R (3) Under inspection plate in center floprboard
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-221P (4) Under center floorboard, just aft of roll servo
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C4071 " (6) On forward cabin bulkhead above air duct, right side (middle}
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-6
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1)_ Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1221 (7) Just forward of Station 252.0 in aft fuselége at top
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-221 (é) Mounted at bulkhead station 198 at bottom of aft fuselage,.center
TRIM SWITCH
4045 Left side of pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 OR 1C395 - {2) Under floorboard between roli and piich servos

NOTE: AK353 SA1394SW with Command/Electric Trim

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting {lbs): 35+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+ 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20 + 2
“rim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
dridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B262. Pitch - 30B263
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
~ AERO COMMANDER
CENTURY Ili

AK270 N
STC SA929SW AERO COMMANDER 680FL
1

'
PART DE%%RIPT ION
0 LOCATION_

NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE -
1C404 (1)}Lower portion of pedestal .
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 - ' - {1} Instrument panel
BOLL SERVO
1C465-1-270R {3) Under floor befween pilot’s seats
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-270P {4) Under floor just aft of Station 178.812. Remove center floor panel in baggage compart.
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) On forward cabin bulkhead on top of air duct, on right side of A/C C/L
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-7
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-270 " {7) Aft of fuselage on A/C C/L, just forward of Station 328.0 at top of fuselage -
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-270 - (8) At bulkhead Station 254.0 at bottom of buselage on A/C C/L
TRIM SWITCH
40545 Left side of pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515 ' {2) Forward of Station 5.50, lower section right side in radar compartment

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+ 2 .
_ Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+3
" Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Jridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B262 Pitch - 30B263
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
AMERICAN AA-5 TRAVELER

2-8 . Issued: Jan. 1973


AMERICAN AVIATION
CENTURY LI

AK374
STC SA1486SW AMERICAN AA-5 YANKEE

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER '


1B440 (1) Near artificial horizon

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 ' (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO ) _ . . .
1C363-1-373R (3) On lower end of control yoke support bracket, directly below fuel selector valve,
on A/CC/L ' '

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RAD1O COUPLER (OPT.) | . '


1C388-M (1) Instrument panel

' SERVICING DATA


Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 20+3 '
- Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
‘itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs):
«rim Sensor Point Gap (in.}):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B200.
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-374
W1iE

1973
‘WNE ‘NE ‘8LH ‘S8LD ‘00£6:S8L3 ‘rS¥JH 'DSYIL 'HGYOL
‘HG¥O ‘DSYD ‘s8L3 ‘s8Ld ‘08La ‘(S-ANS)r-G¥O1 ‘9-aur HO334

Jan.
Issued:
2-10
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY IlI

AK235 BEECH JRB-6, D18C, D18S, E185-9700


'STC SA745SW G18S, H18, C-45G, C45-H, TC-45H, TC45-G
and TC-45J (SNB-B)* -

PART Dgg%m P TION LOCATION


NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE '
1CA04 (1) On pedestal beneath throttle quadrant
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON :
52D67 ‘ (1) Instrument pane!
DIRECTIONAL GYRO _ -
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C414-235R (3) Just outboard right engine at rib No. 2 and forward of main spar (taxi light inspection
door) . .
PITCH SERVO . :
1C470-252P {4) Underneath floorboard on centerline, between first and second bulkhead ring aft
of main spar :
ALTITUDE HOLD _
1C407 ' (6) On forward cabin bulkhead or on angle brace, between instrument panel and forward
Cabin bulkhead, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS ' ‘
3002074
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-( ) (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER '
1C493 (1) Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1D368-235 (7) Under baggage compartment floor of A/C C/L
TRIM SENSOR
1D486-235 {8) Under baggage compartment floor with trim servo on A/C C/L
TRIM SWITCH : .
308192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 {2) On aircraft radio rack in nose section of aircraft

*Model RC45J when modified r Beech Drawing 404-001100 and 3N, 3NM and 3Tm when modified per Beech Dfawing
18-5011. :

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 55+ 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 50 +3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+ 5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B278. Pitch - 30B279
Limitations Placard Part Number:See- AFM Supplement

21
BEECH MUSKETEER 19A, 1319, M19A, 23, A23A, B23, C23,
A23- 19, A23-24, A24, A24R, A23

212 . Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY Il

BEECH 19A, 1319, M19A, 23,


AK342 - - A23A,B23, C23, A23-19 A2324
S'TQSA1348$\N | : . _ A24, A24R, A23

" PART DESCRIPTION


AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Under the throttie quadrant

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER .


1B440- (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
62D66 (1) Instrument panel .

DIRECTIONAL GYRO _ . o
52D54 ‘ (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-341R - {2) Under floor and just aft of elevator trim pedestal. 8 1/2* forward of Station 126.75
left of C/L.

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198
RADIO COUPLER (OPT.) _
1(:_388-( ) . - | (1) Instrument panel

* Aircraft Models 23,A23 and 423A with aircraft serial numbers M-1 through M-862 and MA-1 through MA-27 must be
modified in accordance with Beech Service News Letter, Volume XX No. 11 dated November 1967, before they are
eligible for this autopilot instpliation.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 30+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
~jtch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridie Cable(s): Roll- 30B383.
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-342
213
BEECH BONANZA and DEBONAIR 35-A33, 35-B33, 35-C33
35C33A, E33, E33A, E33C, F83, F33A, F33C, G33

214 Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY II

AK311 | BEECH MODELS 35-A33, 35-833, 35-C33


STC SA1231SW 35.C33A, E33, E33A, E33C, F33, F33A,
F33C, G33,36 AND A36

PART T DESCRIPTIO N
LOC! ATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 {1) instrument pane!

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO:
52D54 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO '


1C363-1-275R ) (3) Just aft of left main gear, just forward of rear spar, and between the first and second
ribs.

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198
RADIO COUPLER (OPT.) ‘
© 1C388 (1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (bs): 37 %3
—_——
~. Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
‘itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
frim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B258
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-311
2-15
~ BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY Il

AK264 :
STC SAB96SW - BEECH 35-C33, 35A33

PART D‘Efi%fll PTIO N LOCATION

NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 | (1 Instlfuinent panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-264R (3) In front of rear spar, Beneath center sgats, {eft side
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-264P {4) In first bay aft of the partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage at c/L
bottom
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Aircraft radio rack, pilot's side, between instrument panel ahd firewall, left side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-1 ‘
* GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Mounted to aft side of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage, top Ift.
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-( ) (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C373-1-264 _(7) In aft fuselage in second bay aft of baggage compartment near Station 179.00 left of
A/CC/L
TRIM SENSOR
1C326-264 (8) At second bulkhead aft of the partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage
. Station 207.00 center
~ TRIM AMP
79C54-1
TRIM SWITCH
308192 Left side pilot’s wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side, between instrument panel and firewall
SWITCH BOX
18405 ' {10) On radio rack, between instrument panel and firewall, pilot’s side
*1C359 Gyro-Amplifier optionahvith 1B405 Switch Box and 308184 Cable Assembly

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 37 *3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): ., 18+2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 356 +5
Trim Sensor Paint Gap (in.):
3ridie Cable(s): Roll - 30B304 Pitch - 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-264

2-17
Issued: Jan. 1973
€4 'e€3 ‘e€0-6¢ VZNVNO4 HO339

2-18
BEECHCRAFT:
- | CENTURY Il -

AK347
STC SA1365SW BEECH 35-C33, E33 AND F33

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument penel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-306R {3) aft of left main landing gear well, forward of rear spar
PITCH SERVO ’
1C508-1-264P {4) First bay aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage on C/L
ALTITUDE HOLD .
1C407 {6) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
— 30D207-3
RELAY BOX
_1AB26 {1) Under instrument panet
RADIO COUPLER
1C388( ) (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER .
1C493 (1) Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C373-5-316 {7) Second bay aft of baggage compartment in aft fuselage left of C/L
TRIM SENSOR
1C654-316 (8) At second bulkhead aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage onC/L
- TRIM SWITCH
30B416 Pilot’s control wheel
TRIM AMP Second bay aft of baggage compartment in aft fuselage left of C/L
AMPLIFIER :
1C515-1 {2) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side, between instrument pane! and firewall

SERVICGING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting {ibs): 35+ 10
. Pitch Servo Clutch Setting {ibs): 18+ 2
~~ “ch Trim Servo Clutch Setting {lbs): 26+7
.im Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + .002 ,
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B258 Pitch - 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
2-19
Jan. 1973
€€D ‘0ged ‘(Mmojaq pue
G1E-3D)VEEA ‘DL€ ‘VEET ‘VEEDGE VZNVNOSg HO338

Issued:
2-20
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY 1l

AK316 BEECH 35-C33A, E33A,


STC SA1366SW E33C,F33A AND G33

DESCRIPTION
PART END : LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 o (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO v
1C363-1-306R (3) Aft of left main gear well and just forward of rear spar
PITCH SERVO '
1C508-1-316P (4} in first bay aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage on C/L
ALTITUDE HOLD .
1C407 (6) On aircraft radip rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-3
RELAY BOX
~ 1A526 (5) Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER :
1C388-M and MC" (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER i
1C493 (1) Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificlal horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C373-5-316 (7) in aft fuselage in second bay aft of baggage compartment Station 179.00, left of C/L
TRIM SENSOR :
1C654-316 ‘ (8) In aft fuselage in second bay aft of baggage compartment, Station 207.00 on C/L
- TRIM SWITCH
30B416 Pilot’s control wheel
TRIM AMP '
1C671 In aft fuselage in second bay aft of baggage compartment, Station 179.00, left of C/L
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 (2) on aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+ 10
“ Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 19+ 4
~ ch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 26+ 7
*..«m Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + .002 .
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B258 Pitch - 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
2-21
1973
-dn pue 91£39 N/S ‘veed VZNVNO4 HO339

Jan.
Issued:
2-22
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY 1l

é'll(c3 185A123ZSW BEECH F33A S/N CE316 and UP

PART DE%RIPTWN LOCATION


- NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 {1} Instrument panel
ARTIEICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO ) _ i
1C363-1-306R ~ (3) Aft of left main gear well and just forward or rear spar
PITCH SERVO ' .
1C508-1-315P (4) Just aft of Station 216 and near centeriine of aircraft
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) On aircraft r_adio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel an_d firewall
— MAIN CABLE HARNESS
A 30C207-3
RELAY BOX
1A526 (5) Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER REFER TO AK262
TRIM SERVO )
1C373-5-316 (7) Just forward of second bulkhead (Station 207) aft of rear baggage compartment doar
post ‘ _
TRIM SENSOR .
1C647-315 (8) Aft fuselage section at Station 233.5 near centerline of aircraft, left side of C/L
TRIM SWITCH
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 (2) Aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side, between instrument pane! and firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 35+ 10
~ _Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 19+ 4
tch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 26+ 7
rrim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + .002
Bridle Cable(s):. - Roll - 30B258. Pitch - 30B407
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-23
Jan. 1973
GES ‘GEd ‘GEN ‘GEW ‘GEN ‘GEF VZNVNO4d HO334

Issued:
2-24
BEECHCRAFT:

CENTURYV HI

AK202 BEECH J35, K35, M35, N35,


STC SAG38SW | P35,835

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO .
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO .
1D363-202R (3) Just outboard of fuselage in left wing forward of rear spar (landing gear wheel door)
PITCH SERVO '
1D363-202P (4) Under floor, in front of rear wing spar, left of A/C centerline
ALTITUDE HOLD
1CA07 {6) aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-1
* GYRO-AMPLIFIER .
1C359 (9) On the partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage, co-pilot's side
RADIO COUPLER ‘
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO .
1D373-167 (7) Behind baggage compartment left side where trim cables go up from bottom of fuselage
TRIM SENSOR
1C318-194 (8) Under floor, center, just aft of rear spar
TRIM SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER .
1D395 (2) Aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall

* 1C359 Gyro-Amplifier optiorial with 1B405 Switch Box and 308184 Cable Assembly

Roll Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 32 + 3


SERVICING DATA
.. Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): T6+ 3
Yitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+ 5
(rim Sensor Point Gap (in.):.014 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Rofl -30B242 Pitch - 30B241
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A392-202
1973
JL8GEN “OLVGEA VZNVNOd HO338 09IV

Jan.
Issued:
2-26
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY HI

AK260 A BEECH V35ATC & V35BTC WHEN


- STC SA3882SW _ MO_DlFlED PER STC SA1035WE

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE .
1C404 {1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON .
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1 7260R (3) in front of rear spar, under center seats, left side
PITCH SERVO '
1C508-1-260P {4) In first bay aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage nght c/ L
on bottom
ALTITUDE HOLD ‘ i . .
1C407 .(6) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between in_str_ument panel and firewal!
~ MAINCABLE HARNESS
© 30D207-1 ,
* GYRO-AMPLIFER
C359 {9) Mounted to aft side, right bottom of partition between baggage compartment and aft -
fuselage.
RADIO COUPLER . )
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO '
1D373-260 {7) In aft of fuselage where trim cables go up from bottom of aircraft, left side
- TRIM SENSOR
1C318-260 (8) Just aft of second bulkhead, aft of partition between baggage compartment and
aft fuselage ,
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side, between instrument panel and firewall
SWITCH BOX
1B405 {10) On radio rack between instrument panel and firewall, left side
*1C359 Gyro-Amplifier (Stabililer) Optional with 1B405 Switch Box and 30B184 Cable Assembly.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 32+ 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 24+ 4
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+ 5
“rim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B304 Pitch - 30B302
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-260

2:27
VZNVNOg
HO339

228 Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY Ii

AK245 ‘
STC SA800SW _ . : BEECH MODEL 35

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE :

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1} Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO N _
1D363-226R - (3) Forward of rear spar just outboard of fuselage, left side (left gear door)

~~ | MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30198
- RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)
1C388-( .) : {1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA:
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+5
7. Yjtch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B242,
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-245
2-29
1973
_ GEA pue ggs ‘ged ‘GEN ‘GEN ‘GEM ‘ger
‘GEH ‘GED ‘sed ‘GE3 ‘GEQ ‘GED ‘GET ‘GEV VZNVNOS HO33g 8oV

Jan.
Issued:
230
BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY I}

AK248 BEECH MODEL 35 SERIES


STC SA824SW A35, B35, C35, D35, E35, F35, G35, H35
J35, K35, M35, N35, P35, S35

PART DESCRIPTION
., AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE
CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 {1) Instrument pane!

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON ;
52D67 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1D363-202R (3) Just outboard of fuselage
in left wing forward of rear spar (landing gear wheel door)

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


- 30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 (1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 32+ 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll- 30B242
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-248

2-31
2-32 : , Issued: Jan. 1973
BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY ti

AK263 BEECH MODELS V35, V35A,


STC SAG255W | | _ V3BB.

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 {1} Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON ‘
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 - (1) Instrument panel |

ROLL SE RVO' .
1C363-1-260R (3) In front of rear spar, under center seats, left side

" MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388-M ' (1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 32+3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
‘itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
“frim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B304
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-263

233
BEECH BONANZA

2-34 ‘ \ Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT:

CENTURY Il

AK346
STC SA1360SW BEECH 36 AND A36

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 - (1) instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1 ) Instrunlém panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-306R {3) Aft of left main gear well and just forward of rear spar
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-346P (4) Just aft of Station 216 near centerline of aircraft
ALTITUDE HOLD
10407 {6) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-3
|ELAY BOX
1A526 {5). Under Instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER {1} Instrument panel
1C388( )
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291 '
TRIM SERVO
1C373-5-315 (7) Just forward of second bulkhead left of C/L, aft of rear baggage compartment door
post (remove 5th and 6th seats)
| TRIM SENSOR
1£647-315 {8) Aft fuselage at station 233.5 near centerline of aircraft
TRIM SWITCH
30B416 Pilot’s control wheel
TRIM AMP
1C671 Just forward of second bulkhead left of C/L, aft of rear baggage compartment door post
(remove 5th and 6th seats)
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 (2) On aircraft radio rack, pilot’s side, between instrument panel and firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+10
_ Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 30 .3
" ch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs)226 + 7
.¢im Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B258 Pitch - 30B407
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-35
BEECH TWIN BONANZA D50A, D50B, D50, D50E

2-36 Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY Il

AK337 | BEECH D50A, D50B,


STC SA1334SW D50C, D50E

" PART DESCRIPTION


1 " “AND LOCATION
" NOMENCLATURE
CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385-24 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON _
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

* DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO )
‘1C470-255R ’ (3) Under floorboard in center cabin section, aft of main spar

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388-M . {1) Instrument panel

* 1CA65-1-225R (60 + 4) for D50( - Same location as 10470-255R

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 60+ 4
" Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor. Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll -30B425 , 308200
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-337

2-37
BEECH TWiIiN BONANZA

2-38 Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY 1l

AK255
STC SAS37SW BEECH D50E

RIPTION
PART D,Efi% T LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE
CONSOLE
1C4A04 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO |
1C470-255R (3) Just aft of main wing spar under floorboard, left side
PITCH SERVO
1C502-255P {4) Under floorboard, in second bay aft of rear main spar, left side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) On bulkhead ring, left side, between instrument panel and forward bulkhead .
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
- 30D207-3 '
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-M {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D368-255 (7_) Just aft of the aft baggage compartment bulkhead, on A/C left side, bottom
TRIM SENSOR
1C326-255 (8) Just aft of the second bulkhead, aft, of the aft baggage compartment, bottomon C/L
AMPLIFIER
1D395 {2) On bulkhead ring betweén instrument panel and forwardhulkhead, left side

SERVICING DATA
Roli Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 60+ 4
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 18 + 2
- Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 21+ 2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .014+ 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B200 Pitch - 30B267
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-39
BEECH BARON 95-55, 95-A55, 95-B55, 95-C55, 95-B558,
D5E, D55A, E55, ES5A

Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY I

AK292 BEECH BARON 95-55,95-A55, 95-B55,


STC SA1173SW 95B-55B, 95C-55, D55, D55A, EB5 AND
E5bA

PART DESCRIPTION - ‘
AND - LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

PITCH SIGNAL FILTER ,


1B440-1 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon (For 1D395 only)
CONSOLE
1C404 (1)} Upper portion radio panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON )
52D67 (1) Instrument panet
DIRECTIONAL GYRO.
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO ‘ )
1C465-1-303R (3) Under center seats, forward edge of rear spar, right side of A/C
PITCH SERVO ‘
1C470-1-292P (4) Aft of rear baggage compartment between first and second bulkheads
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Aircraft structure between low center of instrument panel and forward cabin bulkhead,
on co-pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D2074
GYRO—-AMPLIFIER
1C359 {(9) Beneath aft baggage floor, pilot’s side
'RADIO COUPLER '
1C388-M ~ (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO : . '
1C469-1-303 {7) In aft fuselage behind baggage compartment, left of C/L of A/C
TRIM SENSOR . .
1C647-303 (8) Second bulkhead aft of the rear baggage compartment, C/L of A/C
AMPLIFIER (24V) . ) ' .
1D395 or 1C515-1 (2) Aft corner of nose baggage compartment, co-pilot’s side or forward side of forward
~ cabin butkhead or radio rack in nose baggage compartment ,
SWITCH BOX . _
1B405-24 (10) Any available space within 8 inches of the rolt servo
INVERTER
48C17 {11) Under instrument panel, co-pilot’s side, and forward cabin bulkhead or on radio rack
. forward nose baggage compartment or forward side of forward cabin bulkhead

+5 SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 456 ¢
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 13+ 2 +5
Yjtch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): - 25
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + .002 ~2
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch - 308263
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

241
BEECH BARON 95-565, 95-A55, 95-B55, 95-C55, 95-B558B,
D55, D55A, E55, EG5A, 56TC and AS6TC

2-42 ' . Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY I

'AK408 BEECH MODELS 95-55, 95-A55, 95-B55,


STC SA15655W 95B55B, 95-C55, D55, ES5, 56TC and AS6TC

PART DE%%RIPTION LOCATION


NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C385-24 {1) instrument panel

Artificial Horizon
52D66 {1) instrument panel

Directional Gyro )
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

Roll Servo
1C465-1-194R {3) In front of rear spar, under floor, beneath center seats, co-pilot’s side

Main Cable Harness


30C198

Radio Coupler (Opt.) _


1C388-M (1) Instrument panel

Stabilizer (Opt.)
1C359 {9) Beneath aft baggage floor, either side of aircraft -

Switch Box .
1B405-24 {10) Under floor, just forward of rear spar, left side

Inverter
48A17 {11) Right side of throttle control pedestal.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 43+ 7
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):"
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 o v p
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-196
243
AK194 BEECH BARON | 56TC and AS6TC

2.44 . Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-

CENTURY Il

AK194
STC SA617SW BEECH 56TC AND A56TC

PART DESCRIPTION :
. AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

PITCH SIGNAL FILTER.


1B440-1 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
©ONSOLE
1C404 {1) Upper portion radio panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-194R {3) In front of rear spar under floor, co-pilot’s side
PITCH SERVO
1C477-194P {4) In fron of rear spar, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C470 (6) Lower center of instrument panel and forward cabin bulkhead, co-pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Beneath aft baggage floor, left side
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-M (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-194 (7) 1n aft fuselage behind baggage compartment, pilot’s side
TRIM SENSOR .
1C318-194 (8} Under floor aft of rear wing spar, pilot’s side
' AMPLIFIER : )
1D395 (2) Co-pilot’s side, aft corner of nose baggage compartment or forward side of forward cabin
bulkhead or radio rack in nose baggage compartment
SWITCH BOX
1B405-24 {10) Under floor in front of rear spar, near pitch servo, pilot’s side
INVERTER
48C17 {11) Under instrument panel and forward cabin bulkhead or on radio rack forward nose
baggage compartment or forward side of forward cabin bulkhead, co-pilot’s side

' SERVICING DATA


Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 4317
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 13+ 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 26 * 5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 014 + 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch - 30B222
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-194

245
- BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY 1l

: é]l'((?gi1 175SW BEECH 58 and 58A

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Upper portion of radio panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67-M {1} Instrument pane!
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54-M {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-303R {3} Under floor, forward edge of rear spar, right side of A/C
PITCH SERVO .
1C470-1-303P (4} Aft of rear baggage compartment between second and third bulkheads on C/L
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Between lower center of instrument pane! and forward cabin bulkhead, co-pilot’s side
— MAIN CABLE HARNESS
' 3002074
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 {5),Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER :
1C388-M (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER .
1C493 {1} Under instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNES
30C291 :
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-303 {7} Aft of rear baggage compartment at Station bulkhead 207, right side of C/L
TRIM SENSOR _
1C647-303 (8) At second bulkhead aft of the rear baggage compartment, on C/L of A/C
TRIM SWITCH .
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
TRIM AMP .
1C646-28 Aft of rear baggage compartment at Station bulkhead 207, right side of C/L
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 (2) Aft corner of nose baggage compartment co-pilot’s side, or forward side of forward
cabin bulkhead, or the radio rack in nose baggage compartment

SERVICING DATA
. Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 45%2 ~
Sitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 524 .2
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (1bs)25 73
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .007 + ,002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch - 30B263
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

247
BEECH BARON 58 and 58A

248 . Issued: Jan. 1973


'BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY II

AK305
STC SA1199SW BEECH 58 AND 58A

D IPTION
PART Efi%R LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385-24 {1} instrument panel

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER '


18440 {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
' 1C465-1-303R {3) Forward edge of rear spar, right side, beneath center seats,

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.) ' -


"1C388-M {1) Instrument panet

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45 +5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): -6
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-305

249
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY Il

AK291
STC SA1006SW BEECH 60 AND A60

PART DE%%RIPTION LOCATION


NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 OR *1C404-1 (1) In center pedestal, immediatevly below throttle quadrant
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-291R (3) In aft wing spar box just left of aircraft centerline
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-291P (4) Just forward of bulkhead at Station 214.0, under floor, on centerline
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) On instrument panel support, directly forward of mixture levers
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
3002074
RADIO COUPLER
-~ 1C388-M {1} Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-291 (7) In aft fuselage, just aft of Station 265.0, right side
TRIM SENSOR
1D474-291 (8) In aft fuselage, aft of Station 288.0 on C/L of Aircraft
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 {2) Under instrument panel, just aft of firewall, right side

* 1C404-1 CONSOLE specially blilt for BEECH Factory only. (Has additional pigtail connection)

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 43+8
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 21+4
itch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 37 + 3
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 010 + .002°
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B383 Pitch - 30B350
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement


2-51
BEECH QUEENAIR 65, A65, 65-80, 65-A80, 65-A80-8800
65-B80, A65-8200, 70

2-52 R : issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY Il

BEECH 65, A65, 65-80, 65-A80


é'll'(g %9A767SW 65-A80-8300, 65-B80 AND A65-8200 & 70
1)

CRIPTION
PART DESCRIPTIO LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In center pedestal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 ' (1) Instrument panel
"DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO ,
1C465-1-239R (3) Inside first access hole aft of main spar, pilot’s side of aircraft
PITCH SERVO
1C465-1-239P (4) Installed in next bay, aft of roll servo, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Mounted to. floor under pilot’s seat
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-M {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO , |
1C469-1-239 (7) Under floor in first compartment forward of passenger compartment door, pilot’s side
TRIM SENSOR '
1C365-239 {8) In round access hole just forward of door between seat tracks, pilot’s side
AMPLIFIER .
1D395 (2) On third inspection plate, pilot’s side, aft of main spar

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 55+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 22 + 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 21+ 3
Trim Sensor Point Gap {in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B252 Pitch - 30B253
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

253
BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY III

AK206
STC SA651SW BEECH 65-88 Queenair

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In center pedestal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
'52D67 (1) Instrumenit panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panet
ROLL SERVO
1D414-206R (3} Inside first access hole aft of main spar, pilot’s side
PITCH SERVO
1D414-206P: {4) In next bay aft of roll ;servo, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) On floor beneath pilot’s seat
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Beneath center walkway just aft of rear spar
RADIO COUPLER
1C388-M (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D457-206 {7) On bulkhead, aft side of oblong access hole, pilot’s side, pax entrance
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-206 {8) Round access hole just forward of door between seat tracks, pilot’s side
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) On third .inspection plate aft of main spar, pilot’s side
SWITCH BOX
1B405-24 (10) Beneath floor above roll servo, pilot’s side
INVERTER
48C17 (11) On forWard cabin bulkhead, co-pilot’s side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):55 + 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):22 + 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs}: 21+ 3
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):.010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B252 Pitch - 30B253
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

/ 255
" - BEECH KINGAIR 65-90, 65-A90

2-56 , ) Issued: Jan. 1973


BEECHCRAFT-
CENTURY Il

AK238
STC SA761SW BEECH 65-90 and 65A90

PART DESCRIPTION
" TAND LOCATION
- NOMENCLATURE
PITCH SIGNAL FILTER
1B440-1 (1) Under instrument panel
CONSOLE
. 1C404 (1) In center pedestal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
- 52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52054 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO S
1D414-206R - (3) Inside first access h_ole, aft of main spar on pilot’s side
'PITCH SERVO ' . :
1D414-238P *(4) Next bay aft of roll servo, on pilot’s side -
ALTITUDE HOLD - : .
1C407 - (8) To floor beneath pilot’s seat
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
. 30D207-2
RADIO COBPLER
1C388-M " (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO o < :
1D457-206 {7) On bulkhead, aft side of oblong access nole, pilot’s side,
“TRIM SENSOR : o
1C365-238 (8) Same access hole with pitch trim servo
. AMPLIFIER . : )
1D395 (2) Mounted on third inspection plate, pilot’s side, aft of main spar

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 55+ 5 .
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 16+2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 21+ 3
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):: .010 + ,002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B252 Pijtch - 30B253
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

257
' . Issued: Jan. 1973
258
BEECHCRAFT:

CENTURY |l

AK318
STC SA1458SW BEECH B90 AND C90 King Air

'PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) On center pedestal
. ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-318R (3) Under floor, first bay aft of main spar left side of A/C
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-318P (4) Second bay aft of mainspar, aft side of bulkhead, at Statioh 176.50, under floor, left side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C470 (6) On forward cabin pressure bulkhead Station 84.00 right side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 (6) Under instrument panel’
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
.1C493 (1) Eehind instrument panel, within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291 .
TRIM SERVO
1C469-318 (7) Second bay forward of forward cabin door post under floor, left side, Station 216.00
* TRIM SENSOR
1C665-318 (8) Under floor, left side just forward of bulkhead station 216.00
. AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 {2) On third inspection plate aft of main spar, pildt‘s side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (1bs): 35+5 3
-~ “tch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): ~ 23*3
S

. _stch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 17+2


Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): Bracket No. 1: "Bracket No. 2:
.010 *(CD-100) 010 *(CD-41)
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
Bridie Cable(s): Rolf - 30B442 Pitch - 30B253
259
BELLANCA - CRUISEMASTER 14-19-3, 14-19-3A, 17-30, 17-30A,
17-31A, 17-31TC, 17-31ATC, 17-31

2-60 . Issued: Jan. 1973


BELLANCA
CENTURY Il

AK215 BELLANCA 14-19-3A, 17-30, 17-31, 17-31TC, .


STC SA6455W 17-30A, 17-31A, 17-31ATC :

PART DESCRIPTION
"“AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
.1C385 ' (1) Pilot’s side instrument panel

Roll Signal Filter ;


1B440 {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

Artificial Horizon
52D66 _ {1) Instrument panel

Diréctional Gyro i
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
Roll Servo . :
1D456-215R {3) Under rear seat, on center line

Main Cable Harness


30C198

Radio Coupler (Opt.) '


1C388 - {1) Instrument panel

NOTES: 14-19-3A, 17-30, 17-3DA, 17-31 and 17-31A


Manual Electric TrimjAK276

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B251
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-215

2-61
<R L
@@oeo ®)

BELLANCA CRUISEMASTER VIKING AND SUPER VIKING


14-19-3, 14-19-3A, 17-30, 17-30A, 17-31A, 17-31TC,
17-31ATC, 17-31 ’

| 2-62 ) Issued: Jan. 1973


BELLANCA
CENTURY I

- AK233 BELLANCA 14-19-3A, 17-30','17-31


. STC SA869SW - ’ 17-31TC, 17-30A, 17-31A and 17-31 ATC

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER {On cross tube brace behind installation panel)
1B440 ( if using 1D (1) Instrument panel
CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Instrument pane!
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52067 {1} Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52054 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-233R. (3) Under rear seat, on centerline
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-233P {4} Under baggage floor, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Under instrument panel, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-11
RELAY BOX
1B405 {10) Under rear seat near roll servo
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 Afi of baggage compartment floor, center
‘RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C373-3-233 {7) Aft fuselage just beneath forward portion of vertical fin -
TRIM SENSOR
1C501 - (8) Beneath baggage compartment on centerline
TRIM SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 OR 1C515-1 {2) Under baggage compartment or under instrument panel co-pilot’s side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutcfi Setting (lbs): 35+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): T 27+3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): %1444
frim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .050 + .002
Bridie Cable(s): Roll - 30B251 Pitch - 30B242
Limitations Placard Part Number: -See :AFM Supplement

263
BRITTEN-NORMAN ISLANDER BN-2, BN-2A, BN-2A-6

! 2-64 i Issued: Jan. 1973


BRITTEN—NORMAN
CENTURY Il

é}(g%?mmzsw ISLANDER BN-2, BN-2A AND BN-2A-6

PART DE%%RIPTION LOCATION

NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE '
1C404 (1) Lower lefr portion of instrument pane!
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52067 (1) Instrument panel
. DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52054 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-336R (3) Above passenger door on left (pilqt‘.s side) of A/C, approximately 10" aft rear spar
PITCH SERVO
. 1C678-1-336P (4) Between Station é19.25 and 255.25 just aft of baggage compartment
. ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407-1 (6) Forward of instrument pdnel to bulkhead at Station 46.00, co-pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
3002074
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 {5) Under instrument panel '
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1 Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 (1) Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C469-5-336 (7). Between two bulkheads at Stations 312.45 and 352.40
TRIM SENSOR
1C678-1-336P (8) Between Stations 219.25 and 255.25 just aft of baggage compartment _
TRIM SWITCH
30B416 On pilot’s control whee!
AMPLIFIER
1C515-2, (2) Forward of instrument panel to bulkhead at Station 46.00, co-pilot’s side

+7 SERVICING DATA
Roll-Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 33 _ 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs) 37 + 4
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 30_5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):: Bracket No. 1: Bracket No. 2
045 + .005 {(CD41) 020 + .005 {CD-100)
Limitations Placard Part Ngmper-. See AFM Supplement
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 303383‘ Pitch - N/A

2-65
172D, 172E, 172F, 172G, 172H, 172i,
172K, 172L

2-66 - : Issued: Jan. 1973


- CESSNA

CENTURY II

AK191 CESSNA 172D, 172E, 172F, 172G, 172H,


STC SA603SW 1721, 172, 172K and 172L

PART Dgfi%ml’r ION LOCATION


NOMENCLATURE

| Console-Amplifier
1C385 (1) Instrument Panel

Artificial Horizon
52D66 (1) Instrument Panel

Directional Gyro (1) Instrument Panel


52D54

Roll Servo
* 1D363-191R
1C481-229R (3) In left wing, just outboard of flap

Main cable harness


30C198

Radio Coupler (Opt.) (1) dastrument Panel


1C388

"Stabilizer Gyro-Amplifier (Opt)


1C359 (9) Aft of baggage compartment at top left side

Stabitizer Harness
30B184

Switch ]
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel {Stabilizer install.)

Switch Box
18405 (10) *(1) At instrument panel with ext. cable to roll servo.

NOTE:
* 1D363-191R Roll Servo used if earlier installations. _
*{1) Field installation optional. E*her behind instrument panel with 252 inch extension cable to roll servo, or at roll servo,

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 50+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): -
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B218
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-191
2-67
182, 182A, 1828, 182C, 182D

2-€8 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY I

AK241 CESSNA 182, 182A, 182B,


STC SA795SW 182C, and 182D

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

- ROLL SERVO
1C481-229R (3) Leftwing just outboard of flap, aft of rear spar

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 (1) Ipstrument panel

STABILIZER (OPT.) _
1C369 | (9) Just aft of the baggage compartment and the aft fuselage C/L at top

SWITCH BOX
18405 {10) Used with Stabilizer Option only.
‘ On pilot's side of A/C between instrument panel and firewall above
aileron cat ie

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 50+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 308218
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-241

2-69
AK199 ' 182E, 182F, 182H, 182J, 182K, 182L,
182M, 182N

2.70 | : Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY III

AK197 CESSNA 182H, 182J, 182K,


STC SA624SW 182L, 182M AND 182N

.PART DE?I%RIPT 10 N :
LOCATION

NOMENCLATURE '

CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Lower portion of radio cut out
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-197R (3) Left wing just outboard of flap and just aft of rear spar
PITCH SERVO
1C363-1-197P {4) Under floor just aft of aft door post, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Behind instrument panel on rudder tab support, co-pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
3002072
RELAY BOX
1A5?6 {5) Under instrument panel
GRYO-AMPLIFIER A
1C359 - (9) Just aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage, left side
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) Instrument pane!
TRIM SERVO
1C373-1-197 (7) Aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage, left side
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-197 (8) In aft fuselage just aft of radion rack, on centerline of A/C
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) On aircraft radio rack across aft section of fuselage
TRIM SWITCH
30B192 182 "L" only, pilot’s control wheel
TRIM SWITCH
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
SWITCH BOX )
. 1B405 (10) On dust cover, pilot's side, between instrument panel and firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): B0+5
Pitch Servc Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+ 3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):25 +5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 910 + 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll --30B238-1 Pitch - 30B242
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-197

2-73
CESSNA STATIONAIR 206, P206, P206A, P206B, U206, U206A,.
U206B, TU206A, TU206B, TP206A, TP206B

274 ‘ ' Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY (1

AK199 CESSNA 182E, 182F, 182G, 182H, 182J


STC SAG58SW. 182K, 182L, 182M, and 182N

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C3856 {1) Pilot's reach, instrument panel

Artificial Horizon
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

Directional Gyro
b2D54 {1) Instrument panel

Rol.l Servo
1C363-1-191R {(3) Left Wing just outboard of flap, just aft of rear spar

Main cable harness


30C198

Radio Coupler {Opt.)


1C388 (1) Instrument panel

* Stabilizer (Opt.)
1C359 (9) Aft of partition between the baggage compartment and aft fuselage, left side

Switch Box . ]
1B405 , (10) Pilot’s side, between instrument panel and firewall, above aileron cable

NOTES:
*Stabilizer Kit No. AK204
STC No. SA789SW

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 50+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B238-1 .
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-199
271
182H, 182J, 182K, 182L, 182M, 182N

2-72 . Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY |1l

AK218 CESSNA 206, P206, P206A, TP206A,


STC SA669SW TU206A, U206, U206A, P206B, TP2068B,
) TU2068, U206B

PART DESCRIPTION
’ AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE ’

CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Lower portion of radio cut out area
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-218R (3} In right wing just outboard of wing rib at wing Station 118.00, forward of rear spar
PITCH SERVO )
1C363-1-218P {4} Aft of partition between Baggage compartment and aft fuselage, on forward side
fuselage Station 152.2, right side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1CAQ7 {6) On the top instrument “panel inspection plate, right side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 {9) Mounted to aft side of baggage compartment partition top left side
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1)} Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C373-1-218 {(7) Under baggage compartment floor, aft on A/C centerline
TRIM SENSOR :
1C365-218 (8) Aft fuselage, second bay aft of baggage compartment.partition (near fuselage Station
166.40) on aircraft C/L, low
AMPLIFIER ‘
1D395 {2) On aircraft radio rack in aft section, aft of baggage compartment
SWITCH BOX .
1B405 {10) On bulkhead, co-pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 40+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 28+ 3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+ 5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 010 + 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll -30B244-1 Pitch - 308261
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-218

2-75
CESSNA 206, P206, P206A, P206B, U206, U206A,
U206B, TU206A, TU206B, TP206A, TP206B

issued: Jan. 1973


- CESSNA
CENTURY I

AK231 CESSNA 206, P206, P206A, P206B, U206,


STC SA727SA U206A, U206B, TU206A, TU206B, TP206A
and TP206B

DESCRIPTION
PART END LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C385 {1} Instrument panel

Artificial Horizon
52D66 (1) Instrument Panel

Directional Gyro
52D54 {1} Instrument Panel

Roll Servo
1C363-1-209R (3} In right wing, just outboard of wing rib at Station 118.00

Main Cable Harness


30C198

Radio Coupler
1C388 (1) Instrument panel

Gyro-Ampilifier
1C359 {9) Top of bulkhead at aft portion of baggage area.

Switch Box
1B405 (10) On bulkhead, co-pilot’s side between instrument panel and firewall.

Trim Switch
30A204 Pilot‘s control wheel

Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 40+ 5


SERVICING DATA
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B244
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-231

2-77
CESSNA P206C, P206D, P206E, U206C, U206D,
U206E

2.78 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY I

AK368 CESSNA P206C, P206D, P206E, U206C,


STC SA1431SW U206D, AND U206E

T DESCRIPTION
PAR AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 {1)- instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
- 52D67 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO i
1C363-1-367R {3) In right wing outboard of wing rib Station 118.00 forward of rear spar
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-368P {4) Aft of baggage compartment partition and aft fuselage, forward Station 152.2
right side of C/L.
ALTITUDE HOLD :
1C407 {6) Under instrument panel next to firewall, above pilot’s rudder pedals
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RELAY BOX . )
1A526 {5) Should be located between instrument panel and forward cabin bulkhead
RADIO COUPLER _
1C388-M or 1C388-MC (1) Instrument panel
‘GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 (1) Behind instrument pane! within 3 feet of artificial horizon
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER HAR+
NESS 30C291
TRIM SERVO (7} Aft of baggage compartment on pilot’s side. Remove aft baggage compartment
1C373-1-368
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-218 (8) Aft fuselage, second bay aft of baggage compartment partition on C/L
TRIM SWITCH
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 {2) Under baggage compartment floor, co-pilot’s side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 38 * ]
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 24*3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs) 25 + 2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Pitch - 308261 Rol} - 30B244-2
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A682=368 30B244-3

279
R
T B

AK369 CESSNA P206C, P206D, P206E, U206C, U206D, U206E

{ssued: Jan. 1973


2-80
CESSNA
CENTURY II

AK369 CESSNA U206C, U206D, U206E, P206C,


STC SA1449SW P206D AND P206E

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) In Radio Panel

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER ‘


1B440 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-357R (3) In right wing just outboard of wing rib at Station 118.00, forward of rear spar

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel

+7 SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 38 8
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): )
ditch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap {in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B244-2 , 30B244-3
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-369
2-81
AK357 CESSNA SKYWAGON 207

2-82 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY I

AK357
STC SA14025W CESSNA 207

PART DES%RIPT!ON
LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 {1} Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
62D54 (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-357R {3) Right wing, outboard of rib at Station 118, forward of rear spar

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER
Standard - 1C388-M
Collins or King - 1C388-MC (1) Instrument panel

NOTES: Command Electric Trifn AK361 — STC SA14045SW

. SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 38 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): i
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll- 308244-2
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-357

2-83
CESSNA CENTURION 210D, 210E, 210F, T210F

2-84 . Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY Ii

AK212 CESSNA 210D, 210€E, 210F


STC SA675SW AND T210F

IPTION
PARTDRND 1O LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

Artificial Horizon ‘
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

Directional Gyro
52D54 (1} Instrument panel

Roll Servo
1D363-209R (3} Forward of right rear spar, outboard of rib at Station No. 124.00.
Just inboard of aileron area.

Main Cable Harness


30C198

Radio Coupler (Opt.)


1C388 (1) Instrument panel

Stabilizer Gyro-Amplifier
1C359 (9) Aft side of baggage compartment bulkhead, top left.

Switch Box
1B405 (10) On bulkhead between instrument panel and firewall, pilot’s side.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 40+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B244-1
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-212

2-85
T210, 210F

2-86 . Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA

CENTURY IlI

AK209
STC SA637SW CESSNA T210F AND 210F

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1} Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Right instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1D363-209R (3) Forward of rear spar, outboard of rib station 124.00, just outboard of aileron area
PITCH SERVO
1D363-209P (4) Under floorboard, second bay aft of door, co-pilot’s side (behind seats)
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Top instrument panel inspection plate, right side of C/L of A/C
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Aft side of baggage compartment bulkhead, top left
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D363-170 (7) Just aft of baggage compartment fioor, center of A/C
TRIM SENSOR
1C318-209 {8) Behind rear seats where cables go up from the floor, center of A/C
TRIM SWITCH
308192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) On aircraft radio rack, aft section, just behind aft baggage compartment partition,
left or right side
SWITCH BOX
1B405 (10) On bulkhead on left side of aircraft between instrument panel and firewall

' SERVICING DATA


Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 40+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 24% 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 25+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): - Roll - 30B293- Pitch - 308243
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-209
N
-
Q
Q
N
o
I
-

2-88 Issued: Jan. 1973


- CESSNA

CENTURY Il

AK254
STC SA829SW » CESSNA 210G, 210H

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE A
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 | (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1D363-254R {3) Mounted in right wing on outboard side of rib between Station 148.00 and 172.00,
: aft of main spar near oblong inspection hole
PITCH SERVO .
1D363-209P (4) Under floor, board, second bay aft of door, copilot’s side {behine seat)
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Top instrument panel inspection plate right side of C/L
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2.
GYRO -AMPLIFIER
1C359 7 {9) Mounted to aft side of baggage compartment, bulkhead top left
RADIO COUPLER \
1C388-M (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D373-170 {7) Just aft of baggage compartment floor, center of A/C
TRIM SENSOR '
1C318-209 (8) Behind rear seats where cables go up from the floor, center of A/C
TRIM SWITCH
30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER ,
1D395 {2) Aircraft radio rack aft section, just behind aft baggage compartment partition, left
or right side
SWITCH BOX
1B405 {10) On bulkhead on co-pilot side between instrument panel and firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 24+ 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002

Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-254

- 2-89
CESSNA 210G, 210H, T210G

290 s Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA

CENTURY Il

AK258 CESSNA 210G, 210H and T210G


STC SAS50SW

PART DEISM%RIPHO N
LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 {1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON ]
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO )
52D54 (1) Instrument panel.

ROLL SERVO )
1D363-264R (3) Mounted in right wing on outboard side of rib between Station 148.00 and 172.00,
aft of main spar near oblong inspection hole

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT,)


1C388-M {1) Instrument panel

STABILIZER (OPT.)
1C359 (9) Mounted to bulkhead at aft top portion of baggage area, left side

SWITCH BOX
1B405 {10) Used with Stabilizer Option only.
On bulkhead on pilot’s side of aircraft between instrument panel and firewall.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roli - 30B293
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-258
291
CESSNA 210K, T210K

2.92 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURYINI

AK 331 CESSNA ] 4
STC SA1325SW 210K AND T210K

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Lower portion of radio cutout
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C508-1-331R (3} In right wing outboard of rib Station 155.00
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-331P {4) Aft fuselage at Station 180.6 on bottom
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Under instrument panel at firewall above pilots rudder pedals
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-14
RELAY BOX
1A526 {5) Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 (1) Under instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G. S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C373-1-331 (7) Aft of baggage compartment approximately 8 inches on bottom
TRIM SENSOR
1C476-331 (8) Aft of baggage compartment between fuselage Station 180.6 and 194.8
TRIM SWITCH
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 (2) In first large inspection hole right wing at Station 25.25

* SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 27 + 7
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): —"30*3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):25 + 2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):.014 + 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B293 Pitch - 30B243
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement
293
210J, T210J, 210K, T210K

Issued: Jan. 1973


294
CESSNA

CENTURY II

AK334 CESSNA ‘
STC SA1326SW 210J, T210J, 210K, T210K

PART Dfifi%mmo N
LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1C508-1-331R (3) Mounted to rib by oblong inspection hole in right wing at Station 155.00,
forward rear spar. .

~ MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30Cc198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 (1) Ihstrument panel

STABILIZER SWITCH Pilot’s control wheel


30A204 '

GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C369 {9) To bulkhead at the aft top portion of baggage area, left side

SWITCH BOX
1B405 {10) On bulkhead, pilot’s side, between instrument panel and firewall.

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs}): 27+ 7
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): N/A
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-334
295
310D, 310G, 310H, 3101, 310J, 310K, 310L,
310N, 320D, 320E, 320F

2.96 Issued: : Jan. . 1 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY Il

AK201 : CESSNA: 310D, 310G, 310H, 3101, 3104,


STC SA737SW 310K, 310L, 310N, 320E and 320F and 320D

PART DESCRIPTION
- AND LOCATION -
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C385-24 {1) Pedestal

Roli Signal Filter


18440 {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

Artificial Horizon
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

Directional Gyro
52D54 ) (1) Instrument panel

Roll Sefvo ;
1D414-198R {3} Under floor just forward of rear spar, pilot’s side

Main Cable Harness


30C198

Radio Coupler (Opt.)


1C388 | (1) Instrument Panel

Stabilizer Gyro-Amplifier (Opt.)] (9) Aft of -baggage compartment aft partition, on floor, co-pilot’s side
1C359 '

Switch Box
1B405-24 {10) Under floor just forward of rear spar, pilot’s side

Inverter
48C17 {(11) On radio rack in nose section, center line of A/C to right side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 45+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Settirlg (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-201

297
CESSNA 310D, 310G, 310H. 310l, 310J, 320D

Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY llI

AK222 CESSNA 310D, 310G, 310H,


STC SA 667SW 310J, 3101, 320D

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 {1) On pedestal beneath throttle controls
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1CA65-1-222R {3) Under aircraft floorboard, just forward of rear wing spar., pilot’s side
PITCH SERVO ‘
1C470-1-222P {4) Under aircraft floorboard, just-aft of rear wing spar, pilot’s side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 - {6) Angle brace, under instrument panel, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RELAY BOX
1A526-1
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
Gclg(s SLOPE COUPLER (1) Ref. AK262
OUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1222 {7) Slightly left of centerline at Station 132.00 bottom, just aft of baggage compartment
TRIM SENSOR
1C326-198 {8) Under floorboard in the first bay aft of rear wing spar, at first bulkhead aft of flap motor
near C/L of A/C just forward of Station 89.25
AMPLIFIER
1C515-1 {(2) Aircraft radio rack in center nose section of A/C
STABILIZER (OPTIONAL) )
1C359 (9) Just aft of partition between baggage compartment and aft fuselage, co-pilot’s side
- SWITCH BOX
1B405 (10} Under aircraft floorboard, just forward of rear wing spar (near roll servo) pilot’s side
INVERTER -
48C17 {11) Aircraft radio rack in center nose section of aircraft

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 43 %3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 24+ 4
-Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+ §
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .014 *+ .002"
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch- 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A388-222

299
310K, 310L, 310N, 320E, 320F

2-100 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA

CENTURY Il

AK198 CESSNA 310K 310L, 310N,


STC SA621SW 320E AND 320F

RIPTION
PART Dfifi% ' LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE
ROLL SIGNAL FILTER
18440 {1) Under instrument panel, near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1CA04 {1) In pedestal beneath throttle controls
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1D414-198R {3) Under floor, just forward of rear spar, pilot’s side
PITCH SERVO
1D414-198P {4) Under floor, just aft of rear spar, pilot’s side of A/C
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) On angle brace of instrument panel, mount pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RELAY BOX
18405 {10) Under floor, just forward of rear spar, pilot’s side
GYRO-AMPLIFIER g
1C359 {9) Aft of baggage compartment, rear partition, co-pilot’s side
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D368-190 (7) Just aft of baggage compartment, partition on bottom, centerline of A/C
TRIM SENSOR :
1C326-198 {8) Under floor, first bay aft of rear spar, at first bulkhead aft of flap motor on C/L of A/C
TRIM SWITCH '
308192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER .
1D395 {2) On aircraft radio rack in nose section of aircraft, center to right side
INVERTER :
48C17 {11) On aircraft radio rack, nose section, centerline of A/C to right side

SERVICING DATA
. Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+5
" Sjtch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 23+ 2
Jitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+ 5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 014 + 002
Bridle Cable(s): Roli - 30B221 Pitch - 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-198

2-101
310P, 310Q, T310P and T310Q

: A Issued: Jan. 1973


2-102
CESSNA

CENTURY Il

AK300 CESSNA 310P, 310Q,


STC SA1142SW T310P AND T310Q

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE
CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In pedestal below throttle controls
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 ' (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-300R (3) Just forward of aft spar, at Station 58.75 outboard of stringer on left side, under floor
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-300P (4) Just aft of Station 69.203 (rear spar) and left of flap motor, under floor, left side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407-1 (6) On forward cabin bulkhead right of center line of A/C
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 (5) Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SL.OPE COUPLER
1C493 {1) Under instrument panel within.3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
'30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-300 (7) Just aft of baggage compartment at Station 132.00 at bottom of fuselage and left
of A/CC/L
TRIM SENSOR
1C326-300 (8) Under floor, aft of rear spar at Station 83.25 near centerline
AMPLIFIER
1D395 OR 1D515 OR 1D515-1 (2) On aircraft radio:rack, center

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 43 % J
®itch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 24+ 4
Jitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+1
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .012 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch - 30B276
Limitations Placard Part Number: SEE AFM SUPPLEMENT
2-103
CESSNA SKYMASTER 337A, 337B, T3378B, 337C, T337C, 337D

2-104 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY Il

AK244 CESSNA 337A, 337B, T3378B,


STC SA801SW 337C, T337C, AND 337D

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385-24 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1C470-210R (3) In right wing aft aileron bellcrank assembly, forward of rear spar, 7 inches outboard
of Station 177.00

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER {OPT.)


1C388 {1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting {lbs): 40+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting {lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B308 or 308259
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-244
2-105
AK210 CESSNA SKYMASTER 337A

2-106 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURY Iil

AK210
S'II'<g SAB668SW CESSNA 337A

PART DESCRIPTION
AND - LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


18440 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Lower portion of pedestal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO '
1C470-210R (3) In right wing, aft of aileron bellcrank assembly, forward of rear spar, 7 inches outboard
of Station 177.00
PITCH SERVO
1C470-210P (4) In left tail boom 7.5 inches forward of Station 124.50, at large inspection hole
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Above pilot’s control wheel shaft-and just aft of the forward firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-1
RELAY BOX
1B405-24 " (10) Just forward of aft cabin firewall, between headtiner and A/C top skin, on C/L on
gyro-amplifier mounting bracket
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Just forward of aft cabin firewall, between headliner and A/C top skin, on C/L
RADIO COUPLER :
1C388 Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO ' _
1D368-190 {7} Under instrument panel, just aft of forward firewall left side of C/L of A/C
TRIM SENSOR .
1C365-210 (8) In left tail boom at small inspection hole, near Station 153.25
TRIM SWITCH
30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) Above pilot’s control wheel shaft and just aft of forward firewall on altitude hole
mounting bracket
INVERTER
48A17 (11) On forward firewall in cabin compartment above trim servo, left side of C/L of A/C

SERVICING DATA
Rolt Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 40+5
-Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20 + 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+ 5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 008 + .002
Bridle Cable(s): Roll - 30B308 Pitch - 30B260
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329:210

2-107
CESSNA SKYMASTER 3378, T3378B, 337C, T337C

Issued: Jan. 1973


2108
CESSNA
CENTURY 11l

AK252 CESSNA 337B, T337B, 337C


STC SA842SW AND T337C

IPTION
PART D;E\fi?)n : LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 (used only with 1D385
Amplifier) (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Lower portion of instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL HORIZON
52054 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C470-252R {3) In right wing aft of aileron bellcrank assembly, forward of rear spar 7 inches outboard
of Station 177.00
PITCH SERVO
1C470-210P (4) In left tail boom, 7.5 inches forward of station 124.50, at large inspection hole
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C470 (6) Above pilot’s control wheel shaft and just aft of the forward firewall.
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-1
RELAY BOX
1B405-24 | (10) Just forward of aft cabin firewall, between headlmer and A/C top skin, on C/L on
gyro-amplifier mounting bracket
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Just forward of aft cabin firewall, between headliner and A/C top skin on C/L
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D368-252 {7) Under instrument panel, just aft of forward firewall, left side of C/L of A/C
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-210 {8) In left boom at small inspection hole,near Station 153.25;
AMPLIFIER
1C515 or 1D395 (2) Above pilot’s control wheel shaft and just aft of forward firewall, on altitude hold
mounting bracket
INVERTER
48C17 (11) On forward firewall in cabin compartment above trim servo, left side of C/L of A/C

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 45+ 5
" Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 20+ 1
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): -30+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .008 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B259 Pitch - 30B260
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-252

2-109
CESSNA SKYMASTER 337E, 337F

Issued: Jan. 1973


2110
CESSNA
CENTURY i1

AK345
STC SA1428 SW : CESSNA 337E AND 337F

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 {1) Lower portion of pedestal
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
62D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
62D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-345R (3) In right wing, approximately 7 inches outboard of Station 177.00, forward of rear
spar
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-345P {(4) In left tail boom, approximately 7.5 inches forward of Station 124.50, at large
inspection: hole
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Above pilot’s control wheel shaft and just aft of forward firewall
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-1
ACCELEROMETER
1C7411 (12) Between Instrument panel and forward cabin bulkhead (approximately 6 3/4 inches
RADIO COUPLER forward of instrument panel right side.)
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 {1) Behind instrument panef within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO .
1C469-345 (7) Approximately 1/4 inch forward of Station 124.50 in right tail boom, at large
inspection hole
TRIM SENSOR
1C742-345 (8) In small inspection hole at Station 153.24 in left tail boom
TRIM SWITCH '
30B416-2 Pilot’s control wheel
TRIM AMP
1C671-1 (7) In right taim boom at Station 110.50
AMPLIFIER
1C5151 (2) Mounted on altitude hold bracket above pilot’s control wheel shaft and aft of forward
firewall

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lIbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B308-1 Pitch - 30B260
Limitations Placard Part Number:
2111
CESSNA 401, 401A, 401B, 402, 402A, 402B

2112 Issued: Jan. 1973


CESSNA
CENTURYIII

AK302 _
CESSNA 401, 401A, 401B, 402
STC SA12065W 402A AND 402B ‘

ION
PART DE%%R“,T LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 (1D395 ONLY) {1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
"1C404 (1) In pedestal below throttlds
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
'DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-240R {3) Under floor in bay just aft of station 118.55 and under pilot and co-pilot seats
PITCH SERVO
1C465-1-240P {4) Just aft of bulkhead at Station 213.60, between floorboard and lower skin, right side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1407 {6) Forward of instrument panel on co-pilot’s side
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 (5) Under instrument panel
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
1C493 (1) Behind instrument panel within 3 feet of artificial horizon
G.S. COUPLER HARNESS
30C291
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-302 (7) At first bulkhead aft of baggage compartment at Station 289.84 near C/L or A/C
TRIM SENSOR
1CA476-302 (8} Under the floor, forward of bulkhead Station 237.00, near C/L of A/C
TRIM SWITCH
30A354 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 OR 1C515 OR 1C515-1 (2) Mounted on aircraft radio rack top center or left side

Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+ 5


SERVICING DATA
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 27 + 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 19+2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .014 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B258 Pitch - 30B268
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-113
CESSNA
CENTURY 11l

AK216
STC SA681SW CESSNA 411 AND 411A

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


18440 (1D395 ONLY) (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon .-
‘CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In pedestal under throttle contr’is .
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON .
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1D414-216R {3) Under the floor between pilot and co-pilot seats
PITCH SERVO
1D414-216P {4) Under floor just aft of airstair door forward bu'’:F_ 1 in center
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Forward of instrument panel on co-pilot’s side of aircraft
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D0207-4
RELAY BOX
1B405-24 {10) On roli Servo mounting bracket
GYRO-AMPLIFIER ' *
1C359 _ {9) Under floor, pilot’s side, forward side of bulkhead just forward of cabin entrance
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D368-159 (7) At first bulkhead aft of baggage compartment in tail section, left side
TRIM SENSOR
1C476-216 (8) At aft airstair door post bulkhead in center of aircraft
TRIM SWITCH
30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 {2) Mounted on forward aircraft radio rack in nose section, right side or center
INVERTER
48C17 {11) On forward nose radio rack right side or center

SERVICING DATA
Rol! Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 45+ 5
‘Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 23+ 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 33 Min. 33 Max
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 014 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B321 Pitch - 30B268
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-115
2-116. Issued: Jan. 1973
CESSNA
CENTURY IlI

AK308 :
STC SA1219SW ' CESSNA 414

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In pedestal beneath throttle controls
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON :
-52D67 ' {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52054 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-308R {3) Under cabin floor just aft of Station 176,50 left side
PITCH SERVO
1C470-1-308P {(4) Under floor, opposite the cabin door opening, between Stations 212.50 and 225.50
on C/L of A/C
ALTITUDE HOLD
1CAQ7 (6) Under instrument panel on the right
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RELAY BOX
1A526-1 ' (5) Under instrument panel
RADIO COUPLER ‘
1C388 . (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-308 (7) Under floor, in first bay in front of the forward cabin door bulkhead, on centerline
of A/C
TRIM SENSOR
1CA76-279 (8) Under the floor, un the forward side of bulkhead Station 238.13 on A/C C/L
TRIM SWITCH
30A364 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER '
1C515 OR 1C515-1 (2) Under instrument panel, right with altitude hold

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 43 + 7
~ Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 22+5
. Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs):20 + 5°
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 014+ .002 .
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B329 Pitch - 30B218
Limitations Placard Part Number: SEE AFM SUPPLEMENT

2117
CESSNA
CENTURY 111

AK279 »
STC SA968SW CESSNA 421 AND 421A

RIPTION
PART DlE\‘EI% l LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) In pedestal beneath throttle controls
'ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C470-1-279R (3} Under cabin floor just aft of Station 176.50 on left side
PITCH SERVO :
1CA70-1-279P {4) Under cabin floor, on centerline, opposite cabin door opening
ALTITUDE HOLD ‘
1C407 (6) On co-pilot’s side of aircraft,forward of instrument panel
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RELAY BOX
18405-24 {10) Mounted on roit servo mounting bracket
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 (9) Under floor, pilot’s side, in first bay aft of forward cabin door bulkhead
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO . '
1C469-1-279 (7) Under floor in first bay in front of forward cabin door bulkhead, in center of A/C
TRIM SENSOR
1C476 {8) Under floor on centerline forward side of bulkhead.Station 238.13
TRIM SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s contro! wheel
AMPLIFIER
1C515 {2) In nose section of aircraft on centerline directly forward of forward pressure bulkhead
INVERTER
48C17 {11) In forward nose radio rack

+2 SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 53
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):23
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 014 + .002 3
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B329 Pitch - 308268
Limitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2119
DEHAVILAND DOVE DH-104-6A

‘ Issued: Jan. 1973


2-120
DEHAVILLAND
CENTURY IlI

AK219
STC SA676SW DEHAVILAND DH-104-6A DOVE

ON
PART DEg%RlPTl LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER


1B440 (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
‘ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C465-1-219R (3) Forward outboard corner of left main gear retraction hole, just aft of main spar
PITCH SERVO
1C465-1-219P {4) Under floor just aft of main spar, right side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) On radio.rack in forward nose, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-4
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C469-1-219 (7) Just forward of second bulkhead, aft of baggage compartment, right side
TRIM SENSOR
1D474-219 (8) Through access door No. 6 on right side under aft baggage compartment floor
TRIM SWITCH
308192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) On radio rack in forward nose, center

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 50+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 28 + 2
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (ibs): 25+2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 010 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B258 Pitch - 308257
Linitations Placard Part Number: See AFM Supplement

2-121
T
ST
TR S
S S S
eT
R
R
R

H-250, H-295

2-122 Issued: Jan. 1973


HELIO
CENTURY HI

AK256
STC SA860SW HELIO H-250 AND H-295

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

ROLL SIGNAL FILTER .


18440-1 (1) Under instrument panel, near artificial horizon
CONSOLE
1C404 _ {1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON '
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO A
52D54 (1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C456-256R (3) In right wing at second rectangular inspection hole, outbeard from fuselage, forward
of main spar
PITCH SERVO .
1C506-256P _ {(4) Under floor just aft of pilot’s seat
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Just forward of instrument panel, under top cowling to right of defroster, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-3
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D360-178 (7) Mounted to rear of first bulkhead aft of baggage compartment, top center
TRIM SENSOR
1C377-178 (8) Mounted beneath baggage compartment floor, left side at bottom
TRIM SWITCH
308192 - Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) Mounted on radio rack beneath pilot’s or co-pilot’s seat

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting {Ibs): 45 + 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 17 + 3
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 10+ 2
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): 010 +'.002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B221 Pitch - 30B260
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-256

2123
M-4, M-4C, M-4S, M-4T, M4-210, M4-.210C
M4-210S, M4-210+

2-124 Issued: Jan. 1973


MAULE
CENTURY II

AK223 MAULE: M4, M-4C, M-4S, 44T, M-4-210,


STC SA693SW M-4-210C, M-4-210S and M-4-210T ‘

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

Console-Amplifier
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

Roll Signal Filter


1B440 {1) Under instrument panel, near artificial horizon

Artificial Horizon
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

Directonal Gyro
52D54 (1) Instrument panel

Roll Servo -
1D456-223R (3} In right wing, inboard of third rib, outboard from fuselage.

Main Cable Harness


30C198
Radio Coupler (Opt.)
1C388 {1) Instrument panel

Stabilizer Gyro-Amplifier
1C359 {9) On brace on aft side of baggage compartment partition and aft fuselage, left side

Switch Box
1B405 {10) On aft, side of baggage compartment partition, left side, near 1C359 Gyro-Amplifier

Trim Switch
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): ‘40 + 5
" Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cabel (s): Roll - 30B269
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-223

2125
PIPER AZTEC PA-23-235, PA-23-250, PA-E23-250

2-126 Issued: Jan. 1973


PIPER
CENTURY il

AK242
STC SA921SW PIPER PA-23-235, PA-23-250 and PA-E23-250

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Lower left instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-161R {3) In right engine nacelle, just forward of main spar
PITCH SERVO
1C508-1-242P {4) Just aft of main spar, under floor and center seats
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 {6) Under instrument panel, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D2074
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D360 (7) At top of baggage compartment, right side
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-151 (8) Under floorboard and middle seats, pilot’s side
TRIM SWITCH
,30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) Aircraft radio rack in nose section of aircraft in center

SERVICING DATA
Roli Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 39+5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 20 + 3
- Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 25+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010+ .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B207 Pitch - 30B210
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A388-242

2-127
PIPER COMMANCHE PA-24-250, PA-24-260

Issued: Jan. 1973


2-128
PIPER
CENTURY Il

AK220
STC SA662SW PIPER PA-24-250, PA-24-260 AND PA-30

PART DESCRIPTION
ART AN% LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

A
CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 (1) Instrument
ROLL SERVO
1C363-1-161R {3) Forward of rear spar under baggage compartment floor, left side
PITCH SERVO
1C363-1-186P (4) Under floor beneath pilot’s rudder pedals, left side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Under top cowl! cover, behind instrument panel, pilot’s side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RELAY BOX
1B405 {10} Approximately 6* forward of rear spar, right centerline. Under baggage compartment
floor with gyro-amplifier
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 {9} Under baggage compartment floor, approximately 6" forward spar right centerline
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 {1) instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C363-1-220 {7) Between fuselage Station 157 and 184 at top center
TRIM SENSOR
1C365-152 (8) Just aft of main spar below floor and rear seat, left side
TRIM SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 (2) Radio rack aft section of aircraft middle left side

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 39+ 5 '
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 15+ 3
- Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 25+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B199 Pitch - 30B212
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-220

2-129
PIPER COMANCHE and TWIN COMANCHE PA-24-180, PA-24-250,
PA-24-260, PA-30

2.130 Issued: Jan. 1973


PIPER
CENTURY II

AK236 PIPER PA-24, PA-24-250, PA-24-260


STC SA756SW AND PA-30

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52Db4 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1D363-161R (3) Under baggage compartment floor, forward of rear wing spar, left centerline

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER {(OPT.)


1C388 (1) Instrument panel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 35+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 308199
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-236

2-131
PIPER CHEROKEE PA-28-140, PA-150, PA-28-160
PA-28-180

2-132 ‘ Issued: Jan. 1973


PIPER
CENTURY 1l

AK217 PIPER PA-28-140, PA-28-150,


STC SA707SW PA-28-160 AND PA-28-180

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 (1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYROQ
52D54 (1} Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1C363-183R {3} Under floor and baek seat, pilot’s side
PITCH SERVO rerr
1D363-217P {4) Under floor and rear seat, just aft of main spar, right side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Behind instrument panel, left side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RELAY BOX
1B405 {10) On roll servo mounting bracket, under floor, and back seat, pilot’s side
GYRO-AMPLIFIER
1C359 {9) Under floor and baek seat, just aft of main spar, on centerlin of A/C
RADIO COUPLER peai
1C388 {1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1D360 {7) On bulkhead just aft of baggage compartment at top
TRIM SENSOR
1D310-166 {8) Under floor and rear seat, co-pilot’s side
TRIM SWITCH
30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 {2) Aircraft radio rack, left section of aircraft
SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 47 %3 |o
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 32 5
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs) :25+5
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .00
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 30B200 Pitch - 30B270
Limitations Placard Part Number:13A329-217

2-133
PIPER CHEROKEE PA-28-235

2.134 Issued: Jan. 1973


PIPER
CENTURY 1l

AK253
STC SA8225W PIPER PA-28-235

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE
1C404 (1) Instrument panel
ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D67 {1) Instrument panel
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52054 {1} Instrument panel
ROLL SERVO
1D363-183R {3) Under floor and back seat, pilots side
PITCH SERVO
1D363-217P (4) Under floor and rear seat, just aft of main spar, right side
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407 (6) Behind instrument panel left side
MAIN CABLE HARNESS
30D207-2
RELAY BOX ’
1B405 (10) On roll servo mounting bracket, under floor and back seat, pilot’s side
GYRO-AMPLIFER
1C359 (9) Under floor and back seat, just aft of main spar. on centerline of A/C
RADIO COUPLER
1C388 (1) Instrument panel
TRIM SERVO
1C500 (7) On bulkhead just aft of baggage compartment at top
TRIM SENSOR
1D310-166 {8) Under floor and rear seat, co-pilot’s side
TRIM SWITCH ‘
30B192 Pilot’s control wheel
AMPLIFIER
1D395 {2) Aircraft radio rack left section of aircraft
SWITCH
30A204 Pilot’s control wheel

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs): 47 * 3
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): , 3% + ;2"
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):25 + 5 ~
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.): .010 + .002
Bridle Cable (s): Roll - 308200 Pitch - 308200
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A329-253

2135
PIPER CHEROKEE PA-28-140, PA-28-150
PA-28-160, PA-28-180
PA-28-235, PA-32-260

2-136 Issued: Jan. 1973


PIPER
CENTURY II

AK234 PIPER PA-28-140, PA28-150, PA28-160,


STC SA757SW PA-28-180, PA-28-235 and PA-32-260

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 {1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 {1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1D363-183R {3: Under floor and rear seat, pilot’s side

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 (1) Instrument panel

Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 47 _ 5


SERVICING DATA
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridile Cable (s): Rotl - 30B200
‘Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-234

2-137
460H, 460J, 460K

Issued: Jan. 1973


2-138
WREN
CENTURY II

AK243 WREN 460H, 460J AND 460K


STC SA791SW CESSNA 182F, 182G, 182H, 182J
‘ : AND 182K -

PART DESCRIPTION
AND LOCATION
NOMENCLATURE

CONSOLE-AMPLIFIER
1C385 (1) Instrument panel

ARTIFICIAL HORIZON
52D66 (1) Instrument panel

DIRECTIONAL GYRO
52D54 ‘ (1) Instrument panel

ROLL SERVO
1D363-243R (3) In left wing 105 inches outboard from fuselage at existing inspection hole aft of
rear spar

MAIN CABLE HARNESS


30C198 .

RADIO COUPLER (OPT.)


1C388 - {1) Instrument panel

NOTE: ROLL SIGNAL FILTER] (1) Under instrument panel near artificial horizon
18440

SERVICING DATA
Roll Servo Clutch Setting (lbs): 45+ 5
Pitch Servo Clutch Setting (Ibs):
Pitch Trim Servo Clutch Setting (lbs):
Trim Sensor Point Gap (in.):
Bridie Cable (s): Roll - 30B242
Limitations Placard Part Number: 13A344-243

2-139
SECTION 1l
TEST EQUIPMENT
IN-AIRCRAFT TROUBLESHOOTING

3.0 GENERAL

This section is designed as a guide in troubleshooting the Century |l and || autopilots within the
aircraft. It is basically divided into three sub-sections: Test Equipment, Troubleshooting the
Century 11 and Troubleshooting the Century IlI.

Each of the sub-sections on troubleshooting are divided into two levels or degrees of trouble-
shooting. First is quick checks. This consists of general operational checks such as turning the
autopilot on and confirming servo engagement through visual observation of the control surfaces
as the Roll or Pitch Command Knobs are turned. The object is to search for the obvious area of
difficulty before proceeding with detailed tests.

The second level of testing in-aircraft tests requires use of the 66D141 Test Set. Through use of
the quick checks it should have been possible to determine the probable trouble area within the
autopilot system. Additional tests through use of the Test Set should narrow down the specific
unit within the autopilot system which has malfunctioned.

Although the Century 1l and 11l autopilots are ’Open Loop* systems (systems requiring the dy-
namics of the aircraft in flight), most troubleshooting can be performed under static conditions
on the ground. This is made possible by use of the 66D 141 Test Set described in the following
paragraphs. Please note that the following (3.1 Test Equipment) is strictly a description of the
equipment and does not contain operational procedures. Therefore, if you are familiar with the
66D141 Test Set, proceed to paragraph 3.2.

3.1 66D141 TEST SET

The 66D 141 Test Set (Fig. 3-1) is designed to facilitate testing of the Century Il and Century 11l
autopilot systems on a substitution basis. Provisions are made to substitute into an operating
system any major component except the amplifier in the Century 111 and the console amplifier in
the Century Il.

" The Test Set consists of four major sections plus necessary connecting cables. These sections are
as follows::

A. 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute [Fig. 3-1{a})] - With this section both the D.G. and Artificial
Horizon can be replaced (simultaneously) with substitute signal sources. The D.G. signal is vari-
able in steps to provide outputs corresponding to 0, + 10, and + 45 degrees of deviaiton from the
selected headings. The zero position is used to provide an accurate zero signal so that the roll
centering adjustment can be accurately set or checked for range of control. The 10° outputs are
used to check the heading sensitivity of the amplifier command channel and by means of com-
parison to determine whether or not the D.G. in question provides a signal usable for operation
within the system. The 45° outputs are provided primarily for the purpose of checking Radio
Coupler intercept angles.

B. 66D141-2 Power Section [Fig. 3-1(b)] - With this equipment, amplifier output and servo
performance of either axis can be observed. Two connectors are provided so the cable to either
servo can be intercepted. A pilot light is provided to indicate the presence of solenoid voltage. A
voltmeter is provided to monitor the signal actually being applied to the servo motor. A selector
switch is provided so that (1) normal operation (amplifier drive into the servo load) can be ob-

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-1


“served, (2) amplifier drive into a dummy load can be observed and (3) bi-directional drive direct-
ly from the aircraft electrical system can be applied to the servo. To make possible operation
with 14 or 28 volt supplies,a selector switch is provided.

€. 66D141-3 Console Substitute [Fig. 3-1(c)] - Electrically this console is interchangeable with
the standard autopilot console for test purposes. Using the substitute console it is possible to
determine rapidly if the combination of signal sources and amplifier can be brought within usable
limits by means of the adjustments provided on the standard console. Also, it serves as a substi-
tite to aid in determining whether or not the installed console or altitude hold is defective.

D. 66D141-4 Radio Coupler Tester [Fig. 3-1(d)] - The Coupler Tester contains a simulated
radio signal source and intercepts the coupler output to provide direct. monitoring of.coupler
performance. When used with the 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute described in the previous section
and with an autopilot amplifier as a source of power a complete static testing of coupler perfor-
mance is possible.

E. Test Cables - With the 66D141 Test Kit, a complete complement of cables is furnished. The
cabling will allow units of the Test Kit to be “plugged into” the autopilot at various points to
quickly determine the operational status of the questioned component. Furnished with each
Test Kit are:

30C198 Cable Harness, Century |l.


=

30A266 Radio Coupler Extension Cable.


30A265 D.G. Extensions (2).
RWN

30A211-36RP Servo Extensions (2).


30A367 Console Extension (CD-20).
30C207-5 Cable Harness, Century 11l.
30B271 Test Lead Assembly
XN

30A226-1 CD-34 Extension. (Male to female).

3.2 CENTURY Il TROUBLESHOOTING

3.2.1 Quick Checks - Fig. 3-2 is a troubleshooting logic chart which is designed to help locate a defec-
tive unit or isolate a problem area. The chart provides rapid troubleshooting of the autopilot
system without necessitating disassembly of the system or aircraft. When additional trouble-
shooting becomes necessary, consult paragraph 3.2.2. Additional references to this paragraph are
also noted in the troubleshooting chart.

Insight as to where a problem exists in the system can be obtained through in-flight checks or
comments from the pilot. Listed below are a few problems which c¢an occur but are easily cured
through flight adjustments. Therefore, before troubleshooting the system, be sure the following
checks and adjustments have been made. (Reference Section VI Ground Checks and Flight Ad-
justments, if necessary.)

Wing rock - This is a condition where the aircraft tends to oscillate or rock back and forth in
smooth air. In the Century 11B, wing rock can normally be corrected with the roll threshold
adjustment. See Section VI, paragraph 6.3 for adjustment procedure. Wing rock may also
be caused by a loose bridle cable on the servo or incorrectly adjusted roll signal filter
(1B8440).

Incorrect Bank Limit - In the Roll mode the Century Il should allow a maximum roll bank or
30° when the Roll Command is rotated full left or right. In the HDG mode the maximum
bank angles are 20°, Consult Section VI of this manual for bank limit adjustments.

Roll Centering - If the aircraft fails to maintain a selected heading (+ 29), a roll centering adjust-
ment may be required. Consult Section V1, paragraph 6.3.2 or 6.3.3.

Page 3-2 Issued: Jan. 1973


66D1414 RADIO COUPLER TESTER
»

66D141-2 POWER SECTION


W

66D141-3 CONSOLE SUBSTITUTE


O

66D141-1 GYRO SUBSTITUTE


o

TEST CABLE SET


m

FIGURE 3-1

66D141 TEST SET

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-3


Intercept Angles ’
(Radio Coupler Option)-When the Century Il contains the optional Radio Coupler an
additional adjustment of intercept angles may be required. Normally the Radio Coupler
will provide a 459 intercept angle to a selected radial whenever the Omni needle is at full
scale deflection. Anything less than full scale deflection will cause a proportionally
smaller intercept angle. See Section VI, paragraph 6.3.3 for adjustment procedures.

3.2.2 Checking the Century 11 Console Amplfier 1C385 With the 66D 141 Test Set - The 66D 141 Test
Set does not provide a substitute for the 1C385 Console Amplifier. Therefore, troubleshooting
of this unit.is basically a process of elimination. First, in this process, is checking for A+ to the
Console Amplifier.

NOTE: When wiring checks are called for, see Fig. 3-3 for system inter-
connect diagram.

A. Checking for A+

1. Disconnect the large 15 pin connector from the rear of the Console Amplifier.

2 Switch on aircraft master power. Check Century Il circuit breaker is pushed in.

3 Read aircraft voltage from pin “N’’ on connector to ground.

4. If zero, check wiring and circuit breaker.

5 If OK, remove Century 11 Console Amplifier from instrument panel. Locate red wire
leading to rear of ON-OFF toggle switch (Century Il) or push button (Century I13).
This is the A+ lead from the printed circuit board plug. Plug the connector into the
Console Amplifier and read A+ from rear of switch (red wire) to ground.

If zero, defective Console Amplifier internal harness.

If OK, switch Century |l console on. Read A+ through switch on terminal with blue
wire. If zero, defective switch. :

If OK, but system appears dead, perform Console Amplifier output checks.

B. Checking Console Amplifier Output

1. Disconnect CD-47 behind the Console Amplifier. CD-47 is the short section of cable
branching out from the main cable harness at the Console Amplifier plug.

Connect the male CD-47 to the amplifier receptacle on 66D141-2 Power Section. Con-
nect the female connector to the servo plug. Set the selector knob on the Power Sec-
tion to AMPL-RES and voltage to match aircraft voltage.

Switch the Century |l on.

The Solenoid lamp on the 66D141-2 Power Section should light. If not, check con-
tinuity from pin “A’’ on male CD-47 plug to pin “M" on the main connector to the
Console Amplifier. i OK, defective Console Amplifier. See Fig. 3-3 for wiring dia-
gram.

Rotate the Roll Command Knob left and right and observe Power Section meter.
Reading should range from left 11 volts to right 11 volts. If the Artificial Horizon is
tilted beyond 30° (45° for example), the meter will read 11 volts in the direction op-

Page 34 Issued: Jan. 1973


QUICK CHECKS
CENTURY Il TROUBLESHOOTING LOGIC CHART

FIGURE 3-2
Swith “ON”
Aircraft
Master

Check Century
1. Hdg. Off
2. Roll Knob Centered
* 13 Artificial Tilted Less
than 300

Y
witch Century 11 Circuit Breaker
"“ON" Trips
I 1. Check Wiring
2. Servo
3. Console Amplifier

Roll Servo 1. 2. 3.
Engages as Check A+ Check Console | | Check Roll
Indicated by to Console Amplifier Output Servo
Control Wheel NO Amplifier Ref: Par. 3. 2. 2B Par.3.2.B
Moving Left . Ref: Par. 3. 2. 2A
or right

* [Rotate Roll Command


Knob to Stop or
Null Control Wheel
Movement

Control Verify Artificial Check Console


Wheel Movement Horizon tilt is Amplifier output
Nulls. | less than 300 > and Artificial
Start engine if Horizon
necessary to errect Ref: Par.3.2. 2B
gyro 3.2.4

Control Wheel
stops but will not
reverse direction
when roll command
is rotated beyond
null point

* In the roll mode the roll command knob provides the equivalent of 309 left or right bank command
to the system. If the artificial horizon is tilted more than 300 during ground checks it will be impossible
to null control wheel movement whenever the Century Il is switched on. NOTE: Some tilt in the
artificial horizon may be helpful in determining proper operation of the system. For example if the
horizon indicated 200 right bank the roll command knob, will need to be rotated nearly full right
to obtain a null. This indicates the presence of both a horizon and command signal.
Issued: Jan. 1973 PAGE 3-bA
|
HDG Mode
Checks

Switch Century 11
to Hdg. If Radio
Coupler installed
switch to Hdg. also

l
On D. G. Rotate It may be necessary
to start aircraft engine
course selector
to null Control b if artificial horizon tilt
Wheel. is greater than 200. If
the horizon tilt is greater
than 209 the control wheel
will continously try to
move in the opposite direction
of the heading command

Control 1.
Wheel Nulls Possible defective
Hdg. Switch. If rotation
of roll command knob stops
wheel movement, replace
Hdg. switch or control amp.

2,
Possible wiring or D. G.
problem, Refer to
par.3.2.5

Radio 3.
Coupler Possible Radio Coupler
Checks ( if installed) problem
see Par. 3. 2.6

!
Tune aircraft radio
to local VOR and
obtain center needle
on omni bearing
indicator

'
It is necessary that
the artificial horizon
be level for the
following checks. Therefore
start aircraft engines if
not level.

i
Issued: Jan. 1973
PAGE 3-56B
|
Switch Century Il to
Hdg. and Radio Coupler
to omni. :

Rotate the course


selector on the D. G.
to null control wheel
movement

Control Verify presence of Re-check D, G.


wheel nulls D. G. signal through if OK, perform
when heading Radio Coupler by -_NO radio coupler
“bug” aligns | switching off VOR checks
with heading receiver. Control wheel Ref: Par. 3. 2. 6
indice should stop when heading
bug is within 39 of headin
indice

System performs
as noted above

Radio Cou'pler likely defective


_Ref:Par.3.2. 1

Switch Radio Coupler


to NAV Mode

Control
wheel remains
stationary

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' PAGE 3-5C


Issued: Jan. 1973
1YISOMY IHON 9-Q) ¢+— SiHol

[a[e[=[al=] [ [ [<[=[=[=[=[~]=[=][=]
NIV - +¥ SL10A 8%/%1
QI0N710S 1108
N9
14

INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM


OA¥IS 1104 YOL0W OANIS
*AN9
-t--f—---%
QX

X1 'oq
X3 ‘9d
(e
O¥A9 TYNOIL)I¥IA NOIS ‘9°a

CENTURY II
FIGURE 3-3
|-
(e
T4vds

@\
22 B)
NOWW0)/4010W

a
TYN9IS 1103
X3 10y

s
RERLL

e
NOZI4OH WOHILYY

R
w
HAIWY/TI05N0)
8-

Page 3-6
posite of the indicated horizon bank. If the horizon is tilted at 30°, the meter will
indicate approximately zero when the Roll Command Knob is rotated to its limit in
the direction of indicated bank. This characteristic illustrates the fact that the Roll
Command Knob is capable of commanding 30° banks. Failure of the system to res-
pond in this manner normally indicates a defective horizon, roll signal filter (if used) or
faulty wiring.

If the output of the Console Ampilifier is zero in all of the conditions outlined in step 5
above a continuity check from CD-47 to the Console Amplifier receptacle should be
made. Check as follows:

cD-47 to Console Amplifier Receptacle


T T = Pin S
S T Pin E
PInD.... .ottt
i i et e Pin D

If readings in step 5 range from 11 volts left to 11 volts right when the Roll Command
Knob is rotated full left to full right and zero when the Roll Command Knob is center-
ed even though the Artificial Horizon is tilted beyond 30°, a defective Artificial Hori-
zon is indicated. Check continuity from CD-18 (rear of horizon) to Console Amplifier
receptacle. Also see Section 3.2.4 Artificial Horizon Test.

Press HDG switch on Console Amplifier “ON* and verify by observing Power Section
meter that rotation of Roll Command Knob on console has no affect on output.

If output is affected, the HDG switch on the Console Amplifier is defective.

10. Rotate the Course Selector on the Directional Gyro (D.G.) so that the heading “bug”’
is aligned with the heading index. This will produce zero output as indicated on the
Power Section provided the Artificial Horizon is level. A tilt in the Artificial Horizon
will cause the output to vary in a similar manner as outlined in step 5. In the HDG
mode the Course Selector has command authority up to 20° bank. This means that if
the Artificial Horizon is tilted beyond 209, it will be impossible to null or zero the
Console Amplifier output. Remember in the Roll mode (Roll Command Knob), roll
authority was 30°.

11. If, in step 10, rotation of the Course Selector has no affect on the output, the system
may have a defective Directional Gyro, wiring or Radio Coupler (if installed). See
paragraph 3.2.6 for Radio Coupler Checks.

12. Switch the Century Il “OFF*", Disconnect the 66D141-2 Power Section and re-connect
CD-47.

3.2.3 Checking the Roll Servo

1. Disconnect CD-47 at the roll servo. Connect the male CD-47 to the amplifier recep-
tacle on the 66D141-2 Power Section. Connect the Servo extension cable (30A211-
36R) supplied with the 66D141 Test Set between the roll servo and the servo plug on
the Power Section.

Set the 66D141-2 Power Section to AMPL-MTR.

Switch the Century 11 “ON“. The roll servo should engage. If not, check for solenoid
voltage by observing Solenoid light on 66D141-2 Power Section. If lamp is not illumi-

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-7


nated check continuity from servo cable CD-47 back to Console Amplifier plug (Pin A
of CD-47 to Pin M on Console Amplifier ptug). If lamp is illuminated the problem is
in the roll servo solenoid. This can be verified by checking Pin A of CD-47 on the
servo to ground with an ohmmeter. Resistance should be less than 400 ohms but not
less than 30 ohms on 14 VDC systems. Infinity would indicate an open solenoid.
Zero obms indicates a short which would be apparent as soon as the Century |l system
is switched on (the circuit breaker will trip).

Some other problems which could occur are mechanical. For example, electrically, the
solenoid could be operating properly. However, due to dirt, age, etc., the solenoid
could stick and therefore not engage the servo. On the older systems (Mitchell servo),
this can be easily seen since the servo and solenoid mechanism are not covered. In the
newer systems, using globe servos, the black, plastic case must be removed for exami-
nation purposes.

If the servo engages but the roll servo fails to run the problem is in one of three places:
the Console Amplifier - See Test 3.2.2, Checking Console Amplifier Output; the wiring-
check wiring; or the roll servo. The roll servo may be checked by connecting the
66D141-2 Power Section as described in step 1. Switch the Century Il “ON" and set
the selector on Power Section to “OFF". The solenoid lamp should be illuminated.
Switch the selector to BAT. R-UP. The servo should drive the ailerons right. Switch-
ing to BAT. L-DN should drive the ailerons left. If the servof fail-to operate, it is de-
fective and must be replaced.

324 Checking the Artificial Horizon

1. Loss of the roll reference signal from the Artificial Horizon will immediately be noted
by the pilot. In the roll mode full rotation of the Roll Command Knob causes the air-
craft to roll in the direction of command and establish and maintain a 30° bank angle.
However, without a roll reference signal the command would cause the aircraft to con-
tinue rolling until it was upside-down if the pilot did not stop it.

Basically, the aircraft could still be flown with only the Roll Command Knob but it
would require continuous manipulation since returning the Roll Command Knob to
the center position would not return the aircraft’s ailerons to neutral. Remember, the
Century Il autopilot is an open loop system. The only reference the autopilot has as
to the position of the aircraft’s controls is the attitude in which the aircraft is flying.

Loss of the Artificial Horizon roll reference signal can be narrowed down to four
causes: defective Artificial Horizon; defective wiring (CD-18 to amplifier); defective
Console Amplifier; or a defective Roll Signal Filter.

The Roll Signal Filter can be checked by simply disconnecting it from the system and
reconnecting CD-18 directly to the Artificial Horizon. Perform the Quick Checks in
Fig. 3-2. If system now responds cotrectly, Roll Signal Filter defective.

Check pins A, B, C and D of CD-18 to pins B, C, H and D respectively on the Console


Amplifier plug for continuity. See Fig. 3-3 for wiring diagram.

If wiring is OK, check operation of Console Amplifier by connecting the 66D141-1


gyro substitute to the system. Disconnect CD-18 from the Artificial Horizon and con-
nect it to the CD-18 plug on the gyro substitute. Set the gyro substitute vernier dial to
0 degrees and the slide switch to Roll.

Page 3-8 Issued: Jan. 1973


Switch the Century Il on and verify it is in the Roll mode. Center the Roll Command -
Knob to stop aircraft control wheel movement.

Rotate the gyro-substitute vernier to 15° left (LT). The control wheel will instantly
start moving to the left. Rotate the Roll Command Knob to the left to stop wheel
movement. Repeat to the right.

If, in Steps b and 6, the system fails to respond as noted, the Console Amplifier is de- -
fective.

Additional checks on the Console Amplifier may be made using the gyro substitute.
For example, checking the bank limits is accomplished by setting the gyro substitute to
300 left. Rotate the Roll Command Knob on the Console Amplifier to the left until
the control wheel movementis nulled. If the roll bank limits are set properly wheel
movement will stop when the Roll Command Knob is near or at its mechanical limit.
This is just a general check on the bank limit function. Detailed adjustment procedures
_are contained in Section VI.

Checks to the right are made in the same manner.

At this point wiring and operation of the Console Amplifier have been checked using
the gyro substitute. Additional verification that the Artificial Horizon is defective can
be determined by bench testing.

3.25 Checking the Directional Gyro

1. The Directional Gyro supplies heading information to the system via CD-33. Loss of
this signal will result in the system‘s failure to respond to heading commands.

‘Assume that the Century Il, being in the HDG mode, suddenly lost the heading signal
from the D.G. The aircraft would slowly drift off heading. The pilot would not realize
the loss signal until he noted the heading drift or attempted to select a new heading. If
he attempts to select a new heading he will find that rotation of the course selector will
have no effect on the aircraft heading.

To eliminate the Radio Coupler remove from system and reconnect CD-33 from main
cable harness directly to D.G. Perform Quick Checks.

Check wiring (without Radio Coupler) by performing continuity checks from CD-33
to the Console Amplifier plug. Check as follows:

CD-33 to Console Amplifier


Pin A L e Pin A
PInB ...t
i e e PinD
T O Pin B
T T Pin L
PinE................. S et acenaaanean Pin J
g 3T Pin C
PinH............... M e amaeeee as Pin F

With system using a Radio Coupier, continuity checks should be made first with the
Radio Coupler removed as indicated in Step 3. If OK, perform checks with Radio
Coupler installed. Place Radio Coupler in HDG mode. Check from CD-33 (short lead
from Radio Coupler) to Console Amplifier. Check as follows:

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-9


CD-33 to Console Amplifier
2T T Pin A
PiInB.......ciiiniiirnncnnrsinvanans PinD
L 1T Z Pin L
TT = Pin J
T T o Pin F

5. Illimination of the wiring and Radio Coupler indicates that the D.G. is defective. To
confirm, disconnect CD-18 from rear of the Artificial Horizon and connect to CD-18
on the 66D141-1 gyro substitute. Set the vernier knob on the 66D141-1 to 10° left
roll and the slide switch to Roll.

Set the Directional Gyro so that the heading “‘bug’ is 10° to the left of the heading in-
dex (109 off heading). Switch the Century Il on and place in the HDG mode.

If the D.G. is functioning properly the control wheel movement will be slow. With
small manipulation of the course selector knob on the D.G. it should be possible to
stop control wheel movement completely. At this point the D.G. heading offset
should be 10° + 29,

Repeat to the right.

If the system failed to respond as stated in Step 6, the D.G. is likely defective. An
additional check should be made to ascertain that the Roll Excitation signal from the
Console Amplifier is being generated. To check, disconnect CD-33 from rear of D.G.
and connect to CD-33 on the 66D141-1 gyro substitute {leave connectors and settings
called out in Steps 5 and 6).

Set the D.G. selector on the gyro substitute to 10° left and note control wheel stops
It may be necessary to adjust the Attitude Gyro vernier slightly to completely stop
control wheel movement. If the system fails to respond in the manner described, re-
check wiring. 1f the wiring checks and other portions of the system operate properly,
the Console Amplifier is likely defective, not the D.G. In some cases the HDG switch
will not engage or is defective. In this instance the Roll Comgaand Knob will still have
affect even though the HDG button is pressed. Or, both the HDG and Roll modes will
open in which case only the attitude reference signal from the horizon will be present.

3.2.6 Checking the Radio Coupler

1. For the following checks the gyro substitute (66D141-1) should be connected in place
of the Artificial Horizon as shown in Fig. 3-5. Set the roll vernier to 0° and the pitch/
roll switch to roll.

To check the heading circuitry:

a. Install servo test box 66D141-2 in line with servo (See Fig. 3-5). Set voltage
switch to the appropriate voltage and selector to AMPL-RES position.
b. Switch Radio Coupler to HDG mode and null the power section meter out with
the course selector knob on the Directional Gyro. Turn NAV Radio off.

Switch the Radio Coupler to OMNI mode and note servometer stays nulled + 3V,
Any deviation would indicate a malfunction in the heading or omni circuitry and
would warrant removal for repairs or internal alignment.

Page 3-10 Issued: Jan. 1973


4. To check the crosswind circuits displace the heading
bug 5° to the left. Note that
within 2 minutes the output indicated on the servo meter
drops to 3 Volts or less. Re-
peat the test to the right. If the output fails to decrease there
is a problem in the cross-
wind circuitry. The coupler should be removed for repair.
b. a The radio circiutry tests require stable radio information from a V. O. T. or
- close omni station. If none is available connect a CD-34 extension cable
from
CD-34 on the Radio Coupler to CD-34 on Coupler Tester Box 66D141-4
(See Fig. 3-5).
b. Center the needle on either the Coupler Tester or the OBl. Center the heading
bug on the D.G. The power meter should show a null + 3V.

Remember the rate circuitry may cause the output to slowly decrease to a null.
If the output stays greater than + 3V with everything centered, there is a problem
in the radio circuitry which should be corrected.

c. With the Coupler Tester Box or the OBI, dial a full scale needle deflection (100%)
to the right. The power meter will show a full output in the same direction. Can-
cel the output by moving the heading bug on the D.G. to the left. The heading
bug should be off center 40° to 50° to the left. This is the intercept angle the
autopilot will establish when intercepting a radial. You should obtain the same
angle by moving the radio needle to the left full scale and the heading bug to the
left.

If the intercept angles are not within the tolerance they should be adjusted in
flight to 45° with the adjustment pots on the side of the Radio Coupler. See Sec-
tion VI, Paragraph 6.3.3 for adjustment procedure

d. Any wiring problem that would show up in the radio checks can be eliminated by
using the Coupler Tester Box. [f you used the substitution box to check the
Radio Coupler, re-connect it to the aircraft harness and see that the autopilot fol-
lows radio signals.

If the autopilot does not react to aircarft radio signals, check the wiring from
CD-34 to the aircraft radio converter as follows:

CD-34
Pin A ......... i, Radio-+ right
EE NOTE
PinB .........000
... Radio + left S

NOTE: Check radio manuals for pin numbers.

If the wiring to the radio converter is good have the converter checked.

This completes the radio coupler ground checks.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-11


1973
G-€ 34NOId

Jan.
Issued
1§1601
HO §1501
ANNOYD JWVHS
G6eQl
SSINHVH 378V -
TIVLDId H3T7dNOD O1avH - §-10Z 40E
88£01 - o 0 o ¢
€€-00
8L-ao
378VvO NOISNILX3
S9ZV0¢E
¥E-ad £e-49 J
JT78YD NOISNALX3 HI14dN0OD 01avH 99ZV0E
:___.__...

Page 3-12
3.3 CENTURY Il TROUBLESHOOTING

331 Quick Check - Fig. 3-6 is the troubleshooting logic chart for the Century lll autopilot. As with
the Century Il chart the most basic requirements for autopilot operation are checked first. The
more advanced modes such as the Omni mode are checked after Roll and Heading Mode.

When any check in the troubleshooting chart fails, consult the unit checkout procedure to isolate
the defective component. In most cases the logic chart will be referenced to a portion of the unit
check out procedures to assist you in locating a defective component.

33.2 General - Troubleshooting of the Century Il! is basically divided into two parts: Roll Checks and
Pitch checks. This is done to simplify the following procedures. Also, it is a logical division since
the Century Ill‘s electronics are such that the roll and pitch sections operate independently and
therefore, can fail independently.

This portion of troubleshooting is designed as a follow-up to the quick check logic chart
(Fig. 3-6). It will outline use of the 66D 141 Test Set as a means of substituting various compo-
nents of the system to locate the defective component. Set up procedures for the 66D 141 test
equipment are called out as the need arises . General information on how the Test Set is connect-
ed to the system is illustrated in Figures 3-9 through 3-12.

333 Century I11 A+ Checks - Check A+ to the console and from the console to the amplifier whenever
the system appears to be dead. In a situation where the ROLL button will not engage and hold,
it is likely the aircraft voltage is not reaching the console. In this case check as follows:

1. Check for aircraft voltage across protected side of autopilot circuit breaker.
2. Disconnect CD-20 from rear of console and check for A+ from pin 1 of CD-20 to air-
frame graund. (Complete wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 3-7.)
3. If A+ is reaching the console but not the amplifier all of the mode selectors will engage
when pressed. However, rotation of the ROLL command or pitch command knobs
will be ineffective since the roll and pitch servos will not engage. The point to remem-
ber is that the console will operate when the amplifier is disconnected, or in the case of
a wiring problem, or open A+ line between the console and amplifier.
4. Check A+ to the amplifier by disconnecting the amplifier plug.
5. Switch on aircraft master power and press ‘ROLL’’ on the console.
6. Check for A+ between airframe ground and pin N in the amplifier plug.

3.34 Roll Section Checks - The following tests check operation of the Century Il in the lateral modes
(ROLL and HDG). These tests use components of the 66D141 Test Set as a means of substitut-
ing components of the system whenever a problem becomes apparent.

Before beginning with Step 1, check position of the Artificial Horizon. It should not be tumbled
beyond 20° in roll and 5° in pitch. If the horizon is tilted beyond these limits it will be neces-
sary to start aircraft engine(s) and erect the gyro. In many cases after the engine is switched off
the gyro will run down and remain within the correct position provided the aircraft is not moved.

1. Turn on aircraft master switch and center the roll and pitch knobs.

2. Push Roll rocker switch ON. If it does not stay on, perform A+ checks (Para-
graph 3.3.3).
3. Note movement of control wheel in the direction of the Artificial Horizon. Turn Roll
knob full left and right and note control wheel responds to command.

4. If command wheel does not respond to commands or a gyro signal, rock the control

Issued: Jan. 1973 ‘ Page 3-13


wheel to see if roll servo is engaged. In either case insert a Power Section Test Box
66D141-2 Set {See Fig. 3-10) to the A/C voltage and AMPL-MTR positions.

NOTE: It may be easier at this time to remove the amplifier and bench
check. '

Turn the autopilot back on and ohserve the Power Section solenoid pilot light is on.
This will indicate the presence of solenoid voltage and the solenoid should be engaged.
Command left and right turns and observe the meter for left and right amplifier out-
put. If there is no solenoid voltage or amplifier output the problem is either in the
wiring or the amplifier. (Check the servo if the solenoid voltage and amplifier output is
present on the Power Section. See paragraph 3.2.3, Test 3,) Check the wiring from
CD-47 to the amplifier as follows:

CD-47 to Amopilifie~ Plug


T T N Pin M
PInB. ... i i i i ittt Pin R
PinC.......coiiiiiiinainnan etesaeecerasennaa Pin E
PinD. .. s e e Pin D

Iif wiring checks, the problem is likely within the ,amplifier.

5. With the Roll knob centered the control wheel should turn in the direction of any no-
‘ticeable offset in the Artificial Horizon. If it does not use the gyro substitute 66D141-1
set on roll. Simulate left and right roll. If the control wheel follows these errors the
Artificial HoriZzon should be checked for electrical output. If there is not action from
control wheel there may be a wiring problem or a defective amplifier.

Check wiring to Artificial Horizon as follows:

CD-18 fo Amplifier Plug


13 T Pin B
11T = 2 PinC
o 1 O Pin G
PiInD. ... ii i it it e e PinD
2 0 Pin 13
[ 3T Pin 12
PinH. .. i e c i Pin 8

6. Press HDG ON. Verify the Radio Coupler is in the HDG mode if installed. Rotate
Roll knob and see that it has no affect on amplifier output. !f not, proceed to Step 8.

7. f both the Roll Command knob and the Directional Gyro (D.G.) Course Selector have
an effect on the control wheel the amplifier is probably defective. If the heading
“bug’ has no affect on the control wheel but the Roll knob has, use the Console Sub-
stitute 66D 141-3 to see if the console is defective. See Fig. 3-11 for Console Substitute
Test Set-up.

NOTE: To check the D.G. in the aircraft the Artificial Horizon should be
level. If it is not level, erect the ‘gyro or use the Gyro Substitute
set at 0° and Roll. It is helpful to use a Power Section in line with
the servo, but not necessary. Amplifier output will be seen

Page 3-14 Issued: '_Jan. 1973


QUICK CHECKS
CENTURY 11l TROUBLESHOOTING LOGIC CHART

FIGURE 3-6

TLgwitch on aircraft
Master and check
Autopilot circuit breaker

!
Center Roll and Pitch
Command knobs on console

Check tilt of artificial


horizon. Roll less than
200, Pitch less than 50 }

|
Press console
Roll ”ON" e ——
Circuit breaker
trips
1. Check wiring
2. Amplifier
3. Servo _
" Ref. Para.

Roll servo
engages as
indicated by System dead
control wheel
movement Par. 3.3.3

Check amplifier

Para. 3.3.4 step 4

— At — o — —— — W T @ w— Sl O S—— . — o — o — — - — — - — — - — — - —

* In the roll mode the roll command knob provides the equivalent of 300 left or right bank command
to the system. If the artificial horizon is tilted more than 300 during ground checks it will be impossible
to null control wheel movement whenever the Century 1l is switched on. NOTE: Some tilt in the
artificial horizon may be helpful in determining proper operation of the system. For example if the
horizon indicated 209 right bank the roll command knob, will need to be rotated nearly full right
to obtain a null. This indicates the presence of both a horizon and command signal. 1f the horizon
is tilted more than approximately 5° in pitch the servo will drive in one direction continuously
making complete tests impossible.

Issued: Jan. 1973 PAGE 3-15A


l
‘Rotate roll
command to
stop wheel
movement

Wheel continues to move


in-one direction.
1. Check amplifier
Par. 3.3
2. Check console
Par. 3.3.3
3. Check horizon
Par. 3.3step 5 '

Rotate roll
commands
left and right

Wheel moves in one


direction only check
amplifier, Par. 3.3 step 4

Press Hdg. Mode


on. If radio
coupler is
installed set to
Hdg.

Rotate cours
selector on
D. G. to stop
control wheel
movement

PAGE 3-15B Issued: Jan. 1973


Control wheel
stops when
hdg. “‘bug” on 1. Possible defective Hdg. switch. See
D. G. aligned with if rotation of roll command knob will
index only if have any effect on control wheel
horizon is level movement. Check amplifier or console.
See Par. 3.3.3
2. Possible wiring or D. G. problem.
3. Possible radio coupler problem if Par. 3.3.6
installed.

Radio Coupler Checks

{
Switch radio coupler
to omni mode. (check
aircraft radios off)

Control
wheel Check radio
remains coupler
stationary Paragraph 3.2.6 (Century I1 Troubleshooting)

Siwtch NAYV radio to


local VOR or VOT
station. Rotate
OBS to center
deviation needle
and then deflect
needle left and
right and note
control follows
needle

Control wheel moves


in direction of Check radio
OB needle
coupler, Par. 3.2.6
deflection

Issued: Jan. 1973 PAGE 3-15C -


Switch radio coupler
to NAV mode and note
that the control NO _ | Radio coupler
wheel is slower to defective
react to OBI needle Par. 3.2.6.
deflection (less
sensitive)

Switch radio coupler


to LOC and note
control wheel response el Radio Coupler
is faster than in the defective
omni mode Par. 3.2.6

On autopilot console press


pitch on and turn pitch
control wheel full up.

Verify
control surfaces
move up and pitch
trim meter
indicates up.

Turn pitc‘l; control wheel 3| 1. Check horizon pitch less


full down. than 59°.
2. No movement - check console:
Paragraph 3.3.5.
a1 3. Check amplifier: Paragraph 3.3.5.

Verify
control surfaces
move down and
pitch trim meter
on the console
indicates down.

Press Altitude Hold| * On some aircraft the elevator control surfaces are too heavy for the pitch servo
on. to raise. Pull the elevator up to a neutral position before engaging the autopilot.

Y
PAGE 3-15D Issued: Jan. 1973
NOTE:
will drive in the The only accurate way to check
direction of any output of altitude hold is to
offset in the remove and check on the bench.
artificial horizon

The glide slope coupler cannot be checked without inserting test equipment or by using a glide slope
ramp generator. Refer to Paragraph 3.3.7 for these tests.

Automatic pitch trim should engage when manual pitch is engaged. Note: Elevator control surfaces
may have to be blocked for trim tests.

{
Push down on
control column

1. Check trim C. B.
2. Check for friction
in trim controls.
NOTE: The trim servo
solenoid should lock
trim controls when pitch
portion of autopilot is on.

Pull up on Observe trim centering and


control column a time delay in both directions.

Verify
trim runs
up.

!— Press trim button_! ! Autopilot il


on control wheel ——'.-' disengages
L | . test complete.j
Lo e — .

Issued: Jan. 1973 PAGE 3-15E


Jan. 1973
Issued
SSINYVH 119Y) L0zdoE
HOWWO) WL | D

INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM


H0I0W HDld | @ 2OL0W M)k
"INg 0
°>“mm —_—U—.—& GIONT10S —39-2 : faone
"o )
Nowwo> 1104 lq }
1olow Moz 1010w 103
awnouy
OA¥3S T10¥ -
a10N310%5 1100 €roN1105 1100

1l
FIGURE 3-7
o
waoss

CENTURY
1 "e°a
1 ee
a10H 03A9 0 ot
iy TYNOLIDIYIG wowwod noa
1WRaIs "9°0
X
X1 WM
i €60
4ONIT08 "11Y “ApY NS Hlid TYNSIS H)Lnd
‘eNg 3 NOWNO) I
TYNSIS LY B " W
HOWWO) 1103¥ ROWWO) 110M
01-@) TYNaIS oy 1YNBIS 1100
NOZINOH 3 Noa
WDHILY 1 noy
qunos
L
‘X3 w1
‘XY I
NOWNO) ROLCH WILN
“eNl NILd
TNYNNO) ML
FEWIT ANYE LHO1N
LW aNYe
JI0SNOD |5 any Xwor N0
X3 1108
‘1 101
a10N1108 WI1Nd

Page 3-16
+¥ s1104 93/9L
A A d/y
COIHE lHON -0
92 A
LEHETREL
through control wheel movement as well as the Power Section, if
connected. Keep in mind that + 3 Volts is about the point where
the servo starts to run.

Rotate the Course Selector on the D.G. so the heading bug is aligned with the zero in-
dex. This will produce a zero output as indicated on the Power Section or no move-
ment in the control wheel. The Course Selector has a command authority of up to 20°
in roll. With the HDG bug set beyond 45° off course, it should be possible to cancel
the output of the amplifier with 20° of roll + 5°. Set 20 + 5 of roll on the Gyro Sub-
titute in the direction of course deviation and note control wheel movement stops.

If the rotation of the Course Selector fails to produce the reactions as described, it is
likely that the D.G. signal is not reaching the amplifier.

Loss of D.G. signal can normally be attributed to a defective D.G., console, Radio Cou-
pler or wiring.

a. To eliminate the D.G. as a possibility, substitute the 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute in


place of the D.G. See Fig. 3-9 for test set-up.
b. To eliminate the Radio Coupler, simply disconnect CD-33 from rear of coupler
and connect it directly to the D.G.
¢. Check wiring from CD-33 to the amplifier plug as follows:
CD-33 to Amplifier Plug
TT N Pin A
TT Pin D
T2 O Pin B
Pin D . ... i i i i i e Pin L
241 T = Pin J
] T Pin C
T2 T o Pin F

d. Checks on the console are made by substitution as noted in Step 7.

3.35 Pitch Section Checks - On some aircraft the elevator control surfaces are too heavy for the pitch
servo to raise. It may be necessary to pull the elevator up and hold a neutral pressure while
checking the pitch portion.

In aircraft equipped with automatic pitch trim, be careful not to run the trim to its limits. Pull
the trim circuit breaker if necessary.

1. Before engaging the pitch portion watch the trim meter on the console as you com-
mand an up and down with the Pitch Command Wheel. The trim meter will indicate
the direction commanded.

The circuitry for the trim indicator is contained in the console. If the pitch system
works except for the trim indicator the problem is probably in the console.

Press “Pitch” on. Check solenoid engaged. Command an up and down and see that
elevator follows. If the solenoid does not engage use the Console Substitute 66D141-3
(Fig. 3-11) to eliminate the console as a problem. If the console checks, insert a
Power Section (Fig. 3-10) in line with the pitch servo (CD-16). If the solenoid pilot
lamp lights, solenoid voltage is present at CD-16. The problem is in the pitch servo. If
there is not solenoid voltage at CD-16 there is a wiring problem between CD-66 pin A
and CD-20 pin 3.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 3-17


If there is no amplifier output (servo drive) and the trim meter on the console is
operating normally, in most cases the amplifier is defective. It may be easier to bench
check the amplifier at this point than to get to the pitch servo. If not, use a Power
Section connected to CD-16 to check for amplifier output.

Press “Alt. Hold” on. The trim meter and the servo will drive in the direction of any
offset in Artificial Horizon. The Pitch Command Whee! should have no affect on
amplifier output. Most switching problems will be in the console so use the Console
Substitute to eliminate the console as the cause of any problem. There is no way to
check the output of the Altitude Hold accurately in the aircrafi. It should be removed
and checked on the bench.

33.6 Radio Coupler Checks - Checks on the Radio Coupler are identical to those described in para-
graph 3.2.6 (Century 1l Troubleshooting).

3.3.7 Glide Slope Coupler Checks:

1. Remove aircraft harness connector CD-58 from Glide Slope Coupler cable. Connect
test cable 30A300 CD-58 to Glide Slope Coupler Harness. Connect plug CD-34 on
30A300 test cable to CD-34 on 66D141-4 coupler tester. Attach 30A300 ground clip
to ground. See Fig. 3-10.

NOTE: Connection of clip to ground eliminates the requirement of the


Radio Coupler being in the “LOC NORM" position.

Start engine to erect gyro or use Gyro Substitute set on 09, Pitch.
N

Rotate Radio Substitute on Radio Coupler Tester to 100% up (blue).


w

Push “Roll” on and rotate Roll Command Knob to stop any aileron movement.
2

Push “Alt” on.


o

Wait at least 30 seconds, then slowly decrease Radio Signal Substitute to zero on Cou-
&

pler Tester meter. ‘

The Glide Slope Couplér should lock on at 0 + 10% of Radio Substitute. The green
“Lock On*’ light should illuminate.

Rotate Radio Signal Substitute knob to 100% up and observe control column moves
nose up. Rotate knob to 100% down and control column should move nose down.
Again on some aircraft it may be necessary to manually assist control column.

3.3.8 Automatic Pitch Trim

The importance of automatic pitch trim in the autopilot Pitch or Alt. modes cannot be over-
emphasized. Many problems reported in the autopilot modes may be the result of a mal-
function in the trim system, such as a trim sensor imbalance or no time delay in one direction.
The best test procedure is to follow the trim system ground checks in Section VI (6.2) for the
type of trim system in the aircraft. ldentify exactly which type of trim system is in the aircraft
by referring to Section 11 under the aircraft model and S. T. C. number and identify the pitch
trim servo part number or trim amplifier part number. The following chart will identify the
trim amplifier part number and the methods used to test the trim system as well as other parts
used on the trim servo.

Page 3-18 Issued: Jan. 1973


TRIM AMPLIFIER PARTS CHART

SERVO SERVORPM SWITCH WIRING CAPSTAN CLUTCH AMPLIFIER


NO. ACTUATOR POS. SCH. ITEM SETTINGS ITEM
1C373 14V. LBS.

1-275 1C491-3 (3) R A 49A26-1 3113 79C54-1


4278 1C491-3 (3) R B 49A26-1 31 _
1-197 1C491-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 2575 79C54-1
1-233 1C491 (30) L A aapn1081 | 14t 4 79C54-1
4276 1C491 (30) R B 441081 | 1474 _
1-220 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 2575 79C54-1
3.287 1C491-1 (10) R A 44aa108-1 | 30's 79C53-1
3-315 1C491-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 2677 1C646-14
1331 1C491-3 (3) L A 49A26-1 2572 79C54-1
1264 1C491-3 (3) R A 49A26-1 35'5 79C54-1
1-218 1C491-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 2575 79C54-1
5316 1C491-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 2617 1C671
5-315 1C491-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 26*7 1C671
4-365 1C491-1 (10) R B 49A26-1 3674 -
5-242 1C491-(30) R A 49A26-1 25%5 1C671
4-361 1C491-1 (10) R B 49A26-1 32+3 -
1-368 1C491-2 (3) L A 49A26-1 25'5 79C54-1
3.233 1C491-(30) L A 4aa1081 | 1414 79C53-1
3-362 1C491-1 (10) R A 49A26-1 3614 79C53-1
-3-383 1C491-1 (10) L A 49A26-1 25*5 79C53-1
1-270 1C491-2 (3) R A 49A26-1 22i§ 79C54-1
4410 1C491-2 (6) L B 49A63-1 2575 —~
4419 1C491-2 R B 49A26-1 23%3 _
5417 1C491-3 R A 49A63-1 3373 -

Issued Jan. 1973


SERVO SERVORPM SWITCH WIRING CAPSTAN CLUTCH AMPLIFIER
NO. ACTUATOR POS., SCH. ITEM SETTINGS ITEM

1c469- | 28v. LBS.

-1-279 1C492-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 231% 79C54-2

1270 1C492-1 (10) R A 49A26-1 203 79C54-2

-1-239 1C492-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 2113 79C54-2

-1:291 1C492-1 (10) L A 49A26-1 3713 79C54-2


1-219 104922 (6) L A 49A26-1 2515 79C54-2

-1-222 1C492-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 2515 79C54-2

R B 49A26-1 2515 -
1c4694 | 1C492-1(10)
1194 | 1ca91-1 (6) R A aonz61 | 26%5 79C54-2
1C492-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 3543 79C54-2
-1-292
-1-300 1C492-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 25+ 1 79C54-2

-1-299 1C492-4 (30) R A 49A26-1 10%2 79C54-2

-1-302 1C492-2 (6) R A 49A26-1 19+2 79C54-2

-1-303 1C492-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 25*3 1C646-28

1221 1C492-1 (10) L A 49A26-1 -20+2 79C54-2

1C492-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 2515 79C54-2


-1-308
1-313 1C492-2 (6) R A a9a261 | 28+)° 1C646-28

1C492-1 (10) R A 49A35-1 305 1C671-1


5-336
| 1492 (20) R B 49A35-1 4515 —
43441
5-353 1C492 (20) L A 49A26-1 2015 1C671-1

1C492-3 (3) R A 49A26-1 2515 79C54-2


-1-367
1273 1C492 (20) R A 49A26-1 20%5 79C54-2

-4-377 1C492-2 (6) L B 49A26-1 28%5 -

4-221 1C492-1 (10) L A 49A26-1 20%2 -

318 1C492-1 (10) R A 49A26-1 25+2 -

-345 1C492-2 (6) L A 49A26-1 16+3 -

Page 3-20 Issued Jan. 1973


SERVO SERVO RPM SWITCH WIRING CAPSTAN CLUTCH AMPLIFIER
NO. ACTUATOR POS. SCH. " ITEM SETTINGS ITEM
1C469 28V. LBS.
-1-388 1C492-3 (3) L A 3545 79C54-2
-5-371 1C492-4 (30) R A 49A26-1 2515 1C671-1
-4-381 1C492-4 (30) R B 49A26-1 25t5 -
5-303 1C492-3 (3) L A 49A26-1 25tg | 1C671-1
-3-291 1C492-1 (10) R A 49A26-1 373 79C53-2
1-377 1C492-1 (6) L A 49A26-1 2815 -
-422 1C492-1 (10) R A 49A26-1 25+2 -
-1-407 1C492 -2 (6) L A 49A26-1 79C53-2

1C345 12v.
1C345-186 | 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 25+5 79C53-1

1¢345-183 | 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 18+3 79C53-1


1C345-4-272] 1C491 (30) R B 49A26-1 18+3 _
1C345-1-265] 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 18+3 79C53-1

1C345-4-267| 1C491 (30) R B 49A26-1 25+5 _


1C345-184 | 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 2515 79C54-1
1C345-1-184| 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 255 79C53-1
1C345-1 1C491 (30) R B 49A26-1 25+5 _
1C345-5-184] 1C491 (30) R A 49A26-1 2515 1C671
1C345-1-298 | 1€491 (30) R A 49A26-1 20+5 79C53-1
1C345-4-321§ 1C491 (30) R B 49A26-1 20+5 _

1C463 24V.
1C463-1-187] 1C492 (20) | R A 49A26-1 20+5 79C53-2
1C463-2-187 | 1C492 (20) R A 49A26-1 2015 79C54-2

1C463-1-290 | 1C492 (20 L A 49A26-1 355 79C53-2


1C463-1 1C492 (20) R A 49A26-1 205 —_

Issued Jan. 1973


Page 3-21
TABLE 4-2
TRIM AMPLIFIER TEST PROCEDURES & CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS

AMPLIFIER SWITCH TEST PROCEDURE CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS (SENSOR TYPE)

18369 Push Button 6.3.2Step 3 6.2.2 Single Point


or Contact
18389

79C53 Rocker Type 6.3.2 Step 1 6.2.2 Single Point Contact

79C54 Push Button 6.3.2 Step 3 6.2.2 Single Point Contact

1C646 Push Button 6.3.2Step 3 6.2.2Step 5 Dual Point Contact

1C671 Rocker Type 6.3.2 Step 1 6.2.2Step 5 Dual Point Contact

SCHEMATIC - B
FOR MANUAL TRIM ONLY

— WHITE

A CLUTCH
— IN4001 coi
B

c
BLACK

D
L 1 RED

SCHEMATIC - A

~—
A
GREEN -
WHITE

- iN4001 % } CLUTCH
COIL

BLACK
SWITCH SHOWN IN R POSITION.

Page 3-22 Issued: Jan. 1973


SECTION IV
REPAIR AND OVERHAUL

4.1 GENERAL

This section contains theory, schematics and bench test procedures for each major component of
tHe Century Il and 111 Autopilot systems. Each component is listed under a sub-section number
such as 4.2, Century Il Console Amplifier; 4.3, 1D395 Amplifier; etc. By referring to the table of
contents, the appropriate test and related information (i.e. schematics) for any component can
quickly be found without paging through a lot of unrelated data.
Paragraph 4.10 and 4.11, at the rear of this section, discuss the fundamental theory of phase de-
tectors and synchronous filters as they are applied within the Century Il and 11l Autopilots.
These sub-sections are intended as a supplement to the individual component theory. Both of
these circuits are used throughout the Century series autopilots. Therefore, understanding their
operation will be of great importance when troubleshooting.

4.2 1385 CENTURY |1 AND 11B CONSOLE AMPLIFIER

4.2'1 (a) Century 11 Theory- The Century Il Console/Amplifier may be divided, for the purpose of discus-
sion, into two sections with one consisting of the oscillator and the other, the lateral control
circuits.

In figure 4.1 (a), Century 1l Schematic, the reference oscillator is shown in the lower left side of
the schematic and is composed primarily of Q-15, Q-16, CR-7 and T-1.

A(+) (pin N) is applied to the oscillator from the console/amplifier master through R-42 (and
R40 in a 28V system); Q-19 and CR-7 regulate the supply voltage to +11VDC.

The frequency of the oscillator is determined by the series tuned circuit in the Directional Gyro.
This tuned circuit, excited by a secondary winding on T-1 (pins 2 & 3) provides a square wave
_ trigger of opposite phases to the base of each oscillator transistor (Q-15 and Q-16). Q-15 and
0-16 conduct alternately inducing a 5KHo square wave in the primary of T-1.

Roll excitation {28 VP- pt 10%), is taken from the secondary of T-1 across the yellow and red
leads. Roll excitation is used to excite the artificial horizon and the synchronous filters in the
amplifier. Excitation for the phase detector is also taken from the seoondary of T-1 (from pins)
6, 7 and 8). A portion of the secondary from the green and orange lead is rectified by CR-14
and filtered by C-12 to provide a D. C. supply to the signal amplifiers and synchronous filters.

The lateral control circuits begin with Heading Switch. In the roll mode, the roll signal from R-3
is applied to the first aynchronous filter (Q-2 and Q-3) through R-38. In the Heading Mode, the
DG signal from the Directional Gyro is amplified by Q-1 and then applied to the first synchronous
filter through R-6. R-8 provides a roll (or heading) centering signal to the first synchronous filter.

The first synchronous filter introduces bank angle limiting by R-10 and R-14 limiting the max-
imum signal -across the filter. For a detailed description of a synchronous filter, refer to
Paragraph 4-11.

The output of the first filter is applied across R-15 to be summed with the roll position signal
across R-16 from the Artificial Horizon (Roll Signal at pin H). The resultant signal is applied
to the base of Q4. Q-4 amplifies this signal and applies it through R-19 to the second
synchronous filter Q-5 and Q-6.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-1


The second synchronous filter introduces a form of feedback from an analog circuit made up of
CR-8, CR-9 and C-8. This circuit, often called the electronic follow-up, takes the place of a
control surface follow-up element on a short term basis. The back-to-back diodes duplicate
the lost motion inherent in the servo motor drive as it responds to the amplifier output. One
diode conducts when the output of the servo amplifier reaches about £ 3 volts or that amount
required to start the servo motor.

The D. C. signal from the diodes is applied across C-8 (and increases as C-8 charges) to the syn-
chronous filter which chops the signal into a square wave and sums it with the signal across the
-synchronous filter is an error signal representing an imbalance between Command signal and
Roll signal.

The error signal causes aileron movement to roll the aircraft toward the null or satisfy the com-
mand signal at the summing point of Q4. The follow-up signal has only enough authority to
help stop or neutralize aileron movement to keep the aircraft from overshooting the commanded
attitude or to prevent a roll oscillation around that attitude.

The output of the second filter is applied through R-22 to the base of Q-7. Q-7 amplifies the
'signal and transformer couples it to the phase detector. From the phase detector, a proportional
D. C. signal is applied to the servo amplifier which drives the roll servo. For a detailed discussion
of the phase detector refer to paragraph 4.12. .

4.2.1(b) Century 11B Theory - A+, is applied through the master switch to the oscillator regulator through
- R-51 (and R-53 in a 28V amplifier). CR-16 and Q-22 regulate the oscillator supply voltage to
+ 11 VDC. See figure 4-1 (C).

The frequency of the oscillator 6KHZ is determined by the series tuned circuit in the
Directional Gyro. This tuned circuit, excited by a secondary winding of T-1 (2-3) provides a
square wave trigger of opposite polarity to the base of each oscillator transistor (Q-20 and
Q-21). Q-20 and Q-21 conduct alternately inducing a 5KHZ square wave in the primary of T-1.

Roll excitation (27vp-p X 1V) is taken from the secondary of T-1 across the yellow and red
leads. Roll excitation is used to excite the roll pick-off in the artificial horizon and the syn-
chronous filters in the amplifier. Excitation for the phase detector is also taken from the
secondary T-1, (from pins 6, 7 and 8). A portion of the secondary from the green and orange
leads to rectified by CR-8 and filtered by C-18 to provide a D. C. supply to the signal amplifier
and synchronous filters.

The roll section begins with the Directional Gyro signal switch Q-1. In the HDG mode Q-1 is
turned off allowing the Directional Gyro (D. G.) signal from pin A of the amplifier plug to be
applied to the base of Q-2, amplified and applied to the first synchronous filter. In the Roll
mode the command signal from R-4 provides a D..C. path through R-1 to bias Q-1 on. With Q-1
turned on, the voltage across R-5 will cause Q-2 to go into saturation, blocking the D. G. signal.
The Roll command signal will be applied to the first synchronous filter through C-1 and R-20.

The first synchronous filter Q-5 and Q-6 introduces bank angle limiting.
R-16 and R-18 will limit the amplitude of left or right commands indivudually across the filter.
Roll.centering is also applied to the filter from R-10 through R-9. Across the collectors of Q-5
and Q-6 is a lag filter (Q-3 and Q+4) that limits the rate of change in the command signds. For:a
detailed description of synchronous filters refer to paragraph 4.11.

The output of the first filter is applied across R-21 and summed with the Roll signal from the
Artificial Horizon (Roll signal at pin R-22). The resultant signal is amplified by Q-7 and applied
to the second synchronous filter (Q-8 and Q-9).

Page 4-2 {ssued: Jan. 1973


On one side of the second synchronous filter {Q-9) feed-back is introduced from the non-linear
follow-up circuit. Like the non-linear diodes in the Century Il amplifier, Q-12 and Q-13 control
the follow-up signal to the synchronous filter. This network was introduced in place of the non-
linear diodes because it can be adjusted to match the autopilot more closely with the dynamics
of each aircraft. R-43 is the Threshold adjustment. Varying R-43 will vary the bias on the base
of both transistors changing the level at which they will conduct. Q-12'(NPN) and Q-13 (PNP)
will conduct with opposite polarity signals from the servo amplifier. When Q-12 is forward
biased, Q-13 will be reverse biased and cut off. Q-12 will conduct when the putput of the servo
amplifier reaches approximately 3 volts, depending on the threshold adjustment. When Q-12
conducts feedback will be introduced through C-17, C-16, C-15 and C-14 decreasing the signal
across the second filter and the gain of the amplifier. Q-13 will act on opposite polarity signals.

The output of the second filter through R-22 is applied to the base of Q-10. From the collector
of Q-7, the amplified signal is transformer coupled to the phase detector.

From the phase detector, a D. C. signal proportional to the input is applied to the D. C.
amplifier. The putput of the D. C. amplifier is applied to the roll servo through pins D and E on
the amplifier plug. For a detailed discussion of the phase detector, refer to paragraph 4-12.

422 Century 1l Console/Amplifier Tests

A. Test Equipment Required:


1. 66D141 Test Kit
2. Oscilloscope
3. Regulated Power Supply
NOTE: Refer to Figures 4-1 and 4-8 as necessary.
B. TestSet-Up:
1. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 4-2
2. Gyro Substitute Roll-Pitch Switch in Roll.
3. Set D.G. and horizon to 0.
4. Power Section Tester in AMP-RES position.
5. Voltage selector switches set to power supply voltage.
6. Turn system on.

C. Oscillator and Regulator Checks:


1. Set oscilloscope as follows:
(a) Horizontal sweep time - 50u/sec.
(b) Vertical input to 10 volts per cm.
(c) AC-DCtoD.C.
2. Monitor roll excitation pins B and C with oscilloscope.
3. For 14V units, vary the power supply from 12 to 15 vdc. For 28V units, vary the
power supply from 24 to 30 vdc. Scope presentation should be 28 + 2.8v p-p.

4, Disoonnect.scope.
D. Bank vs. Heading Command:
Set D.G. and horizon to 0. (66D141-1).
Engage HDG on Console/Amplifier.
W=

Set D.G. to 10° left. Roll horizon should null output at 10° +2/ -1 left. (Output is
read on Power Section Meter.)
ie; )D .G. to 109 right. Roll horizon should null output at 10° +2/ -1 right. (See Flg
P

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' Page 4-3


Threshold Sensitivity:
1. SetD.G.to 0. _ ’
2. Offset the horizon vernier enough to produce 2 volts output in Power Section Meter.
Record setting. ' ' '
3. Reverse the horizon to produce 2 volts in the opposite direction. The difference be-
tween the two settings shall not exeed 2.5°.
Bank Limiting:
1. Set left and right bank adjustments on the console to minimum limit (CCW).
2. Set D.G.to 45° left. No more than 15° left horizon shall be required to null output on
Power Section. (See Fig. 4-8).
3. Set D.G. to 45° right. No more than 15° right horizon shall be required to null out-
put.
4. Set left and right bank adjustments on the console to maximum limit. (CW.)
5. Leave D.G.at 459 right. No less than 24°right horizon should be required to null out-
put.
6. Set D.G. to 45° left. No less than 24° left horizon should be required to null output.
7. Set bank adjustments so 20° left and right horizon will produce a null output with 45°
of left and right D.G. input.
8. SetD.G.toO.

Trim Range:
1. Turn centering pot to full CW. Null output with horizon vernier. Record setting.
2. Turn centering pot to full CCW. Null output with horizon vernier. The difference be-
tween the two settings should be 6° or more.
3. Set horizon to 0 and null output with centering pot.

Manual Bank Limiting:


1. Push HDG Switch off. _ _
2. Turn Command Knob full CW. Horizon should not exceed 30° right to null output.
3. Turn Command Knob full CCW. Horizon should not exceed 30° left to null output.
NOTE: Bank limiting must be set at 20° in HDG mode.

423 Century HIB Console/Amplifier Tests


A. Test Equipment Required:
1. 66D141 Test Kit
2. Oscilloscope
3. Regulated Power Supply
NOTE: Refer to Figures 4-1 and 4-8 as necessary.

Test Set-Up:
Connect test equipment as shown on Fig. 4-2.
SOTRWN=

Set Gyro Substitute Roll-Pitch Switch to Roll.


Set D.G. and horizon to 0.
Power Section Tester in AMP-RES position.
Voltage selector switches set to power supply voltage.
Turn system on.

Oscillator and Regulator Checks:


1. Set oscilloscope as follows:
(a) Horizontal sweep time - 50u/sec
(b) Vertical input to 10 volts per cm.
(¢} AC-DCtoD.C.

Page 44 Issued: Jan. 1973


L)

BYOC ~-e avee


apvey

"1
SELECT
4710 20K as
MPSE5IE

CENTER
RS
20K
D.G.SIGNAL
woT/coM
ROLLSIG. 35
ROLLEX,

DG. B,
14V N
MASTER s
1PSE510
SPARE
ROLL SOLENDID
GROUND Gy
LIGHTS
ais
SN

EANEL
LANPS

NOTES: -t
1. ALL CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN WFD. O 28V REMOVE CONNECTION ARD
2, ALL DIODES ARF 84001 EXCEPT AS NOTED. ADD 120 OH{ RESISTOR HIERE.
28 VPP 4 10%
% On2,2,47 ARE hSP$U515,
05,6,10,19,8 ARE 2M3110 -
a8, 15, 16 ARE WPSO5TY
011,92,7294 ANE 2N3055 TEST POINTS
EABLY MODES USED 184001, LATER MODELS USE 184923 NOTE: REFER TO FIGURE 42 FOR AMSPLIFIER TEST SEZUFR. LWIT ADJUST.
FOR CRE AND C15. S4ENTS MUST BE SET FOR 209 BANK LIMITS I EADING HODE.
VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORIS SHOULD BE % 20%,
TrA SEY D.G. SUBSTSTUTE TO 10° LEFT.HEASURED FROM THE COLLECTOR
GF 04 TO HOTOR/COMHMON,
TP2 MEASURED FROM THE COLLECTOR OF 0 TD OTOR/COMMON
T3 WMEASORED FROM THE COLLECTOR
OF 07 YO MOTOR/COMROK.¥
P4 MEASURED BETWEEN THE RED AND YELLOW LEADS OF T-1. ROLL
EXCITATIOR,

FIGURE 4-1A
1C338 and 1C385 CENTURY 1
CONYOLE AMPLIFIER

tssuad: Jan. 1973 PAGE 45


R35 C13 c6 R4 A23 ¢ 06 €5 Q7 05 R21 A7 Rg R1? R22 ¢7 04 R1g C4
210413 Xa0)( 8 Y38)(39)X 9 X 6 39K 8 X42X(27 (26 X 27 X 15 X 6 Y36 XI5

13) 9 X (s kax 2 2z n) 2
R37 C16 Q19 Ci7 cqy €16 R46 Clo o 31 oo CM1

FIGURE 4-1B

CENTURY 11 CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-6


Rz
£k
a3
100K T2

Re
SELECT
© 4TRZ0K
B30 au
Aoy,

2208, ZN3NE
BEE NOTE 3
noe

e
33w
C\Win
]
016
2N30BS
Lo AA

~
% 5.6 R&%
#37 10K
15K d
a1y
P : 2NA05S
2N5410 » 011 CRIZ L s
a7 RGOS Rag v, & o
HSENG
- s i Tom 1o
6 b AFD vfi/\/\/\—]
1 ;
660 \CR? |
R27 e T
0K
o atg
2N3316.
D. 6. SIGNAL aty
A pr— SEE NOTE 3
23055
-LCIH

|—
notoRicoNmon | o T‘" 3 ann @ ann
oo w0 .
CRE 100
ROLL SIGRAL " A e/ AN ¥
ROLL gxciTaTION
BBl ') !
| 8
ROLL EXCITATION | © o o|z¥/ B
e ypsess 128
HOTOR
. 6, EXCITATION
chto o
b S—
[ ayz
b G EXGrTATIoN | b arSERIS
- sz
14778 VOLT InpuY ®
- HMASTE)
GROUND ¥ et
ROLL SOLERGID "

GROURD s
LIGHTS " erie
11 VoL
8 G K
A@L -
-
+ & v
.___@... 1
3
1
PANEL i ROLL EXCITATION :
LARPS
1
!
NOTES: i
1. ALL CAPAGITOR VALUES ARE 3N MFD, asd
LL DIOOES ARE WN4OUT EXGERT AS KO 120
REMOVE GONNECTION
3. 014 & Q)5 BVECOSG0 VOLTS FOR 28 VOLT UNTS. BT No, 4LS62 AND ADD 120 Ot RESISTOR B62
' ) .
BVECOn0 VOLTS FOR 14 VOLT UNITS. PT Ne. 48842 TEST POINTS 42 FOR AMFLITIER IN TEST SETUR LUAT SETAl
;. REFER TQ FIGUAE 200 BANK LINTS THE HEADING HODE,
4, EAWLIER UNMS USED 48545 CHANGED TO 48562, NOETHENTS HuSTE BlTO SE100 FOR
LEFT. VOLTAGES AND WAVETORNM i
D. G SUBSTITUT
EARLY UNITS USED 18007 LATER UNITS USE IN4933 FOR CRIZ & CR1A. a0
TP.3 MEASURED FROM THE COLLECTOR GF G2 T3 MOTORIGOMMON.
TP2 MEASURED FROM THE COLLECTOR OF 07 T2 HOTOR/COMION.
FIGURE!£-1C 70.2 MEASURED FRPM THE COLLECTOR OF 010 "0 HOTOR/CONMOR.
1C338 and 10385 CENTURY Hp Tr4 MEASURED BETWEEN THE RED AND YELLOW LEADS OF 7.

CONSOLE AMPLIFIER

fesued: Jan. 1973


c17 a7
a9 c11

0O00O000
a4 CR16
CR11
c23
Q22
a
c27

CAPACITORS TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

FIGURE 4-1D

CENTURY IIB CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1973 | Page 4-8A


oLy
oLy
8ly

Lot
H
vey
)L 2y
€2y
vy
8zH
GZY
92
(&)
Sed
Z€d
6ld

RESISTORS

FIGURE 4-1D (CON'T.)

Issued; Jan. 1973


Page 4-8B
2. Monitor roll excitation at pins B and C with oscilloscope. _
3. For 14V units, vary the power supply from 12 to 15 vdc. For 28V units, vary the
power supply from 24 to 30 vdc. Scope presentation should be 27 + 1v p-p. Transients
should be less than 7 volts plus and 4 volts minus.
4. Disconnect scope.

D. Bank vs. Heading Command:


1. Set D.G. and horizon to 0. (66D141-1.)
2. Engage HDG on Console/Amplifier.
3. Set D.G. to 10° left. Roll horizon should null output at 10° +2/ -1 left. (Output is
read on Power Section Meter.)
4. Set D.G. to 100 right. Roll horizon should null output at 10° +2/-1 right. (See Fig.
4-3))
E. Threshold Sensitivity:
Set D.G. and horizon to 0.
Null output with centering pot. (See Fig. 4-3.)
PN~

Adjust threshold sensitivity (left pot) full CCW.


Set horizon to 1° left bank. Output to Power Section should be 1.5 to 2.0 vdc. Ad-
just threshold sensitivity to full CW. Output should be 3.2 to 3.7 vdc on Power Sec-
tion.
5. Set threshold sensitivity to produce 2V. Reverse horizon to 1° right. Output should
be 2V + 2. ,
F. Bank Limiting:
1. Set left and right bank adjustments on the console to minimum limit (CCW). (See Fig.
43.)
Set D.G. to 45° left. No more than 15° left horizon shall be required to null output
N

on Power Section. (See Fig. 4-8.)


Set D.G. to 45° right. No more than 15° right horizon shall be required to null output.
Set left and right bank adjustments on the console to maximum limit (CW).
g

Leave D.G. at 45° right. No less than 249 right horizon should be required to null out-
put.
Set D.G. to 45° left. No less than 249 left horizon should be required to null output.
No

Set bank adjustments so 20° left and right horizon will produce a null output with 45°
of left and right D.G. input.
Set D.G. to 0.
©

6601411

30C198 CABLE
HARNESS

1C338 OR 1C385
COUSOLE AMPLIFIER 30C211 SERVO
EXTENSION CABLE

p ’
CD-27

GROUND 14 OR
28V

FIGURE 4-2
CENTURY Il TEST SET-UP

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-9


G. Trim Range:
1. Turn centering pot to full CW. Null output with horizon vernier. Record setting.
2. Turn centering pot to full CCW. Null output with horizon vernier. The difference be-
tween the two settings should be 6° or more.
3. Set horizon to 0 and null output with centering pot.

H. Manual Bank Limiting:


1. Push HDG Switch off.
2. Turn Command Knob full CW. Horizon should not exceed 30° right to null output.
3. Turn Command Knob full CCW. Horizon should not exceed 30° left to null output.
(See Fig. 4-8.)
NOTE: Bank limiting must be set at 202 in HDG mode.

ROLL COMMAND KNOB

7
LEFT BANK ADJUSTMENT RIGHT BANK ADJUSTMENT
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

CENTURY II CONSOLE/AMP

ROLL COMMAND KNOB HDG


/
T
I
7

7T v

THRESHOLD ADJUSTMENT \ LEFT BANK ADJUSTMENT

RIGHT BANK ADJUSTMENT CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

CENTURY IIB CONSOLE/AMP

FIGURE 4-3
CENTURY Il & 11B CONSOLE ADJUSTMENT

Page 4-10 Issued: Jan. 1973


4.3 1D395, 1C515 AND 1C515-1 & -2 CENTURY 1l AMPLIFIERS

43.1 Theory (1D395 Amplifier)- Aircraft supply voliage enters the amplifier on Pin N of the
amplifier plug (Refer to Fig. 4-4). A+ (14V or 28V) is applied to the primary centertap of T-1
and T-2. It is also applied to a voltage regulator on the plate of the amplifier that supplies a
regulated reference voltage to the oscillator. The regulator consists of CR-1, Q-26 and voltage
divider network R-64 and R-66. Switch S-1 adjusts for 14V or 28V input. The regulator is set
by CR-1 to produce an output 11 volts below the A+ input level. This is 11 volts below 14 voits
in a 14 volt system or 11 volts below 28 volts in a 28 volt system. The reference voltage is
applied to the emmitter junction of the oscillator transistors Q-22 and Q-23. The combination
of a series resonant circuit in the Directional Gyro with C-31 and R-60 in the amplifier form a
resonant circuit that tunes the oscillator to be 5khz.

The secondaries of T-1 provide Roll and Pitch excitation and the input to a square wave
amplifier Q-24 and Q-25 known as the driven oscillator. The amplifier output (T-2) supplies the
roll and pitch phase detectors with referenced A. C. and roll and pitch supply which is
rectified to provide D. C. to the roll and pitch circuits.

The roll section begins with the DG sngnal switch. This switch consists of Q-1 which controls
the bias on Q-2. In the HDG mode, Q-1 is off and Q-2 acts as a normal A. C. amplifier to the DG
signal across R-1 and applies it to the first synchronous filter.

In the Roll mode there is a D. C. path through R-2 to the roll command pot in the console.
Current flow through R-67 and R-2 will cause Q-1 to conduct. The voltage developed across
R-3 drives Q-2 into saturation blocking the D. G. signal. The roll command signal is applied to
the first synchronous filter through C-6 and R-65.

The first Syrichronous filter will introduce bank angle limiting by limiting the maximum left or
right command signals individually (Heading or Roll modes).
The output of the first filter across R-11 is summed with the roll signal from the Artificial
Horizon at the junction of R-11 and R-12. This composite signal is amplified by Q-5 and fed to
the second synchronous filter through R-16.

The second synchronous filter introduces feedback from an analog circuit (often called the elec-
tronic follow-up) takes the place of a control surface follow-up element on a short term basis.
The diodes simulate the lost motion inherent in the servo motor drive as it responds to the
amplifier output.

One diode conducts when the output of the servo amplifier reaches about 3 volts (the amount
requured to start the servo motor). A feed-back signal from the diodes is applied across C-8, an
integrating element, to the synchronous filter. Feedback increases as C-8 charges reducing the
signal across Q-6 and Q-7. The output of Q-6 and Q-7 is amplified by Q-8 and transformer
coupled to the roll phase detector. Refer to paragraph 4.11 and 4.12 for a detailed description
of synchronous filters and phase detectors.

The output of the phase detector'is a D. C. signal of a polarity and amplitude proportional to the
input. This D. C. signal is applied to the roll servo motor amplifier, completing the roll portion
of the amplifier.

NOTES: The effect of the follow-up diodes can be seen graphically at the output of the pitch
or roll phase detectors. With an oscilloscope set on 2V /cm vertical deflection monitor
the output of the phase detector while slowly rotating the command knob around the
center. The signal will move rapidly between about 4 volts positive and negative.
Beyond these points, the output will rise more slowly as feed-back is introduced.

Issued: Jan. 1973 : _ Page 4-11


For the pitch channel, mode switch is accomplished in the console. Either the Pitch Command
signal or the Altitude signal will enter the amplifier on pin 15. Q-12 amplifies the signal and
applies it to the first synchronous filter. From the collector of Q-13 to the collector of Q-14
there is a lag network made up of C-20 and diodes CR-16 and CR-17. The diodes conduct with
~ about .7 volts across them so small signals will hot be affected by the lag capacitor C-20. With
a larger signal the diodes conduct. As C-20 charges the output of the synchronous filter will rise
slowly in the direction of the input. This slowly changing output will eliminate rapid pitch
command changes. Pitch limiting is also applied to the bases of the synchronous filter.

The output of the first filter is summed with Artificial Horizon pitch signal at the junction of
R-40 and R41. ’

Q-15 will amplify the resultant signal and apply it to the second synchronous filter (Q-16 and
Q-17). The second filter introduces the follow-up signal at the collector of Q-17. The pitch
feed-back signal is developed in the same manner as the roll feed-back. C-36 and R-45 is a noise
filter. '
Q-18 will amplify and transformer couple the signal to the pitch phase detector. The phase
detector and servo amplifier are the same as the roll section. :

4.3.2 Theory (1C515 Amplifier) - The 1C515 Amplifier is essentially the same as a 1D395 amplifier.
In the 1C515 amplifier, an extra circuit board is added to basic 1D395 amplifier board. This
piggyback board contains Roll and Pitch Rate circuits and a Lag Filter across the roll command
- synchronous filter. See Fig. 4-5.

Only these additional circuits will be discussed for the 1C515 amplifier. Refer to the 1D395
Amplifier Theory, paragraph 4.3.1 for the basic circuit operation.

The first change in the 1C515 is the addition of the Lag Filter across the collectors of the first
synchronous filter Q-3 amd Q4. Refer to page 4-55 paragraph 4-10 for a detailed discussion of
synchronous filters.
At points 12 and 13 on the amplifier board, the voltage across the collectors of the first syn-
chronous filter (Q-3 and Q-4) is brought out to the piggy-back board and applied across the Lag
Filter. At the moment of a right roll command, Q-18 will be forward biased and C-22 will
begin to charge. As C-22 charges, the output of the synchronous filter rises slowly and reaches
the commanded input when C-22 is fully charged. Q-17 will be reverse biased until the polarity
is reversed during a left command. When a left command is intiated, C-22 will quickly dis-
charge through the now forward biased diode CR-5. Q-17 and C-21 will cause a smooth left
command in the same manner as Q-18 and C-22 regardless of the rate of the commanded input.

The command signal from the first filter is summed with the horizon signal at the junction of
R-11 and R-12 (Fig. 4-5). Before this junction (at Point 9) a portion of the horizon signal is
brought out to the piggy-back board for the Roll Rate Circuit. When the autopilot is initially
turned on, the horizon position signal (from Poing 9) is amplified by Q-1 on the piggy-back
board and applied to the first rate circuit synchronous filter Q-2 and Q-3. Notice the phase
reversal across Q-1.
Q-2 and Q-3 will filter the noise from. the horizon signal. From this filter the signal is applied
across R-7 to the base of emitter-follower Q-6. The emitter of Q-6.drives amplifiers Q-7 and Q-8.

Q-7 is a high gain amplifier. It will reverse the phase of the signal from Q-1 and the first synchro-
nous filter Q-4 and Q-5. Placed across the collectors of the second filter is a lag capacitor C-7. As
C-7 charges the output of the second filter will rise to the level of the input from Q-7. The output
of the second filter is applied across R-8 and is out of phase with the signal from the first filter.
The two signals are summed between R-7 and R-8. Q-7, being a very high gain amplifier, can
drive the resulting siganl at the summing point between R-7 and R-8 to a very low level (less than
50 mv) after C-7 charges. This condition will be maintained for any steady-state horizon signal.

Page 4-12 Issued: Jan. 1973


From the emitter of Q-6 the signal is also applied to Q-8. The output of Q-8 is applied back to
the amplifier board (Point 11) for any steady-state signal the output of Q-8 is just enough to bring
the horizon signal back up to its input level.

When the horizon signal changes, an error signal is developed at the summing point of the two
synchronous filters. The lag capacitor C-7 will cause the signal across the second synchronous
filter to change slower than the input signal. This causes an error signal between R-7 and R:8
which is. proportional to, and in a direction adding to the changing position slgnal The error sig-
nal represents the rate of change in the position signal.

The rate signal from the emitter of Q-6 is amplified by Q-8. From Q-8, the rate signal is added to
the position signal on the amplifier board (through Point 11). The autopilot senses not only the
position signal but the rate of any change in the position signal.

The pitch signal has a similar circuit on the piggy-back board. The output resistors are different
because pitch has a higher rate signal than roll.

433 Theory (1C515-1 & -2 Amplifier) - The 1C515-1 and -2 amplifiers are basically the same as the
1C515 amplifier. The 1C515-1 amplifier incorporates all the circuitry on one board, whereas the
1C515 amplifier has a roll command lag filter and pitch and roll rate circuits on an additional cir-
cuit board. Refer to Fig. 4-6.

The only change in circuitry consists of using an adjustable feed-back circuit instead of the follow-
up diodes for roll and pitch. The pitch and roll follow-up circuits are the same so only the roll
circuit will be discussed.

The follow-up circuit was introduced because it can be adjusted to match the autopilot more
closely with the dynamics of each aircraft. R-51 is the Threshold adjustment. Varying R-51 will
change the bias on both transistors (Q-22 and Q-23) changing the level at which they will conduct,
or their threshold. Q-22 (NPN) will conduct when the roll motor common is positive with re-
spect to the roll motor. (Q-23 [PNP] is reverse biased until the polarity of the servo amplifier is
reversed.) Q-22 will conduct when the output of the servo amplifier reaches approximately 3
volts, depending on the threshold adjustment. When Q-22 conducts, feed-back is introduced to
Q-17 across capacitive network C-23 through C-26, decreasing the signal across the second
synchronous filter and the gain of the amplifier. Q-23 will operate in the same manner for the
opposite polarity output from the D.C. amplifier.

434 Century 111 1D395 and 1C515 Amplfiier Tests

A. Test Equipment Required:


1. 66D141 Test Set
2. Oscilloscope (H-P 120B or equivalent)
3. Regulated Power Supply
NOTE: Refer to Figures 4-5 and 4-8 as necessary.
B. Test Set_Up:

Set voltage selectors on amplifier and test equipment to power supply voltage.
P?SP??PN?

On Gyro Substitute, set Roll-Pitch Switch to Roll, and D. G. and Horizon to zero.
Connect amplifier. (See Fig. 4-7)
Connect CD-47 to Power Section 66D141-2. Protect CD-16 from shorts.
Select D. G.and ALT CONTROL on Console Substitute.
Limit switch to MAX.
Set Alt. Control to zero.
Null roll output to Power Section with Roll Trim Knob.
Turn system ON and null Power Section reading {(Output) with Roll Trim.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-13


Oscillator and Regulator Checks:

1. Set scope as follows:


(a) Sweep time to b0u sec.
(b} AC-DC to DC.
Monitor roll excitation pins B to C with scope.
For 14V units, vay power supply from 12 to 15 vdc. Scope presentation should be a 5 KHz
square wave 28 * 2.8 vp-p. Transients should be less than 7 volts plus or 4.2 volts minus.
For 28V units, vary power supply from 24V to 30 vdc. Scope presentations will be the same
as for 12V units. '

D. Roll-Bank vs. Heading Command:

1. Set D. G. to 100 left. Null power section (amplifier output) with horizon vemier. Roll
haorizon should read 100 +2/-1 left.
2. Set D. G. to 109 right. Roll horizon should null output at 100 +2/-1 right. (See Fig. 4-8).
3. Set D. G. to 459 right. Roll horizon should null output with 24° or more right roll.
Record setting.
4. Set D. G. to 459 left. Roll horizon should null output with 249 more left roll. Record
setting..
5. Set Limit Switch to MIN.
6. With D. G. set 459 left, 159 or less will be required to null output on Power Section.
7. Set D. G. to 450 right. 159 or less will be required to null output.
8. Set Manual D. G. Switch on Console Substitute to Manual. Set Limit Switch to MAX.
9. Set Roll Command Knob full right. 89 to 10° more horizon sill be required to null output
than was obtained instep 3.
10. Set Roll Command Knob full left. 80 to 10° more horizon will be required to null output
than was obtained in step 4.
11. Set Manual DG Switch on Console Substitute to DG.

E. Threshold Sensitivity:
1. SetD.G.to O.
2. Set horizon vernier to produce 2 volts output on PowerSection. Record Settings.
3. Set horizon vernier to produce 2 volts in the opposite direction on Power Section.
4, The total change between horizon settings shoudl not exceed 2.5¢ Roll.

F. Roll Trim Range:


1. Set Roll Trim full CW and null Power Section with Gyro Substitute. Not Reading.
2. Set Roll Trim full CCW and-null Power Section. The total change between these two
settings should correspond to 62 Roll or more.

G. Pitch Threshold:

Set Gyro Substitute Roli-Pitch Switch to Pitch.


M=

Turn system off and connect CD-16 tn place of CD-47 on Power Section. Protect CD-47
from shorting.
Null output with Pitch Trim.
Ohw

Turn system on. Set horizon vernier to produce 2V on Power Section. Record setting.
Set horizon vernier to produce 2V in the opposite direction on Power Section. The total
change between pitch horizon settings should not exceed 1.5°.
Return horizon vemier to 0.
o

Page 4-14 Issued: Jan. 1973


H. Altitude Check:
1. NOTE: The pitch channel is checked with calibrated inputs from the Altitude Control.
An oscilloscope must be used to set the Altitude Control to correspond with altitude
deviations of 0 and 100 feet. Set vertical input to .1v/cm. Measure altitude input on pin 15
to Motor Common pin 12, or measure from the exposed lead of R-32 to motor common.
Set Altitude Control to Ov.
ONOOARWN Null Power Section with Pitch Trim on Console Substitute.
Set Altitude Control to 100 feet up. (400 mv on oscilloscope).
69 * 1/2 pitch horizon setting should be required to null Power Section.
Set Altitude Control to 100 feet down (400 mv on oscilloscope).
69 * 1/2 pitch horizon setting should be required to null Power Section.
Set DG and Alt. Control to zero.

I. Pitch Attitude Limits - Manual:

1. Set Altitude Control-Manual Switch to Manual.


2. Turn Pitch Command Full up.
3. 110 or more up horizon setting will be required to null Power Section.
4. Turn Pitch Command Knob full down.
5. 89 or more down horizon setting should be required to null Power Section (See Fig. 4-8).
6. Set Limit Switch to MIN.
7. 49 or less down horizon setting should be required to null Power Section.
8. Turn Pitch Command Knob full up.
9. 50 or less up horizon setting should be required to null output.
10. Center Pitch Command.

J. Trim Range:

1. Set Horizon to 0.
2. Set Limit Switch to MAX.
3. Set Pitch Trim CW; note horizon setting for null.
4. Set Pitch Trim CCW; note horizon setting for null.
5. The total change between the two settings should be 6° or more.

4.3.5 Century lil 1C515-1 and 1C515-2 Amplifier Tests

A. Test Equipment Required:

1. 66D141 Test Set


2. Oscilloscope (H-P 120B or equivalent)
3. Regulated Power Supply
B. TestSetUp:

Set voltage selectors on Test Kit and amplifier to the power supply voltage
CONOOAPRWN=~

Connect the amplifier and 66D141 Test Set as shown in Fig. 4-7.
On the Gyro Substitute set Roll-Pitch Switch to Roll; set D. G. and Horizon to 0.
Set Power Section 66D141-2 to AMP-RES position.
Connect CR-47 to Power Section 66D141-2. Protect CD-16 from shorts.
-Set D. G.and Alt. Control on Console Substitute.
Set Limit Switch to MAX.
Set Altitude Control to zero.
Turn system on and null power section reading (output) with Roll Trim.

NOTE: Refer to Figures 4-6 and 4-8 as necessary during the following checks.

Issued: Jan. 1973 . Page 415


C. Qscillator
and Regulator Checks:
1. Set scope as follows:
(a) Sweep time to 50u seconds.

(b) Vertical input to 10 voits/cm

(¢) AC-DCtoD.C.
Monitor Roll excitation pins B to C with scope.
Roll excitation should be a 27 + 1vp -p 5 KHz square wave. Transients shall be less than
7.0V plus and 4.0Vminus.
For 14V units, vary the power supply from 12 to 15 vde. For 28V units, vary the power
supply from 24 to 30 vdc. Roll excitation should remain within tolerance.

D. Rall hank vs. Heading Command:

Set D. G. to 100 left. Null Power Section (amplifier output) with horizon vemier. Roll
horizon should null output at 100 X 10 left. :
Set D. G. to 109 right. Roll horizon should null output at 100 X 10 right.
wN

Set D. G. to 459 right. Roll horizon should null output at 240 or more right roll. Record
setting.
Set D. G. to 450 left. Roll horizon should null output at 240 or more left. Record setting.
ogos

Set DG-Manual Switch to Manual. ,


Command full left. Roll horizon should null output at 8% to 100 more than obtained in
step 3.
Command full right. Roll horizon should null output at 82 to 100 more than obtained in
N

step 4.
Set DG-Manual Switch to DG.
Set Limit Switch to MIN. Leave D. G. at 450 left. Roll horizon should null output at 150
or less.
10. Set D. G. to 459 right. Roll horizon should null output at 15° or less. Return Limit
Switch to MAX.
E. Roll Lag:
Roll
Monitor the signal at the junetion of C-2 and C-3 with an oscilloscope.
N

Set D. G. to 450 right. Typical time for the slgnal to reach 4vp-p is 10 seconds. The time
is not critical.
Set D. G. to 0 and allow signal to null.
gihw

Set D. G. to 459 left. The time lag should be within 20% of the time lag for the right side.
SetD.G.t0 0.

F. Roll Trim Range:

1. Set Roll Trim full CW and null output with Horizon Substitute. Note reading.
2. Set Roll Trim full CCW and null output. The total change between the two settings should
be 69 or more.
G. Threshold Sensitivity:

Set D. G. and roll horizon to 0. Set trim for null output.


RWONA

Set horizon to 19 right.


Turn Roll threshold full CW. Roll servo voltage shall be 3.2 v + .bv /-Ov.
Turn roll threshold CCW. Servo voltage should be 1.5v + 0/-.5v.
Adjust pot for 2V,
SO

Set horizon to 19 left. Servo voltage should be 2v ¥ .2.

Page 4-16 Issued: Jan. 1973


7. Set horizon to 0.
8. Disconnect CD-47 and connect CD-16. Protect CD-47 from shorting.

H. Pitch Threshold Sensitivity:


Set Gyro Substitute Roll-Pitch Switch to Pitch.
ONOIARWN= Check Altitude Control set at zero.
Null output with Pitch Trim.
Set Pitch Horizon up 1°.
Turn Pitch threshold full CW. Servo voltage should be 5v +5/0.
Turn Pitch threshold full CCW. Servo voltage should be 2.5v +0/-5.
Adjust threshold for 3V.
Set Pitch horizon 100 down. Servo voltage should be 3V 1 .3.

l. Command vs. Gyro Inputs:

NOTE: The pitch channel is checked with calibrated inputs from the Altitude Control. An
oscilloscope must be used to set the Altitude Control to correspond to altitude devia-
tions of 0, 100‘, 250* or maximum. Set vertical input to .1v/cm. Measure Altitude
Control input on R-60 to Pitch Motor Common on emitter of Q-28.
Check Altitude Control input is 0.
With horizon set at 00 pitch, null output with Pitch Trim.
Set Altitude Control to correspond to 100 feet up (400 mv). 69 +1/2 of up horizon should
be required to null the output. (See Fig. 4-9),
Set Altitude Control to correspond to 100 feet down (400mv). 6° +1/2 of down horizon
should be required to null the output. ‘
NOTE: For 1C515-2 amplifiers, R-60 is a set value (12K) and should not be selected.
5. Set the Altitude Control-Manual Switch to manual.
6. Turn Pitch command full up. 129 or more pitch horizon should be required to null the
output.
7. Turn Pitch command full down. 89 or more pitch horizon should be required to null the
output,
8. Set Limit Switch to MIN.
9. With Pitch command full down. 50 or less horizon should be required to null the output.
10. Turn Pitch command full up. 5° or less horizon should be required to null the output.
1. Null Pitch Command.

J. _Trim Range:
1. Set Limit Switch to MAX.
2. Turn Pitch Trim full CW. Null output with horizon and record setting.
3. Turn Pitch Trim full CCW. Null output with horizon. The difference between the two set-
tings should be 6° or more.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-17


Issued: Jan. 1973
OILVIAIZHIS 3TOSNOD 11 AdNLN3D
v 34NO14
GHVYOR LNDHID

<jfajo|lo
¥ WYL
YOLVIIONE
HOLM

8
g
HOLIM8
L70A 82/yL+

[ elzfele]=]=]2]r] [+]=]2]
-
~
L1INIT NMOG
GNNOHD
aNNOUD
T“"'J"

LN dn
x—* £y
A
\a 4 1INt Nmoad
Lwidn
Ari 3DVONT AGALILTY
-

SLHDIT
YOLOW HO1W
-
- -

'GNI HOLId
NOL *:z
VYV ‘OIS 3aNLLWY
GNVYIWOD HOLId
HOLId
-

$[T-TLLLIFLTET
‘X3 HOLId
WYL HOL
e

‘X3 HOLd
WNVE LHDIY
S %NVE LHOIM
} -

p13
ANVE 1431
Jo_o_.._..L

M D—E\Wflz: 1437
|
0 1108
X3 Noy
X370
GIONIT03 HOLK
GIONI108 1104 dwy
SLTOA BTV

| Page 4- 18
VP2

KEV.0.C.oer 68V.D.0.-m=
A 18 VPP

Rt st
E
a1o
283116
<Be 2 Rou
wizs? $ 'y
0x
213110 R 9628
0z Qs - e
‘esesib 231

7 cha o
w2 ol o
D.G. SIGNAL K 200 e
ROLL GoMON
ROLL SI6AL 0
ROLL COMMAND 230t
ROLLEX.X
ROLLEX, SELECTED €AY
ROLL MOTOR SRiz4et ot
80 L1 HOTOR GOl
LR BaK T8 ALT.SIG. o 0t
RIGHT BANK -+ 100 FT. Up it
ALY, SIC, SRI4T 7} HOLE HOTOR
TPo 00 FT. U 26 VP, P, 4 0% L
S KHF. 4 ~ 258 . i
~ ROLL EXCITATION 7V s,g ; ;
22V.D.C. l,vp_,p_
i
i
ALY SIGNAL wo vl
309 FT. UP 23110 : E
15 Vi
10K
an
2N3055
7
012 o a2
o R37 a1 a1 ZN4gon 67 283085
23116 68K 213315 WAL

Rz a1s
22055
azt FICHSIG.
FIVCH COMMAID 23116 av
Zn0ss
FOTOR COMMOR
PIVCH SIGNAL BITCH MOTOR CORMON
TV.0.C
DO LT
UE LrT CRie
PIYCH EX, SELECTED
TS EX,
PITECH HOTOR PITCH MOTOR
ETEH D,
20V 6 14V
GROUID
PTCHSDL. 4 | mo cone,
ROLLSOL, * {n0 conn.
0.0, X N
0.6, X T st o2 s
I 23116 2 rotss
s ROLL . AS NOYED.
ARE TR4001 EXCEPT
3. ALLDIODES
OETECTOR . 2, 016,011,020, 021, Q24,
026 ARE 213116 WIX14 BVECO OF 63 VOLTS.
& 3,06, 07, 016,097 ARE 243116 WITH BVECO OF 40 VOLYS,
4. ALL CAPAGITORS ARE IH HICRO-FARREDS UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED.
PTen £ EARLY MODELS USED 1R4001; LAYER MODELS USE 186933 FOR
DETECTOR . : CIE AND CRID,
> 025
wiB cnonir 20316i wouLsurny
TESY POINTS
2 NOTE: BEFER TO FIGURE 4.7 FOR AMPLIFIER e MEASURE FROM LOLLECTOR OF O16T0 PITCH
3
Efli TCH CH SUPPLY
SUPPLY TEST SET-UP, LUMLT SWITCH MUSY BE ST COMMON.
TO MAX. VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORISS
SHOULDBE L. 20% EXCEPT TP, 7 MEASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF Q1670 PITEH
A SEY0,G,T0 109 LEFT FOR ALL ROLL COMMON.
} CHECKS ME ASURE FAOM COLLEGTOR e MEASURE FROM EXPOSEDS OF 118 7O R1S,
OF Q2 70 AOLL COMMON. MANUAL
HODE GIVES 0 VOLTS.
TPZ MEASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF 05 TO COMMOR.
SUNCTION 60 AND C31
TPZ MRASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF QB TO CDIMON.
EXTERNAL SLOPE TRIGGER FIGURE 444 TP OSCILLATOR DIVE SIGNAL USE FOR EXTERNAL
% = COPE TRIGGEF, SET TO 4 SLOPE.
95 AMPLIFIER TPE VATH THE ALY, CONTROL ON THE CONSOLE
SUBSTITUTE SET THE INPUT TO R-32T0
AV P, THIS REPRESENTS 100 FY. UP
COMMAND. MEASURE TO PITCR COMION.

Issued: Jan. 1973


PAGE 4-19
Q1o Q11 Qa1
c28
e crz{3)cis cra(3 cie @ {3 )crizeggl 3 Jert1 ¢y
@) ) (S N23)12) 1552312 w) &

6 L15K1 X AM) (4X248) 7


Q7 €8 CR7 CR8 C31 CR14 CR15 Q22

FIGURE 44B

1D395 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1973 . Page 4-20A


R3 R2 R67 Res RI13 R29 R57 RS54 R55 RS6
5433@@%@@? 15

R79
é/ @é}
R20. R21 R12 R60 R41 R62 RA9 RS2

FIGURE 4-4B CONT,

Page 4-20B Issued: Jan. 1973


FIGURE 44B CON‘T.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ‘ _ Page 4-20C


WV D.C e Bvh £

i
MPSEND
$

a0
H
36 026 S e
mEney S
a3 6
203136 316
onz
CRIINYGZE
ny as G5 SROUND
SELLCT 3116 27K s Qg
SKZEK 2ha410 ROULSIG
2nedps. nre azy
30K <3 2w30ss
3

0.6 SIGRAL A1 e n2i


0k 200 51k 5
BOLL cameon Jan eazs
ROLL SIGNAL
HOLL COMMARD
5 026
NOLLEX, 05y
HOLL X
SELECTED CR7 ROLL 516,
ROLLMoTOR SR174Y Q30
LEFY BANK 23058
RIGHT BANK 8 ROLL MOTOR COM
ALY, $iG,
100 F1.Up i)
AT SI6, smazi
100 F1. Up 28V P y0% ROLL KOYOR
SKUF, » ~ 260
I ROLL EXCITATION
ave. n

ALY SIGRAL
100 FT, up oz
Znang

A7t
101
Prcn
213116 243116 a3y
Qs 2n3vss
12
Pesets | O o 037
NING 23115 a1 23055
218410
cnza
=) 033
A 2N30ss
PITEMYO COMIAND
COMIARN | 15 Re1 e an PrICH5IG
225 mavie a
noTaR common | 12 -
23088
FITCH stonaS16NA 5 3y
oYL LT 0 “ PTG 1R0TOR COMIAGH
T vy ng S0
un v n
e
rCK s
PITCH £ g skcpCTen
FIVEN MOTOR
PIUCH D) HICH MoTeR
26y urrav
SROUNG
PHCH SO NG CON.
ROLL SOL NO CONN, £z 00 4
U6 e
D6 (x €81 oz
2z
23136. W.
285407, 077 s —
NoTEs
4 RoLL 1. ALLDIODES ARE NEGOY EXCEPT AS IKOTED,
e 5 oerecton 2. 019,011,076, 021, 074, 025 AVE 2RIT16 WITH BVLGO OF 50 VOLTS.
z 4. 06,0706, 017 ARE 2NV 6WITH BVECO OF 40 VOL 1S
. ALL CAPACITORS ARE 1R MICRO-FARIEDS UNLESS 0 HERWISE
SPECIFIED.
FiTei S, CARLY MODLLS USED WADAT; LATER MODELS USE 1NAUI3 FOR
DETECTOR CRIE AND CR1
HouLL _ 1g IR 30
EXCITATION |/ [ rotisuerLy
- 12 TEST POINTS
PICH 10 G rronsuemy NOTE REFER YO FIGURE ¢ 7 LOR AMPLIFILR
EXCITATIGN . TESTSET UP LIAT SWITCH MUST B SFT e MEASURE 1 ROK COLLECTOR OF 05 10 #y
e . COMMDY
O MAX. VOLTAGES AND WAVE FORHMS ,
ey b SHOULDBE ' 20% EXCER) TP T W MEASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF OV 10 MTGK
. T SEYD G Y0 )09 LEFT FOR ALL ROLL CO1MON
CHECKS 14EASURE HRQM
i OF 0710 ROLL COMMON. COLLECTOR
MANUAL W MEASURE £ ROM £ XPOSEDS OF R1B 10 Fig
MODE GIVES 0 VOLTS
JUNCTION RE0 ANG C31 IP2 MEASURE FROM COLLECYOR OF O5 10 COMMON
EXTERNAL SCOPE TRIGGEP TP3 MEASURE FROM COLLEGTOR OF OB 1D COMMON
TR4 OSCILLATOR DRIVE SIGNAL USE FOR TXTERNAL
SCOPE TWIGGER SET 10 + 51090
TPS VITMIHE ALT CONTROL ON THE CONSDL(
SUBSTITUTE ST1 TRE I8PUT 10 1 37 50
FIGURE 4-54 AVPE THIS REPRESENIS 100 #1 UF
CotianD RLASURL 10 M1 Ch Coron
1C515 AMPLIFIER
fssued: Jan. 1973
|
PAGE 4-21
a5 % 6
ns
87K . 16 47K
0K
I
2201 ny
e R ~AARP
27K 108 SELECT
VWV 1288
a1
. o | semro
o3
somro & v 503K >
270 :
33K
o3 az o €
as B BOUED o7 o
- BOHFD
o, 'Lg >
e R RS 3 o, 11
GROUND o—- 1 22K 2 S < 68K
e e
o Twro Tiuen
ROLL SIGNAL ©-
ROLL GOMNON &,10
e
T s ISMFD
nouEx &7
:
criy
RoLLEx. Go weon i
5
LL RATEe B cr2 .
e icnss
e
1
G
LAG FILTER
2
2
PITEN OUTFUY O
[
8 A o
S
e . |
i
LTI Y. SO—
< ———y b
PITCH COMMON Omrorrmcsrecnd nag oz CRE
G6K 2BEFG 001
oKEL Gz o
P o
. 1 Shm 3
HTCHES. Oy 29K Gt 0% S
) wsr
serio . seLEcy
e i | A . e
<}
wrne
621
27K:
Rzt fas N A B ALs THANSISAtTORS
Mpseo:
PWK SELECT
S 2188 % REV.f EEDYTY
ZoREVLS (BADT
818K & BER
1CHIEERT
AMPLITIER SCHENAT
O IC
e
it AN
Ries
2K -
3 e
012 16
1 @
4 ars i
o fi}
. i
g ey \L
s8¢0
A2 [ f2e a2
a2k 22k 22K 22K oR2G

g
33P0
Bk,
Y
crs
601
I
¥
i
1o

FIGURE 4-5A Cont:


1CE15 AMPLIFIER

lssued: Jan, 1973 PAGE 422


R C7 o R10 RO c R4 R3 R2 CR1 __ Cl R27 R23 A1
c6 cs A7 c4 R6 RS o) on R1 CR2 _ c16 c1s 012 R26 R22
u;snsulzntintm11«13124"»0713“‘“‘““"2“77734
15
13
13
12
17

18)(12) 2 Y06 16 (5 (1212018 X(12)(8 Y 4 Y20)(12)( 2 0 Y11 )(12 16 (16 10 X 2 X12K12)X 6 K16 A16
cs co R14 7 reg 04 Rq Ci8
& a cwo RN @ o R16 o8 R® o153 C1® R Q13 13

FIGURE 4-5B

1C515 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD

(RATE BOARD ONLY - AMPLIFIER SAME AS FIGURE 4-4B)

Issued: Jan. 1973


Page 4-23
T .
? . Tawe
B0 G e
fes o2 aus [ e
10K 42K 47K N 2N231e (60 Vi b 1ases voLrs
] m T 4
7 \fl' oyl a7 6t "y w X i #iren
€30 3 b oo,y 1 & |
SIGRAL o2
1 5
60 RG1 Q2 ’+ + oo, fast csa 1ty ces 117 6 04 o] 23055
SELECT 60k Pse5is 9 bao| seleet WK aso [ < 00K
{16.33K0 2R3110 2N3116 B8K-150K 2N3116 2831 & -
BITCH COMMAD . o . s @ o T22 T6 ) ; - ee
\ /DY
3k es
65k &- ; 2Nsar0 [Fews & | |« e, 205085 ® “
Rios o B )
e chww SRiG 22K 4 33K
i INAO0Y 1N4001 R102 —
b [ 600 iz e
Naa0 5 fo o
H66 Re7 fios Rea 79 L3N 882 ¢ poy -+ & - 8b
AT % 65 47K 0K 0 WK kST T _[

vonworon
common
- S> uuct] o N g3085305
o Rv o -
’ - €52 Ao 4003 frren
wircHsi, | VT s - e s !
v #57 2 o; e o »
wumy =|y oty gt
PITCH = ozt fioe
o Y )
exeravion] % 1HA601 ; PITCH MOTOR
Piren . e
ExCriATIoN | 12 4 b
WTCH 1OTOR | g
{s
sreci mo.sie, | 77 a1
ot
Rotens
D PV CENTERING 22k

mn
J ] o
74
4% Res SELECT PITCH THRESHOLD
N— a3 10K S BkHABK L
AL e KepSostE o J 1/- P
@ T o )
@ .CONTACT
CONNECTOR L3
27K nze
oK 2K - 138 Ay LA 16 CONTAGT
. VAR P, €. CONNECTOR
@l ca cazsof o1 i R
51 60 . 4| 58 7201
o5 o5 b
100 [ AL e
+F i e
o3 56 :
038
1PSESIE MoBEIS (] t»/ 035
T st i; sy3 s ___-.L 036
¢ g
[ : im < sua0 (8|
e ok meseris >
T Mo s Ru2 ?J“ { SEE SHEET§
w2 sdorr | |
I! - . A L|
cary !
Taact
— 2 o
o
.. . Weos:
i .
v, . - ., sir |
PITe 801, - - K owecoy ase
| REGULATED 225 1y o
RILL SOL. ot
>
0.6, EXCIVATION T .
z RoTES:
.é ase T 1. ALL GAPAGITORS I 14,5, EXCET AS NOTED.
: 43116160V o2 . 2. ALLRESISIORS 1/ WATY EXCERT
EXCEPT ASA4S NNOTED.
o1p l X e
vz | st s : ‘ AL PIODES 1NADIT EXCER AS NOTED.
I
six s oK % 4 DASHZ[165157) HAS 12K RESISYOR OB RS,
WoFE
5. EARLY HODELS USED IN4GO1, LATER HODELS USELsUSE
_ bcnze & Gl ? g 4833 FON CR22 AND CRZG .
L i —F)
e twovy T E n ROLL SUPPLY
HOLL EXCITATION - TEST POINTS §51 ROLL
1 2 mvaksuprLy NOTE: HEFER
IUST BETO SETFIGURE A7 FOR ARPLIFIER
TO MAXIMUM. VOLTAGES TEST
AND SFTUP. LI SHOULD
WAVEFORIAS SWHTCH
BE 2 20% EXGEPT AS NOTED,
o TR1 MEASURE FROM EXPOSED LEADS OF GRS TO Cuc
PITCH EXCITATION T2 SETD. G. 7O 10° LEFT, MEASURK FROM COLLE SYOR OF 02 70 ROLL
0 COMMON, (EMITIER OF 021
e - FIGURE
=
4
4 4-6A
.
p ESRaelheepmamn
AP
NOTE:
MEASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF 015 TO ROLL CORMON.
EXTEANALLY SYNC OSCILLOSCOPE AT THE JUNZTION OF Ri32 AND
1CH15-1 AND .2 AMPLIFIER (PITCH) 66, SET TO + SLOPE.

|
]
Issued: Jan, 1873 ) i : PAGE 4-24
:
¢ a1 s
65K
'! BV D Cmm
J
o +AG FILTER NOTICEADLE 3
e WA HORIZON RATE NOTICEABLE : .6.489 LEFT
2 D- 6. 100 LEFY . 515
ROLL
4 S T4
(5 o G100 LERT
an prsese
| 2y
st
m2
o8k €0& o
fz2 16 CONTACT .
L 2 @
W . CONTACT o
’"” Bn3s a7 i 2
.
200K
]
—A s 5
(2;:;\3)12
-
)
5 ¢ AR 4T o | _mmv.n.c
F.C. CORNECTOR - 11
ez o fi
(9 c o |3 3 - i . ]
. B w |_nouL siaway .
benef the| 1) 1 At s U 2NE055
7 53 & et0 — e
e 1 ciig | RE3
Frse
o
T V‘/‘/nsg
5
016 o e g 00K oy 10K
L aweme PRH311TE, Sk e R42 47K, @ R
A f oz X o
WPgsIE NN A GROUNDA Q28S
1 m 3 ore
SELECT 6KS 15K i 2410 a1y
W05
L
] 4405 gpise Ao Les .
33K e oG jaied
nés ANy L
%X w « 3
;
o
ot
T
L
-
L o
56
4 ¥ r
- '
- a6
2n30E5
< R4 g SELRCT . R nag ce
27K 0K 20082008 10k % 22003 8 o \\\ -
+
oLt woror
conon 1P A
feav)
:
o -
@c2r
-
ROLLSIGNAL i | H
e3
- @) wed
wevrnank | 3 100
meHT Bank | 2 e 1 il az2 I
o o] T ) o
g e1!
ROLL EXCITATION | B oo K % :
ROLL EXCIVATION | © T|L_fety roton
L] e
ROLL pOTOR o
1 1 2s -
ROLL COMBARD | 1 ‘23
— e npses1e L}
2 v
50
An 22K
ROTES:
1 l . w 1. ALL CAPACIORS IN {7, ¥ D, URLESS OTHERWISENOTED.
SI-24K " 2. ALL RESISTORS 16 WATY EXCEPT AS NOTED,
me () oy 0 0 K24
< a7 PS5 it 4. ALL DIODES INEGD EXCERT AS NOTED,
. . f31 Fe
s ;‘21:'-
: 72K 220 4 DASHZ (1CS15:2) HASIOK REISITON FOR .23
I\

o1 S j! n - o
- on HPSEEE 14728 VOLY . €. GROUKRD
SEE SHEE) 208 2 SKEET 2 OF %
1SS
ITEEENE boen 0
o
SO0
o
e o ma s
Bk *

TLST POIRTS 5151 PITCH


NOTE: REFER TO FIGURE 47 FOR AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP. LMY SYNTCH
27Vp P4 = Ve HUST 5 SET TOMARXIUM, VOLTAGLS AND WAVEFORRS SHOULD
BRHL ¢ - 20KE. BF 2 303 EXTERNALLY SYNC OSCRAOSCOP; AT TP, SEY TO
+ SLOPE.
4 T4 MEASURE EROM THE JUNCTION OF RT1Z AND C.16TO ROLL COMIAON.
P2 SET CONSOLE SUBSTITUTE TO ALT. MODE, SET ALT. CONTROL TO
4VEP 2% THE INPUT TO 50 1100 UPl, MEASURE YO PITCH COMKON.
W Yp3 MEASURE FROM COLLECTOR OF Q23 TO PITCH COMMON. 10 FT. UP
FIGURE 4454 Cont: WRUT.
TP4 MEASURE FROM THE COLLECTOR OF G30 TO PITCH COMMON, 106 F.
andi - UP INPUT,
1CH15-1
Z AMPLIFIER (ROLL} TRS MEASURE FRDM THE COLLEGTOR OF 42 TO PITCH COMMON,
RUTE: REFER TO FIGURE 42 FOR AMPLIFIER TEST SETUR LWITS iN
HEADING MODE. VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORM( SHOULD BE2 g0%
Te4 MEASURE FROM THE VELLOW LEAD OF T4 YO THE ARD LEAD.
ROLL EXCITATION.

Issued: Jan. 1873 PAGE 4.25


Page 4-26A
ETHO —NtO m—xo ovo uumo muxo c_.zu h—mu
vN—.._o I LzH)
QQ@@@@G@@Q@@,NOQQOQQQGQOQQQ

1C515-1 & 2 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD


540

TRANSISTORS & DIODES


- 4«c§%m§&@
1

FIGURE 4-6B
. - o
@@G@G@@Q@O@Q@@QOOQQ,660900,06

Issued: Jan. 1973


hzo uflxo 8 HO 3D L0 910 m—O n—O :.0 o FO u 10 9yl L0 _.
Issued: Jan. 1973
A/
0Ly 664 00lY gey ggy 96H 684 z8y sLd SLy bLy oz i Y
oLy zoiy __ OLLH _ 0gH __ gey zZed gy 6LH 98y {84 88y 9/d £Ld
0000000000060 BOO0
.
§ 000000000000
156 1%
W g Ol A=

{CON'T.)
OOOO.\\\\\w\‘.‘
G0
7, |
3] RIS L=

RESISTORS
L)

FIGURE 4-6B
- . ® @cc@Cc::a &
; \moo_;
LA
%
YA
L0k iyL
@9@@@@@0%969@
ivd 8y o€y £y Ly 6z4
(L@
o€y gz
XD
LX 8 X8 XXX DX
vZy ey Lz ZeY £EH 5Ly gLy zd
E @)
I

Page 4-26B
Sby ogy SEY Opy. ey 924 2y €2y ey ozy 6Ly e vy vu £y
Page 4-26C
. Ly
Geo €99 v90 290 Y1 11 660 190 082 LL 880 950 /8D 99D ¥90 €80 290 gy s¥D LSO 6¥0 9¥0 020 EVO [0 ¥¥D L¥O Z¥D aed LED 98D
0060000000080000000000003000000D0

CAPACITORS & TRANSFORMERS

FIGURE 4-6B (CONT.)

Issued: Jan. 1973


OE)OOEEXIEEOEEXNEE
1€D zgg 0ED €L
XD DEXED
XX XN XEDE 2D wNOQNUhNO 154 afloQNOmNOMNO—NOOSQNOQFOmFOOFU_:um_.o u—UN—u_,_.thUo—OBwO—U
Page 4-27
dN-13S 1831 Y3I4dITdAY 111 AYNLNID L+ 3HNDIL
HAITAWY
1-61801
HOSiSOL
seeal ANNOUD IWVHA -
SSINHVH 318VD §-L0ZA0E
G 0 0 O
Z- v Q99
i S
A
O QY
91-dd HO L¥-ad
O @
QAR
@
_ RTTHIIL
L-ivL Q99 €L a99

Issued: Jan. 1973


CENTURY NI
1C395 and 1C515 1 1C515-1 and 1C515-2
Resistor Value Reference Resistor| Value Reference
R-1 5K to 25K Paragraph 4.3.4D R-1 |4.7K to 24K Paragraph 4.3.5D
Steps 1,2 Steps 1,2
R-11 22K to 56K Paragraph 4.3.4D R-16 {10K to 47K Paragraph 4.3.5D
Steps 4 through 7 Steps 3,4,7,10
R-13 200K to 300K | Paragraph 4.3.4D R-34 |200K to 300K |Paragraph 4.3.5D
Steps 8 through 10 Steps 5,6,7
R-32 5K to 25K . Paragraph 4.3.4H R-60 [515-1(10Kto33K|Paragraph 4.3.5I
22K nominal Steps 2 through 7 515-2 (12K) Steps 3,4
R-40 68K to 150K Paragraph 4.3.41 R-70 |68K to 150K Paragraph 4.3.5!
e —
. Steps 3 through
————
5 e -
Steg 6 throug h 10 |

CENTURY 11 AND 1iB


CENTURY I CENTURY HUB
1C385 1C385
Resistor Value Reference Resistor Value Reference
R-1 4.7K to 20K Paragraph 4.2.2D R-3 {4.7K to 20K Paragraph 4.2.3D
Steps 3,4 Steps 3,4
R-156 22K to 56K Paragraph 4.2.2F. R-19 [270K to 390K |[Paragraph 4.2.3H
Steps 2 through 6 Steps 1,2,3
R-21 }22K'to 56K Paragraph 4.2.3F
e el
SteE 2 through 6

Under certain conditions, select resistors may have to be changed to bring the performance
of an amplifier within specifications. Select resistors are used to set the gain or limiting for
a particular stage. For example: R-1 in a 1D395 amplifier is selected to cause a 100 bank
angle when the DG is offset 100 (left or right). The value of R-1 would be increased if both
bank angles were high (13° to 15°) but only if they were the same. If the left and right.
banks are uneven, look for an imbalance in the circuit.

Use the Select Resistor Chart,(Fig. 4-8) corresponding to the amplifier being tested as a guide in
bringing the amplifier within tolerance when no problem can be found in the circuitry. Each
resistor in the chart is referenced to corresponding steps in the check-out procedure.

FIGURE 4-8
SELECTOR RESISTOR CHART

Page 4-28 Issued: Jan. 1973


44 ROLL SIGNAL FILTER —_—

The Roll Signal Filter is a “Rate” circuit that plugs in line with the Artificial Horizon. Its
purpose is to tell the amplifier “how fast” the aircraft is rolling in one direction or the other.

The pitch signal from the horizon passes directly through the filter. A steady state roll signal is
filtered and sent out of the filter at the same amplitude and phase as the input. A changing roll
signal will be altered in proportion to the rate of roll.
The roll signal centers the filter on pin C (See Fig. 4-9) and is amplified and phase reversed by
Q-1. A 1vp-p square wave on pin C will result in approximately 1.3vp-p at the collector at Q-1.
This signal will be seen at the top of the first synchronous filter Q-2 and Q-3.

Q-2 and Q-3 filter the noise from the horizon signal. From this filter the signal is applied across
R-7 to the base of emitter-follower Q-8. The emitter of Q-8 drives amplifiers Q-6 and Q-7. Q-6
is a high gain amplifier. It will again reverse the phase of the signal from Q-1 and the first syn-
chronous filter.

The output of Q-6 is applied to the second synchronous filter Q-4 and Q-5. Placed across the
collectors of the second filter is a lag capacitor C-4. As C-4 charges, the output of the second
filter rises to the level of the input from Q-6.
The output of the second filter is applied across R-9. It is out of phase with the signal from the
first filter and will subtract from that signal between R-7 and R-9. Q-6, being a very high gain
amplifier, drives the resulting signal at the summing point between R-7 and R-9 to a very low
level (less than 50mv) after C-4 charges. This condition is maintained for any steady state hori-
zon signal.
From the emitter of Q-8 the signal is summed with the signal from the first filter at R-8 R-13,
and rate adjustment pot R-19. Between R-8 and R-13 the signal is applied to the base of Q-8
through C-6. Q-7 is the output amplifier to the autopilot amplifier. The output should be equal
to the input for any steady state horizon signal.

When the horizon signal changes an error signal is developed at the summing point of the two
synchronous filters. The lag capacitor C-4 will cause the signal across the second synchronous
filter to change slower than the input signal. This causes an error signal between R-7 and R-9.The
error signal is proportional too, and in a direction adding to the changing position signal. It re-
presents the rate of change in the position signal. This error or rate signal is applied to the base
of Q-8. From the emitter of Q-8 it will be summed with position signal through R-19 and R-13.
The combination of position and rate is amplified by Q-7 and sent to the amplifier.

Because R-19 will also have an effect on the amplitude of the position signal, re-check the bank
limits after adjusting R-19.
NOTE: Adjusting the Roll Signal Filter is outlined in Section VI of this manual.

NOTE: Roll Signal filters serial numbers 1405 and below used P-N-P instead of N-P-N.
transistors. In these units, the supply voltage is reversed. (See Fig. 4-9 Note 3).

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' Page 4-29


1973
OILVINIHOS orvdl
431714 TVNDOIS 11048

Jan.
V6-¥ 34NOid ‘GIBUIAIN 38 TUM 24D ONY 14D D

Issued:
‘006VW 3HY 90 ‘YD tOZD B
BL998dW YV 80 LD D10 V¥
!SMOTT04 S¥ 3UV SADNVHD IHL
'SHOLSISNVHL NN 40 QVILSNI dNd G380 SUILNL ATHVE '€
"HOLIDV4VYI A3ZIYVIOHNON 03
F1ONIS ¥V 3 TTIM 010 ONV #0 SHILT1d TIQON ATUVANL T
b

*ATNO 8¥3ILTI4 75GOW ILVT NI 3UV ZLI-D ANV LI-D'6D L

b
83LON
—— o

‘DISHILM
dI3IHS N 3NT8
ATl T

—_—r———_
TS uINN "NIGO KOL

—~d el
A3 KL


e
‘X2 Tay
3 TI08

-,
E
£
-—=r—=
- +-
“NINCO T0M

g
$
g-

4o
‘DIg 1N0H

g
F1IVLIOIYE 319VD
<
440C€
8 <

Pt
——{--4

Page 4 -30
. Q2
Qs Re 2N3116
2N3116 22k K (N6 cs
47y a3
3 o4 R10 R11 R5 a3 o 33K 22K o
5.6uf 2N3116)—" 22K 22K 22K W 330PF

O a1
oo /® MPS6515
o CR1

] O
o /@u\mom
' _ —\"_/ 1n4001
=" .
\

W)z R1

R4
- /27K
%_*: ) @ MPS6515

9
c12
_ 230pf
MPSE515 C7 @@
5.6uf R17 Ri3 Ci1 6
270K 470 330pf R14 R15 G6uf Ri6
Rio\ 2 )27k 820 150k
5K

FIGURE 4-9B
ROLL SIGNAL FILTER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-31


- -, ’ A
J1LVWIHOS L-ovval m
431714 TYNDIS HOLId .
VOL-¥ 3HNOI 5
B
oy s SRt
‘ATNG SU3LT14 TGO ALVINI UV ZIOGNY LID'®
&
'L
:
||
N
®
<
S
&
a1
o R11 RI10 Q2 R6 RS R3 R2 MPS c9 /1 R4 c8 CR1 CR2

\\
22K 22K 2N3116 22K 22K 33K 6515 330PF 22K 27K 47ZMF 1N40011N4DO1
2N3116 22K

[l
() (1) ® ® (W G, 5) G (1

5
2N3116

a
5.6MF
C1
5.6MF

c10

\
100MF

t
a3
2N3116
c4
100 MF
%s
c2
5.6MF

[=
5.6MF -
R?
10K

R9
et
SELECT
/qf 7
R8
SELECT

Q8
MPSE615 BLACK

R18 E
27K ORANGE

. R12
27K

c
5.6MF

R18 R77 Q7 R4 R15 C6 R16 C12 mn


MPS
518 5K 270K 470 330PF MPS6515 27Kk 820 5.6MF 150K 330PF ,cnq4 TRANSFORMER

FIGURE 4-10B
PITCH SIGNAL FILTER
CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-33


45 PITCH SIGNAL FILTER (1B440-1)

The Pitch Signal Filter operates in the same manner as the Roll Signal Filter. As in the Roll Signal
Filter, units from serial number 309 and down, P-N-P transistors were used instead of N-P-N.
Also, the supply voltage polarity is reversed.

The Pitch Signal Filter supply voltage is transformer coupled (T-1) from roll excitation for iso-
lation. Diodes CR-1 and CR-2 rectify roll excitation. C-8 acts as a filter. The result is regulated
D. C. to operate the amplifiers in the filter.

4.6 RADIO COUPLERS

There are three basic types of Radio Couplers, each of which has a modification that allows it to
be used with ARINC HEADING SYSTEMS, designated by a “’C"’ following the part number. The
three basic types are identified by comparing the serial number with the following chart:

SERIAL NO. SCHEMATICS REMARKS


1C388 1C388 1C388C Has mic. key circuit.
Serial No. to 1494D Components on the circuit board.
Piper No. to 1480D
Serial No. ending in
A B, C,orD

1C388 Components on two circuit boards.


Serial No1,480E or Has R. F. . protection eliminaring
F to 6,000 G need for mickey circuit
1C388M Serial No. Uses Integrated Circuit in the
6,000G and Above Heading Circuits.
Uses pots instead of select resistors
For Wiring Interconnect Diagram see Section V

The following will outline the basic and detailed theory of Radio Couplers:

4.6.1 Theory - The Radio Coupler is installed in line with the Directional Gyro and receives excitation
(Roll) from the amplifier. In the HDG mode the signal from the Directional Gyro passes through
the coupler to the amplifier unchanged. In the Omni mode the Directional Gyro is set to corre-
spond to the OBS to provide course information. A radio deivation signal from the NAV Con-
verter is summed with the course signal. This composite signal is applied to the autopilot ampli-
fier allowing it to intercept and track a radio course.

4.6.1 (a) 1C388 RADIO COUPLER - SERIAL NO. 6,000 AND ABOVE

In the following discussion, it will be necessary to refer to the Radio Coupler Schematic Figure
4-11. The D. G. signal from pin A of CD-33 (to DG) is applied through R-1 to a synchronous fil-
ter Q-1 and Q-2. The signal is also applied to one contact of S-1 where, in the HDG Mode, it is
coupled to pin A of CD-33 (to the amplifier). From the emitters of Q-1 and Q-2 a proportional
D. C. signal is applied to an operational amplifier 1C1.

Page 4-34 Issued: Jan. 1973


The DG signal becomes very non-linear beyond 50° from center. To compensate for this, CR-3
and CR-4 (6.2V Zener) shunts some of the feed-back to common when the output reaches ap-
proximately 6.80 or about the point where the D. G. signal becomes non-linear. At this point, the
gain of the operational amplifier is increased enough to cause a linear output from 1C1 for DG
signals up to approximately 800 offset from center.

The output of the 1C1 is applied to the cross wind diodes CR-5 and CR-6 and a small portion
through R-18 is applied to the summing network.

The cross wind diodes block small heading signals (less than 159) allowing the coupler to establish
a cross wind or crab to keep the deviation indicator centered. R-13 and R-14 are the left and
right intercept adjustments, respectively. They are adjusted so that 450 of heading deviation
cancels 100° of radio deviation. R-16 is used to vary the range of intercepts obtainable with R-13
and R-14. The DG signal through R-16 and R-17 is applied to a summing point and mixed with
the radio deviation signal before being applied to the output chopper Q-3.

The OMNI deviation indicator supplies an ARINC signal {150mv maximum left or right) to CD-
34 pins A and B. In the NAV mode C-30 and C-31 shunt the radio input to provide dampening.
Also, SW-3 will open part of the rate circuitry C-26 and C-27.

In the Omni mode, C-30 and C-31 are by-passed with SW-6. SW-3 will switch reduced rate in with
R-48 in series with C-26 and C-27.

In the LOC mode, SW-3 by-passes R-48 for the maximum rate signal. SW-5 will by-pass R-49 if
the Coupler is used with an ARINC NAYV indicator. R-49 is jumpered when used with non ARINC
NAV indicators. Also, in the LOC mode, SW-4 will provide a ground to the Glide Slope Coupler.

In the LOC Rev. mode the radio input is reversed by SW-5 and SW-6.

The radio signal from SW-5 and SW-6 is applied to a shopper Q-4 and Q-5. From the junction of
C-13 and C-14 a proportional square wave is applied to A. C. amplifiers Q-6 and Q-7. The gain of
the amplifiers is controlled by R-36 (Radio Gain) varying the amount of feed-back from Q-7 to
the emitter of Q-6. The amplified square wave is transformer coupled through T-1 to the phase
detector.

NOTE: The chopper and amplifier section is completely transformer isolated above
ground to protect the radio signal input.

The phase detector brings the square wave radio signal back to a varying D. C. R-41 is used to
center the output of the phase detector with the radio signal centered. CR-11 and CR-12
(matched 6.2 V Zener diodes) will limit the output of the phase detector to 100% radio signal.
R-36 (Radio Gain) is adjusted so the diodes limit the output of the phase detector just as the
radio signal increases beyond 100%. Limiting occurs at approximately 6.8V between R-44 and
CR-12, ’
The output of the phase detector is summed with the DG signal through R-45 and through R-46
and the rate circuitry.

The resulting signal at the summing point is chopped by Q-3 and applied to the autopilot ampli-
fier as the DG signal.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ' ) Page 4-35


4.6.1 (b) 1C388 RADIO COUPLER (SERIAL NO. 1,480 TO 6,000):
The DG signal from the directional gyro is applied to the Radio Coupler through pin A of CD-33
(to DG). See Fig. 4-12. In the heading mode, the signal is coupled through S-1 to pin A of CD-33
(to amp.). The signal is also applied to the heading phase detector through T-1. From the phase
detector, a proportional DG signal is applied to the crosswind diodes. CR-3 and CR-4 will block
small heading signals (less than 15°) allowing the coupler to establish a crab to keep the deviation
indicator centered. R-6 and R-7 are the left and right intercept adjustments. They are adjusted
so 459 of heading deviation will cancel 100% of radio deviation. The DG signal through R-8 is
applied to the summing point and rate network between R-12 and C-6. A small heading signal
that by-passes the corsswind network through R-14 is also applied to the summing point. This by-
passed signal adds stability and prevents hunting under small crosswind conditions.

The omni deviation indiciator supplies a D. C. signal (150mv maximum left or right) to CD-34
pins A and B. The radio signal is applied to a chopper, Q-1 and Q-2, on the 79B57 P. C. board.
A proportional square wave through L-1 and L-2 (noise filter) is applied to the base of Q-4 on
the 1C412 P. C. board. Q4 and Q-5 amplify the radio signal and couples the signal to the phase
detector through T-2. R-26 (Radio Gain) varies the amount of feed-back from Q-5 to Q-4.

NOTE: The chopper and amplifier section is completely isolated above ground to protect the
radio signal input.
The phase detector brings the square wave radio signal back to a proportional D. C. signal R-32
is selected to zero the output of the phase detector with a zero input. CR-8 and CR-9 (matched
6.2V Zener diodes) will limit the output of the phase detector to 100% (radio signal deflection).
Radio Gain (R-26) is adjusted so the diodes limit the output of the phase detector just as the
radio siganl increases beyond 100% of full scale. Limiting occurs at approximately 6.8V between
R-35 and CR-9.

The output of the phase detector is summed with the DG signal through R-17 and the rate
circuitry.

The rate circuitry consists of C-7 and R-16, C-10 and R-17. The capacitors provide a low resis-
tance path around the resistors for any changing radio signal as they charge or discharge.

The resulting signal between R-12 and C-6 is chopped by Q-2. This signal is substituted for the
DG signal in the NAV, OMNI OR LOCALIZER modes through S-1.

In the NAV mode the rate circuitry is reduced by opening a rate path through C-10 and S-3. S-6
will also switch C-8 across the radio input for dampening in the NAV mode.
In the Omni mode, S-3 will provide a reduced rate signal by switching R-36 in series with C-10.
Also in the Omni and Nav modes, R-37 is added to the radio signal input by S-5 in couplers used
with ARINC indicator only. R-37 should be jumpered when used with _non-ARINC radio signals.

In the LOC NORM mode, S-3 removes R-36 to increase the rate through C-10. S:5 will by-pass
R-37 if the coupler is used with an ARINC indicator. The jumper around R-37 is clipped when

In the LOC NORM mode, S-3 removes R-36 to increase the rate through C-10. S-5 will by-pass
R-37 if the coupler is used with an ARINC indicator. The jumper around R-37 is clipped -when
the coupler is used with an ARINC converter. Also, S-4 will provide a ground to the G/S
coupler. In the LOC REV mode, S-5 and S-6 reverse the radio input signals.

In the LOC or LOC REV modes, S-2 adds R-15 from the summing point to roll common,
shunting a part of the signal at the summing point. R-15 effectively limits the bank angles in the
modes to prevent excessive overshoot or S-turning down the localizer.

Page 4-36 Issued: Jan. 1973


5 -
Wiazzs
ohg ot 4
g ; o
Rt waTCHED
SELECY 5 2 2) 1i e
ROM. 10K el

2pd?
iy b
e1 gt O i1
o2 “ 50K
+
L1 12

.23
23118 % |“r o
sty
p- T2t
TO AMP. e & ) RIG w17 ~
13 LIGHTS 2V,
figT o end ’ w22 Loy 205 10K oK I
0.6 SIGNAL 53K 2 20316 | 2 LIGHTS 14V,
ROLL EX. s
ST s VAN “*@
e
ROLLEX.
ROLLCOMMON
GROUND - 5 . T 71
L o
208 RiS w10
ok2 GROURD
SRI4T LOC. NORMAL
D,8,EX,
©.8.EX T e RADIO 15R1GUT)
] JOQA.N.
Ny RADIO (4 LEFT)
@ HDG.
7 ST REOSRSY
w0 T2 4 Lo REVERSE 0K 108
ML
MYV%:
D.G.EX.
i
<20
B3 {
REED

e
cad ol
T
AR
AT
bl es 26 'l
D.G.EX. 226
ROLL COMMON AN e Ralmatts o o3
A ! 330PF ¢ T
0.G.516NAL

—1— {
23K 2 c1p. Nar & B8 }
GROUND T0pF e psso1s . ']

<
L 4 cAnSie g -
cD33 3500t R3e 4
TOD.G.
ot
o 1. Jtirsssto "
N o e,s ' .
20 A3 67364 s Lo
0K i a0k RS g N
20K4.5K - 68K swr
e T ! g fao e
7 . ; o 84
b o& - s ]
|
- -
o
(B was
0K
BWSS g4y <
ton & ¢S 6

NDYES:
1. ALLCAPAGITORS ARE IN . £. D, EXCEPT AS NOTED.
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE N OHMS EXCEPT AS NOTED.
3, AUL RESISTORS ARE 174 WATT EXCEET AS HOTED.
4 ALLDIODES ARE 194001 EXCEPT AS ROTED.
B, JUMPER ACROSS R4S TO BE REMOVEO VIHEN USED
¥0TH OMNI CONVERTER
100w 180 MILLIVOLTS,

FEGURE 4-11A
1C388 RADIO COUPLER
SERIAL NUMBERS 6,000 AND ABOVE

&
issued: Jan. 1973
PAGE 4.37
cow
0 A b3t

DG 816 ~ LIGHTS 26v

LIGHTS yay
RoLLEx. | ¢

ROLL TX ¥
e /\W
chs
Aryat 5 T 1
ROLLcors, | &
i So o OUND
o. @ GROUND
10K to 20

o o e ¢
aRowND | Wy i A10 4zl — \) 10C NORM
2 one ): BoK
a2 Ar—y < M
srvM Ti(& Zau ¢
——
) ™ H »
iK.
DG EX D
ce 1o
‘ -
DG EX,
: -:
: T e
.Mm s
P AN
T
M} LAAAAAS
10K
X
4 «
®
"
20 |
Ton
- 4001 °:
= T -
o 1
Rz
i s
crrere [o
s £! ox
e
&
&7 U :
I h 0 -
Y - 2 St ,. ggy
Sox ety fz >
4O 0! />
_ 156
] o
b2 b ’ 6ok SL RO° ‘5
oeEx. | D |-
o - ste [ o
WPSIG & 3 © oy wOTE 3
St Sspe, -
oL Con, i B b
l oRio | e < o
‘7 O
wador w7 B0yK
085G | A - T
w002 iRER )
GROUND E
3

NOTES
B ALL CAPACITOR VALUES 1 HICHO F ARADS.
7 QZIICA12BOARD] LAY BF EITHER SN2140 o 2164461,
O3 & G2 (79057 BOAND] MAY BE EITHER S0 01
2401
5 TS SURFER TO LR 1S TO B4 USE t
W VA0 a7 VO,

i
S 2

6
A
69K
9657 IREF.}

FIGURE 4128
1388 RA!]',‘!EO COUPLER
SERIAL T MBERS 1,480 to 6,000


Issued: Jan, 1873
PAGE 4.3
CD-33
TO AME
’m_‘..,

DG, NG, A
LIGUTS 26v

ROLL EX. ¢ o o o e ee e LIGHTS 14v


et e o
MIC KEY
ROLL X, ¥
¥ 428
] e
ROLYL COM. L
GR-3 F ] SEL 10K-20K
e | 4 414
il - =
ST-155% %D)é Reg
GROUND n CR-4 R @7 l""*@
GHOURD

J__ _H,\fi-j WK won aax re)


SR-1555 X LOTK NORy
oy
DG, EX. n = VY 'T”,\?/_\]C —g 12K 3a%
R-11 & | RADIO N
2%
\TH $ #it "( e
DG, EX. c 8T R-44 = B RADIO By
: el
“ £-40, 10K
{ " e
11 f -y
33K JOOK! . B-4E, 10K e
T ne 5 [C~21

DG, EX, @=G


DG BX,

ROLL COM.

DG. 8IG,

GROUND

FIGURE 4-134
1C388 RADIO COUPLER SCHEMATIC SERIAL NOS UP TO 1480

issued: dan, 1973


Page 4-39
Page 4-40
3IA0SV ANV 0009 S,ON TVIHIS GHVOE LINDHID AILNIHA 88EDL
T
gLL-v 34NOIS
ZLH0 L1Hd .
£ 40 €20 Lby ZL0 LD 10
vby iy pzo LHO ZbH 64D L1H ZHOO0LHD 80 ObY Gz EvH 6eY
° gl Oty 94 D
000000000000000002000DB0000
a9y
mHuum\MM
\ —6—e——]

Issued: Jan. 1973


COREBEEEE
go ZH 10 1D
vt iy 84 6Y €0
EEGEEEE@EEEROWEEED
20 LM O ¥O pu S
LD1 98 120 020 L8 [O gy sed 619 5O
THIS BOARD USED IN 1C388C
VERSION. SEE FIGURE 4-14

FOR SCHEMATIC.

FIGURE 4-11B (CONTD)

PAGE 4-40A : Issued: Jan. 1973


&S
o
CR7
1N4001

®
N =
:8
T2

m¥g
Q
o
6.8K

CR2
1N4001

3
-

NR
o8

1C412 (REF.)

FIGURE 4-12B

' 1C388 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD SERIAL NO‘S 1480-TO 6000

Issued: Jan. 1973 i Page 4-41


28
T
o
8=
r~
o

25
o
o

gé\

NOTE: L1, R8, AND T-1 ARE USED IN 1C388C COUPLERS ON:LY (ARINC).

FIGURE 4-12B (CONTD)

PAGE 441A | issued: Jan. 1973


0 ° 28 e .
3 B B4 o o
. L 2 () @25 4 ¥
x ~y

\ 32 1 &
» % (12 3 >
Yoo )& o
% ‘7 n
») - ' lb
e, (3 ©
& ~>
@ A
5 N O ‘3‘
R ~6
Cr. 5 é’)2> . 6 a2
2 -z -’(\ ’
- ‘ “-5
R—x 3

c-3(n < ®
-4
CR-3 10
C-4
Rr2(19 Q s
. c-2
c1(23 2
CR-8
R-30(15
-1 (38 CR-9

C-17 23 2 ‘f‘&‘ ° /@Q -6


v =\ D R-33
cr-7(39 1 %
R-31(1§ /@C-la

T2 (W _____.,_--—@R-az
c-15 (7 1 —C)cn-s
e @
R-27 @__________AG-—/'G_
o y
Ro20 @’/j:l
\@
' %
R-26
C-\‘z®’_//
. _

—25 @/

o
) 29
%
o
& D

’h.
@
¢ %
¥,
Yy om .
< 7’ :,“ o v «
¢ af g &
O
CR-6 @

1C388 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD SERIAL NO‘S TO 1480

Issued: Jan. 1973


ons ¢s
0
i
)MI«'YC\“

B )
LoV
w - LIGHTS 98V
Sser
ot 30
oK ,,,,,, e

GROUND
------ 1,08 RORHAY
TY
ARDIO RIOH
RADIO LLEFT

WAV
oW

[ SIGNAL
pow EX
ROIL P
ON
RoLL COMR
GROUND
p. G B
© 6

a2 N \
WATH

NOTED:
EXCERTAS
NOTES:
NS AR E V1 +.0. KO TE D:
EITO FTAS
1. AL CARR ot EXCE
qs to ns ARE M rT AS RO TED:
g, LA WATT preu
§ AnE 118 D-
L, RESISTO PT AS NOTE
3.
ABE 1400 EXCE
4 ED
& L DIODES o yiEN US
B REWOVES
R AC RO SS e 10
5. sunp 3
CHEM A
T Fage 44
‘vmw,n
r.on
oMY
Wit
W00 »—1&0"
\\\.\.\\/0\.‘(
5_
N e
cou3 coga
7O A

@ @ ¢ | uonTs 2oy
vesic. | 4 | €| ueKTs v

ROLL £X. ¢

ROLL £X. 5

ROLL COH, 5
v | SROUND

GROUND u ‘_J fi sn
¥ < Rz
T
% | roexnoma
2 & | navioan
BG.EX, v SN2vaG

2
’ oz < sga0n e-
2
s I !- _____ ~—————\u RADIO I
G X, £ 7

2 F@Q,CRE
Y
Wea001
Rz
66K
;. S 7 AN chg
ROLL 3t € @
_mj' WPSE51G WATES .

AOLL EX, D e

ROLE COMMON | g

16 A

p crounp | ),

co3s Y0 noTes:
INDICATOR ALL CAFACITORS I FICRO FARADS.
7. ENTHER $162140 OR
0,
Bines on zwesor,

e IGAIZIBERL

e TRSTE ARG,
b
.
e
i
b

FIGUR l 4-15
TC38BCRADIO COUPLER
SERIAL? NUMBERS 1,480C 10 8,000

|
issued: Jan, 1973 PAGE 444
Page 4-44A
dN-13S 1S31 H3TdNO0I OIAVH 11 AYNINID 91-¥ 3HNOI
H31dN0OJ Olavy
88€01L
A8C
© e (£ HO L ANNOHD
(o
° L&Za
,fl hy, by 3780 NOISN3LX3
. m@N<on
F flnflo. ,
pye-ao\ L@ o’
378vJ NOISN3LX3 H31dNOJ O1AVH 992v0oE
v ivias9
€1v1Q99
-LviQe9
- ipvia99
7
TN
H3131NdWY 370SNOD
98E0L HO BEEDL

Issued: Jan. 1973


1C388 M. C. OR P. C. RADIO COUPLER

TEST BOX

€D-20 Ewm‘lf

o T
Ole ®

304286 RADIO COUPLER EXTENSION CABLE


CD33 CD-34

CD-18,

[0 0 o ] 300 2075 chu’


CD-33,

= CABLE HARNESS
FRAME GROUND 10306 OR
1C815 - - )
1C5151

FIGURE 4-17 CENTURY H1 RADIO COUPLER TEST SET-UP

Page 4-44B Issued: Jan. 1973


46.1(d) 1C388C AND 1C388MC RADIO COUPLERS:

The 1C388 and 1C388M radio couplers are used with the Edo Avionics directional gyro
(52D54). Radio couplers used with ARINC heading systems (1C388C or 1C388MC, Figures 4-
16 and 4-17) have an additional tuned circuit to substitute for the tuned circuit found in the
52D54 DG. These couplers will use roll excitation to excite the heading synchro in the heading
system used. The heading signal from the heading synchro is transformer coupler to the DG cir-
cuit in the radio coupler (T-1, 79B57 P. C. board in 1C388 and T-3 in the 1C388MC) and used
as the DG signal. ’

Radio Coupler 1C-388 Tests (Serial No. 6,000 AND ABOVE)

4.6.2 A. Test Equipment Required:


1. Oscilloscope H. P. - 120 or equivalent
2. 66D141 Test Set
3. 52D5%4 Directional Gyro

B. Test Set-Up:
1. Set up test equipment per Fig. 4-15 or 4-16, use 52D54 Directioanl Gyro instead of
gyro substitute.
2. Setoscilloscope as follows:
(a) 50u sec/cm
(b) wvertical input - D. C.
3. Check voltage switches in correct position
4. Turn system on in HDG mode
5. Set Radio Coupler to Omni mode

C. Radio Centering and Gain:

1. Connect oscilloscope to radio phase detector output (junction of R-44 and CR-12).
See Figures 4-11 through 4-15.
2. With no input from the Coupler Tester (66D141-4) zero the output of the phase de-
tector with R-41.
Set the Radio Signal Substitute to 100% right. Check the radio gain (R-16) is adjusted
so the output of the phase detector is limited at this point. The output should not in-
crease with more than 100% radio but will begin to decrease as the radio siganl is de-
creased below 100%.
Set the Radio Signal Substitute to 100% left. The phase detector output will limit with.
in 10% of the right.
Set the oscilloscope to monitor the output of Q-3. Set DG to zero.
No more than 5% radio singal should be required to zro the output.

D. Intercept Angles:
Set left and right intercept pots full CCW.
WN=

Set Radio Signal Substitute to 100% right.


Null the output on the Coupler Tester with the DG. It should take a maximum of 400
DG offset.
Set Radio Signal to 100% left.
It should take a maximum of 400 DG to null output.
NS

Set intercept pots to full CW.


‘It now should take over 500 to null 100% radio input.
If necessary R-16 may be adjusted to vary the range of maximum and minimum inter-
cepts.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-45


9. Set left and right intercept pots for 45° intercepts with 100% radio input.
10. Set Radio Signal to 60% left. Itshould take 380 * 2 DG offset to null output.
11. Set Radio Signal to 60% right. 380 2:for null.
Crosswind Checks:

Set Radio Coupler to NAV mode.


N=

Heading deviations of 159 in either direction should not require more than 10%
radio input to nul! output.
Set DG to 0. Turn Radio Signal Substitute off.
pW

Allow time for the output to stabilize, then set DG to 100 left or right. The time Te-
quired for the output to reach a maximum and then decay to 0.4 of the maximum
level should be 8 to 16 seconds.
Radio Rate:
1. Set Radio Coupler to LOC mode, Set DG to 0.
2. Set Radio Signal Substitute to 100% and allow output to stabilize.
3. Turn Radio Signal off. The time required for the coupler output to rise in the opposite
direction and then decay to a value equal and opposite to the initial value (step 2)
should be a minimum of 2 seconds and a maximum of 8 seconds.

4.6.3 RADIO COUPLER 1C388 TESTS: (SERIAL NO. BELOW 6,000)

A. Test equipment required:

1. Oscilloscope
2. 66D141 test set
3. Century Il or I amplifier
4. 52D54D.G.

Test set up:

1. Set test equipment per Fig. 4-16or 4-17


2. Set oscilloscope as follows:
(a). .50u/sec/cm
(b). Vertical input DC
3. Check voltage switches in correct position
4. Tum system on in Heading Mode
5. Set radio coupler to Omni Mode

Radio Centering and Gain.

1. Connect oscilloscope to radio phase detector output (junction of R-35 and CR-9)
and roll common.
2. With the Radio Signal Substitute (66D141-4) zero the output of the phase detector.
The coupler tester should show 0 X 4%.
NOTE: Allow time for the output to stabilize. :
3. Set the Radio Signal Substitute to 100% right. Check the Radio Gain is adjusted so
the output of the phase detector is limited at this point. The output should not in-
crease with more than 100% radio, but will begin to decrease as the radio signal is de-
creased below 100%.
4. Set the Radio Signal Substitute to 100% left. The phase detector output will limit
within 10% of the right.
5. Set the oscilloscope to monitor the output of Q-3. Set D. G. to zero.
6. No more than 5% Radio Signal Substitute should be required to zero the output.

Page 4-46 Issued: Jan. 1973


D. Intercept Angles:
NOTE: Allow time for output to stabilize after each adjustment.

Set left and right intercept pots full CCW.

WN=
Set Radio Signal Substitute to 100% right.
Null output on the Coupler Tester with the D. G. 1t should take 400 or less offset to
null output.
Set Radio Signal Substitute to 100% left.
CoONemAE It should take 409 or less to null output.
Set intercept pots to full CW.
It now should take over 500 to null 100% left and right radio input.
Set left and right intercepts for 45° with 100% radio input.
Set Radio Signal to 60% left. It should take 389 or less D. G. offset to null output.
Set Radio Signal to 60% right. 380 or less for null.
-—

E. Crosswind Checks:

1. Set Radio Coupler to NAV mode.


2. Heading deviations of 159 in either direction shall not require more than 10% radio in-
put to null output. '
3. Set DG to 0. Turn Radio Signal SUbstitute off.
4. Allow output to stabilize, then set DG to 100 left or right. The time required for the
output to reach a maximum level and then decay to 0.4 of the maximum level shall be:
8 to 16 seconds.

F. Radio Rate:

1. Set Radio-Coupler to LOC mode. Set DG to 0.


2. Set Radio Signal to 100% and allow the output to stabilize.
3. Turn Radio Signal Substitute off. The time required for the coupler to rise in the op-
posite direction and decay to a value equal and opposite to the initial value (step 2)
should be between 2 and 8 seconds.

1C388 AND 1C388C (Serial No. 1450 to 6,000)

Resistor Value Reference

R-1 43-69 OHMS 1/2W 4.6.2D


R4 4.7K - 20K 1/2wW 4.6.2 D See Note 1
R-8 10K- 20K 462D
R-27 1K -4.7K 4.6.2 C Step 4 (see note)
R-33 27K - infinity

NOTE1: R4 is selected to zero the output of the phase detector with D. G. centered.
NOTE 2: R-27 selects the range of the Radio Gain adjustment R-26.

Under certain conditions, select resistors may have to be changed to bring the performance of a
radio coupler within specifications. Select resistors are used to set the centering or gain for a
particular stage. For example, R-1 selects the gain of the heading phase detector while R-4 is
used to zero the output with the heading input zeroed.
Select resistors should be used only when no other problem: can be found in the circuits such
as a transistor that changed characteristics or a bad capacitor. -

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-46 A


4.7 GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER (OPTIONAL)

471 Theory - The glide slope coupler is an automatic analog computer that directs the autopilot to in-
tercept and track the approach glide path. This unit together with the Radio Coupler, provides
a complete and automatic ILS intercept capability for the Century Il autopilot.

The Glide Slope arm and engage logic circuitry operate automatically as the glide slope is inter-
cepted. Three inputs to the logic circuitry prevent coupling or engaging until the gljde slope has
been intercepted.

First, a ground is provided to the glide slope coupler (Pin 4, Fig. 4-19) only when the Radio
Coupler is in the LOC-Norm pesition. This around path is interrupted during any other mode.

Second, the autopilot must be in the Alt. mode. Alt. engage solenoid voltage from the console
is applied to a switching transistor Q14 in the G/S coupler. Q14 will be tumed on and the collec-
tor voltage near zero volts allowing Q17 and Q19 to be switched off at the appropriate time.
When the autopilot is in the Pitch mode, Q-14 is turned off and the collector voltage will to to
approximately 7 volts. This voltage is applied to the bases of Q17 and Q19 keeping them turned
on and keeping the coupler from arming or engaging. '

Third, the glide slope deviation indicator must be deflected at least 60% up for 20 seconds before
the glide slope coupler will arm. A negative voltage from the phase detector (below the glide
slope) will allow C-20 to charge through CR-10. C-20 will charge enough in approximately 20
seconds to turn Q-15 off momentarily. A positive signal from the collector of Q-15 will be coupl-
ed through CR-11 and CR-12 to the base of Q-16, turning it on and Q-17 off.

The glide slope coupler is armed as Q-16 is switched on. The coupler engages when the negative
signal from the phase detector across R-63 and R-64 decreases enough to allow the wiper arm of
R-64 to become positive enough to turn Q-18 on and Q-19 off. The voltage on the collector of
Q-19 will turn Q-20 on. Q-20 energizes K-1 and the glide slope coupler engages.

Several things happen when K-1 closes. The Alt. Hold solenoid voltage (Pin 22) is interrupted and
used to illuminate the glide slope engaged lamp on the instrument panel. Also the Alt. signal
from the alt. hold is opened {Pin 19, alt. signal in). Prior to engagement the pitch horizon signal
from pin 1 to pin 9 of K-1 is sent directly to the autopilot amplifier. Upon engagement pins 1
and 9 open and horizon signal passes from pin 1 through the secondary of T-2 to pin 9 and back
to the amplifier. From pin 6 to pin 9 an off-set signal from R-1 is added to the horizon signal to
re-reference pitch centering down to the approximate angle of the glide slope.

A standard glide slope signal, varying 150 mv, floating D.C. signals, is applied to pins 6
and 7 of
the coupler (Fig. 4-19). From this point, the signal is applied to a chopper (Q-1 and Q-2),
A.C.
amplifier (Q-3 and Q-4) and transformer coupled (isolation) to a phase detector stage. Also from
the collector of Q-4 degenerative feed-back is applied back to the emitter of Q-3 through
R-19,
C-8 and R-17. R-17 varies the amount of feed-back to Q-3 which controls the output of
Q-4 to
the phase detector.

The phase detector (Q-5, CR-3, CR-4) brings the square wave signal back to a proportional D.C.
signal referenced to ground at the junction of CR-4 and C-12. The output between CR-3 and
C-11 is applied to the integrator, the output chopper, and tothe arm and engage logic circuitry.

First, assume the glide slc~e has been intercepted and coupled. K-1 will be energized. The out-
put of the phase detector i~ =pplied across R-36 to one side of the output chopper Q-11 and Q-12.
Any changing signal at this point will be coupled through the rate circuit C-14 and R-37.

Also from the phase detector the signal is applied across R-26 to the inverting input of an opera-
tional amplifier (Q-8). The ne .inverting input (Q-9) is held at ground potential through R-34.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ‘ Page 4-47


The integrating element C-13 is connected from the output to the inverting input. Shorting C-13
will keep the output zero for any input (until K-1 energizes one set of contacts short C-13. When
the coupler engages K-1 is energized allowing the integrator to operate.

The integrator produces an output only when there is a long term output from the phase detector
or when the aircraft stays above or below the glide slope. This might happen with various wind
conditions. The output of the integrator is applied to the emitter of Q-12 aiding the phase de-
tector input to Q-11.

Q-11 and Q-12 chop the input back into a proportional square wave. The output between C-15
and C-16 is applied to the output amplifier Q-13. Q-13 drives the primary of T-2 adding a glide
slope command signal to the Horizon signal through the secondary.

4.7.2 Glide Slope Coupler Tests

A. Test Equipment Required:


1. 66D141 Test Kit
2. Oscilloscope (H-P 120B or equivalent)
3. Century I amplifier
4. Glide Slope 66A216

B. Test Set-Up:
1. Connect the glide slope coupler as shown in Fig. 4-18.

C. Bench Testing: ,
Turn system power on. Assure proper input (14VDC or 28VDC).
opLN=

Switch 66D141-3 Console Substitute to ““ON‘‘ position.


Center “Altitude Control’’ knob on 66D141-3 Console Substitute.
Turn “Selector”” knob on 66D141-2 Power Section to ‘“RES” position.
Select “PITCH"” posmon on 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute and center “Attitude Gyro**
knob.

Center voltage output meter on 66D141-2 with “Pitch Trim’’ knob.


N

Pull out “Radio Signal Substitute” knob on 66D141-2 Coupler Tester, and rotate
counter-clockwise to obtain 60% in blue arc.

NOTE: With reference to the 66D141-4 and 66D94 Coupler Tester,


“BLUE” is up and “YELLOW" is down.
8. To arm the glide slope coupler maintain at least 60% on “‘Blue” scale for minimum of
30 seconds.
9. Reduce radio signal slowly by turning knob clockwise until “lock on’* occurs. This can
be determined by the green indicator light coming on and also a momentary output on
the 66D141-2 Power Sectio Meter.

NOTE: Lock-on should occur when needle centers + 10%. Adjust R-64 if
necessary.
10. Push Radio Signal Substitute knob in to lock needle to “0"’ (centered).
11. Depress red button on 1C493 glide slope coupler and rotate adjustment pot next to red
button full clockwise and center voltage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section by rotating
Attitude Gyro knob on 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute to the “pitch up* position.
NOTE: Allow sufficient time for needle to stabilize on O.
12. Record degrees required to zero needle.

Page 4-48 Issued: Jan. 1973


13. With button still depressed rotate pot on back of 1C493 glide slope coupler full
counter-clockwise and center voltage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section by rotating
Attitude Gyro knob on 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute to pitch ‘“down® position.
14. Record degrees required to zero needle. Total spread between up and down readings
should be 6° + 2°.
15. Center Attitude Gyro Knob.
16. Pull Radio Signal Substitute knob “out” (ON) on the 66D1414 Coupler Tester.
17. Adjust 1C493 glide slope coupler “pot” to zero output on 66D141-2 Power Section
Voltage Meter.
18. Allow about 1 1/2 minutes to stabilize after final adjustment.
19. Depress red button on 1C493 glide slope coupler and rotate Radio Signal Substitute on
66D 141-4 Coupler Tester to 100% ““UP* (blue).
20. Zero voltage meter on. 66D141-2 Power Section by rotating Attitude Gyro knob on
66D 141-1 Gyro Substitute to pitch “up’’. Allow needle to stabilize.
21. Record degrees required to zero needle.
22. With red button on glide slope coupler still depressed rotate Radio Signal Substitute
knob for 100% DOWN (yellow).
23. Zero voltage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section by rotating Attitude Gyro knob on
66D141-1 Gyro Substitute “pitch down*. Allow about 1 1/2 minutes for needle to
stabilize.
24. Record degrees required to zero needle. Total spread between up and down should be
7° + 19 Release red button. If not within tolerance, check output of phase detector
at the junction of C-11 and R-26. Adjust R-17 for 4V positive or negative with the
Radio Signal Substitute set for 60% up or down.
25. With Radio Substitute Signal at 100% down (yellow) rotate Attitude Gyro knob on
66D141-1 to “pitch down’ until voitage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section is zero
(centered). Allow time for needle to stabilize
26. Record degrees required to zero needle.
27. With Radio Substitute Signal at 100% up (blue) rotate Attitude Gyro knob on
66D141-1 to “‘pitch up’’ until voltage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section is zero
(centered). Allow time for needle to stabilize.
.28. Record degrees required to center needle.
29. Total spread should not exceed 10° + 20,
30. Push Radio Signal Substitute knob in {(OFF).

D. Integrater
Rate Test:
1. Depress red button on 1C493 glide slope coupler and pull out {ON) Radio Signal Sub-
stitute on 66D141-4 Coupler Tester.
2. Adjust Radio Signal Substitute for a 20% up (blue) indication.
3. Release red button and allow exactly one (1) minute for integration to stabilize.
4. Reverse Radio Signal Substitute to 20% down (yellow) and observe voltage meter on
66D141-2 Power Section as it passes through zero (0) on the scale.
5. The time required for the voltage meter needle to pass through zero (0) should be 15 to
35 seconds. Start timing at the moment the Radio Signal is reversed.
Center Attitude Gyro knob on 66D141-1 Gyro Substitute.
NO

With red button on glide slope coupler depressed, center voltage meter on 66D141-2
Power Section by adjusting pot next to red button.
Continue to hold red button in and rotate Attitude Gyro knob on 66D141-1 Gyro
®

Substitute toward ‘“‘pitch down’’ to zero voltage meter on 66D141-2 Power Section.
9. Pitch down angle should be 2°.
This completes the 1C493 glide slope coupler bench set-up and test.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-49


Jan. 1973
dN -13S 1831 437dNOJ 3d01S 3AITO
8l¥ 34HNOI4

Issuied:
431dN0J /9 (oaAtL) {oaA 82)
374v0 H31dNOD §/9 £6v0L +V 18-00 +¥ 29-a0
SE__U%EE a3y -
10d 'rav _
1HO1T ANV 318VI 962V0E w\
319V 1S31 S/9 00EV0E mmmm.nu
81-a0 > R
‘3°A°A 82 HO ¥1 HOA
87N9 L234Y0D asn :3LON
®
wm.ool.&_@@ 1y, o
iviagsg
g3lINdNv
1-51L53L
- HOS1501
S6EAL
5
_ =~~~ 1 ONNOYD JWVH4
@ @ S $SANYVH 318vD £0ZA0E l© 0 0 O
aedl
()
Zivilasg €LlvLa9g

Page 4-50
comp. our
HOR. 516, IN

G
cane e 15
5 1. 07 * gy
AT e ~O-fbys cigs ctse
ALY, «0UTE 20 . 220 220
PrvcH cH con I ,'-)- A
con
ALY SIG, e | \ Qs
4
CI2a
ALT SIG. 1N se ] 220 720

onp. _ r30
21

o .
el
22K P = <
- o6
. e ] L2
=T 3 1
—_— o sT e d B!
mienex. | sekSRRe pyT A} 220 >L
srvenex.| 10 27K HPSES1S - G e
e o mwsg
wiseury 7 R
rsaon] 5 L ANAFAAAS
Gt
Loc. norm] 4 By
3%
Qi Rio
o
AR o
|5 e . 33 R3¢ 2% 27K Aay
ook
et rrnnd
10K
R75 2K 2K 8

Aav. ___S'J

xb (- AL L s
'
-

/\
;
e
=4 Jas41 RSG.
A
57 AG2 65

. Ak 2 27K
) . i oo
: fe
crio 0 LT
B I ot E mo
30K
w,\fl'mi eG )
{e"/v [
RS
o |
o
! jon
Ae
Seme |
o | 3 1
A ¢ i
Rz Uitv
W86

2 i3
GHICOUPLER
€31

236

FIGURE 4-12A
10493 GLIDE SLOPE COUPRLER

PAGE 4-51
ssued: Jan. 1973
BOHEEED
R45 R73 R71 R72 RS0 R52 R53 R47 R51 R48
®O @ |-
R74 R55 RS54
R11. RS R4

R60

mp i
lRSBV
R§6"’7

-
R58

N
= [ IRF2
; : Re1-

re2
Ne— © \ “ ; ‘O

I; ] 9/

‘ FIGURE 4-19B

GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD -

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-52A


c25 _e ou cao Q15
@ %2 B PopyPeanu
9 15 )25 (16 (18 X 8 )(3 ) 8 (4 X127 (14 a8 \ao X15 10
0 0000000
ag388ae
Q.
3

FIGURE 4-198 (CONTD)

GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER

Page 4-52B ' . Issued: Jan. 1973


4.8 TRIM AMPLIFIER - 79C54 & 79C53

Pitch trim 'amplifiers Part Number 79C54 are used with the push button automatic trim systems
with single contact trim sensors. The 79C54 Amplifiers are used with single contact trim sensors
and a switch that commands the direction of trim.

The trim system operates automatically while the autopilot is on (Pitch or Alt. mode). A switch
in the Century Il console provides A+ to the trim amplifier through pin H of CD-45. Ref. Fig.
4-20.
When the aireraft if out of trim, the pitch trim sensor provides a ground to pin A or B of CD-45
in realtion to which direction it is out of trim.

Pin A of CD-45 is connected directly to the base of Q-1 which is operating as a switch. Bias
through R-1 keeps Q-1 turned on and the collector voltage will be near ground potential. When
Pin A is grounded by the trim sensor, the base of Q-1 is grounded and the collector will start to
go positive. Q-11 and C-1 make up an integrator that will allow the voltage on ‘the collector of
Q-1 and the base of Q-13 to rise almost to the A+ value in about 3 seconds. This time delay
keeps the trim from running excessively by requiring an out of trim condition for approximately
3 seconds before trimming. As the voltage rises on the collector of Q-1, Q-3 and Q-5 drive Q-7,
putting a positive voltage on one side of the trim motor (CD-13, pin C). Also through D-1 and
D-3 a positive signal is felt as the base of Q-14 which is turned on clamping the other side of the
motor (CD-73, pin D) to ground through its emitter-collector junction. With pin C positive and
pin D negative, the trim motor will run until the pressure on the elevator cables is equal again
and the trim sensor opens the ground to pin A of CD45. Opening the ground on O-1 restores
the bias and brings the voltage on the collector bank to ground potential turning off the ampli-
fier.

The other half of the amplifier operates the same when pin B of CD-45 is grounded causing the
meter to run in the opposite direction.
With the autopilot off, (79C54), the push button on the control wheel, is used to activate the
trim system. When the button is pressed, A+ is applied through pin E of CD-45 and the isolation
diode D-5 to the amplifier. In the amplifier, A+ is applied to the bases of Q-9 and Q-10,
switching them on. These transistors hold the negative side of C-1 and C-2 at ground eliminating
any integrator time delay. Therefore, the trim motor will run immediately when the control
wheel button is pressed and the trim sensor provides a ground.

Trim Amplifiers, 79C53 (Fig. 4-21), are basically the same as the 79C54. A relay is assed to the
79C53 to allow the pilot to use a switch on the control wheel to command the direction of trim.
Because the amplifier is used only with the autopilot on, there is no need for extra circuits to
eliminate the time delay (as Q-9 and Q-10 in the 79C54) for manual operations.

Trim Amplifiers 79C54-3 (used only in Aerostars) are the basic 79C54 with an added test and
malfunction circuit. If the amplifier time delay malfunctions, the test circuit will energize a re-
lay that interrupts autopilot A+, shutting it off. The press-to-test signal causesa time delay mal-
function to test the circuit.

From the base of Q-3 or Q4 (Fig. 4-20), a slowly rising signal (see 79C54 text), is coupled
through C-5 or C-6 and R-12 to ground. While the time delay is operating normally the voltage
developed across R-12 will not be large enough to turn Q-15 on. If the time delay malfunctions
where the trim runs as soon as the trim sensor calls for it, the voltage on Q-3 or Q-4 will rise al-

~Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-53


most instantly. This signal coupled through C-5 or C-6 will cause Q-15 to tum on. This causes
Q-16 to turn off and Q-17 and Q-18 to turn on. THe collector of Q-18 is connected to the auto-
pilot interrupt relay and will energize the relay turming the autopilot off.

‘When the press-to-test button is pressed, A+ through R-11 and R-21 will eliminate the time delay
by turning Q-9 and Q-10 on.

49 TRIM AMPLIFIERS 1C646 AND 1C671

Trim Amplifiers 1C646 and 1C671 are basically the same as the-79C54 amplifier except they are
used with dual contact trim sensors. Each amplifier has two extra transistors that control the
side of the amplifier that grounds one side of the motor (Q-1 and Q-15, Fig. 4-22,Q-1 and Q-14
Flg. 4-23). The extra set of contacts on the sensor switch the two added transistors. Bothecon-
tacts have to provide grounds in the same direction before the amplifier will start the trim motor.

The 1C646 Amplifier is used with the push button automatic type with dual contact sensors.

The 1067‘1 Ampilifier is used with the command automatic type trim system where the switch on
the control wheel commands the direction of trim.

4.10 TRIM AMPLIFIERS 1B369 AND 1B389:

Early trim systems used trim amplifiers mounted on the pitch servo. 1B369 (28V) and 1B389 —
(14V) amplifiers, used a single contact trim sensor and had push button: manual trim.

In the autopilot mode, A+ from CD-40, pin B (see Fig. 4-24) is applied to the amplifier through
CD-45, pin H. The trim solenoid will engage but nothing else happens until the trim sensor pro-
vides a ground. When CD-45, pin B, is grounded by the trim sensor, the collectors of Q-5 andQ-
7 are grounded. Q-7 will remain tumed off until C-1 charges through R-9 and CR-1. THis time
delay keeps the trim from running excessively. When C-1 charges Q-7, Q-5 and Q-3 will turn on
clamping one side of the trim motor to ground. The ground on one side of the motor will cause
Q-2 to turn on by completing a bias path through R-4 and R-2. Q-2 clamps the other side of the
motor to A+ which re-trims the aircraft and removes the ground from the trim sensor. The other
half of the amplifier operates the same when CD-45, pin D, is grounded.

When the autopilot is off, the pilot depresses the control wheel switch which applies A+ to
CD-45, pin E. Diodes CR-3 and CR-4 isolate C-1 and C-2 eliminating the time delay. The trim
will start to run as soon as the trim sensor provides a ground.

Page 4-54 I#sued: Jan. 1973


Page 4-55
OILVINIHOS +S06L H3IdITdAV WIHL
<°N..v 34 D 0 i4 LAVM Z/L NZT ‘94 '9y
LIVME 02T 9y 'Ly 'DNIMOTT04
3H1 AANLILSENS ZHSVQ HOJ 'NMOHS Y3141 1dWY IOAPL I-HSVD °
‘GIIA1D34S ISIMYIHLO SSTTNN LOFINZ JUV SHOLSISNYHL TV
*G31319348 ISIMUIHLO SSITINN 100YNL IYV $3A0IA 11V
‘Q31A1934S IZAMYIHLO SSTINN LLVM Z/L JYV SHOLSISIY TV -
— — — ——— |— — — — — — — — lllllll'llllllll'lllllL

Issued: Jan. 1973


4°0'deB'8'0'd #5064 HIIAITdANV WIHL

Issued: Jan. 1973


9027 34NOId
9Q0EIMN 4WOL NOL
14 D g 12 su
i
C R&@@@@@ V

Page 4-56
N9 NE'S JWNTT B gD LD 94D ZID OLD Me9 JWZZT N9'S
()
Ng'® 9S0CANN
iy ty & ey . oty ¥ v 1o
Page 4-57
OJILVATHOS €+S064 H3II4INdAV WIHL
30Z-¥ 34NDI4
MI_WZZ AT
MS wOI2 Sa La
P Voo EN
|
|
|
_
|
_
||
_
|
|
_
,
_
|
_
I
|
$as-23r8 DI TONINIWHY KAIM SILUW
A0/ -9210 TONINA e T 1I0La3I3W Nid b _
|
(ABZ) WwN2S LSTL-02 -SENUM
AAWLNO AFIIY A B2
anewi AGR
NOIL3INNTT ON
anrowy
wOCNTG
wOENTS
seasl
|
|

Jan. 1973
uoLOW
YOoLOW
awnoue L3
aroNz10%
SL-CD
§13-TWe FINLLTIZU TONININY NLIM ERLIVNH
912- 7814 TON INY WY ST NidY

Issued
e v . — . . ) . — '
; . asawTrgrhai rryussm “Lyoduy o 108 00 .4 : - — !

Issued: Jan. 1973


. _notunm “ONE. SIYESNONY ._._u.._o E&. V6 10 v
- —
b '
. - '
- N[N T uvInogy - - T
3
< : - \@FI41334S ISIMaIHL.
.
. JM_QV2D2 antTl T \.n e~
Lo f % wwouow|
— N . SSITNN 10bVN2Z F¥W SHOLSISNYXL TTH ¥
: .V_T&Tu_ i -5-aif oy mwuflazw l\Z F widag . : ‘AL TG
72-67-7 M 771 HINIZHD 031419348 N T T DTEPPT IILEp - TN BF T Wt TS| V| 5imuyanso §STTNI 1000 N7 TN STAUIT 110 &
4 _m .U_ 74.5@10@
SN 706777 | PZTMI| NymwsLaveal 3SIMHIHLO- SSIINN Jmry| wwr2/] ~ 3379 O I 1P~ SOASZ OL 1N
. ::T;? m._<OMP 31%0 = A8 SIONVNITOL >m 3iva zn.%m_>mz ON M, *
3!\#1«.0““..“ M qflfl o
. - : BROHL. o4 SMMOTIOS ANL athissen
= MaNVY DOASEZ WAL ! NMONG TSN dG d.
SHIHAO OBAITIIG SRINO 23. SHOLSIN Y T
TSILON
¥O4 NMOHS MOLIINNDD
. ALIMYTY)
4D MI1A, LNOYS "THFROLDI3=
JILVINIHOS €606, HAIAINdWY WIHL -
Vigv 3HNOId
Q “_o
2 ;
g w
v L
€L-0D ! -
i
d]
ML" =
o' e
e A

Page 4-58
|_d40 | _133HS | gyxai 'ST13M IVHININ ‘LHOJHIV TWIDINNN

Page 4-59
2= 0L06L
1Nd 3OS LON OQ
'ONI SIIYLSNANI T13HOLIN
T UVINONY ] e st -9 *$59 'O 7 1DNVHD ¥ousisir| 7
N RS R
o BT Rallly? ShAEE W/IN Sem a0 55 0| (]
g
. / BLOD 77X - 4512
TN 5 w0 PR
e i B /N F WNOILOVES M8
s,
WO\/mmw EX
Wil FDLIa H 3N
Am.w&_.&\
Sy A e A
433NION3 +
.
Aty
a3uiis
T . 89-22-§
‘.
ACQV O5VO@ D4 [Faslm 77 whowol— 3SIMEIHLO SSITNM [ =177zo VI A
|O5-FF | P )] NYNSLIVEG) s8] 31v0 NOISIAZY ON
31V0 A8 §30NVY¥IT0L
"ASEY e i dny Wl ORG REaR] 102 13I¥0S]
NOiLd1¥9$30 anoz | on vd |LUoges *ON Walll
e SmENoRan = etz | 1 [ T T
ANTIY 47808 1 1 2 ]
(DQAZI) €
| L 02 )
e e ooy ORI AV 125 | Hoirsay NOT
.S.mwl..u. wn..«do.rn fl—NS |
bm..ulltt 1 __ pewd 2 ¥ ‘auvos oL Hmu.uz = o HYDI IO NCILIFLVISANS HIFY 504 Nm.!r 3% v
S
B13HL i &
_ S ]
BOIR, T1aA00)
lN;I-
GEVOD ™oD34 LV
-b‘m.fl.gn JM.O.N.N! g.—-fl—flm
(1 W1 AaAMvas
— 1
T DT M YA‘mE) eSS THoLsieas ABSES [ 22 72 >L : 7
onr
2-F1-SED
(01 W
EL
SHOLSISNYEL FDYe> T
TASAY LWEN 1V 3QA DO
%2 A0! "HOLSISRYr
$AEOED 8 7LQ¥ T35 - ‘SO QENVZL HUMBNOD LVHL SRIC WOIN 3201S 'SY
- a2 ’ 2 ®
T ke, _"WA¥) TA22 WOISISAD Y20% ® (932> LINO DANGZ 2104 B $ S 'S W SWIL) 3GA
%2 ‘M2, AdD ROLSISTY 22299€® | 2 | ¢ 6
S 310N 335 (SBE) 11NN SONY DOS L b b 20 SWIL ASO €
(VSIeNZ) BOLSISNYEL QvSv | v | v o LINO DOADZ S 2-0.D6L2
T
(HOPPNZ) TOLSISNYEL eoseY | W < " 4INA SOAP! S 1-OLD8L
(oopNY 50010 Teseb | 0/ or | - 2 4 310N 3% :S31ON
O1 BOLIINAND
34 RGE isisig] 2] ¢ g
o TN L T JON 2 i (p#s SaronmIs)
Zz50rM SE' FW2°2 '20LIDvdwD eewz| 2
- : - "
®©
wo 20
2087 uhhww\w\“\\;w 2o @
(=3210N 33) :Gfi
\ X\
\/ e A2)se
°a s . .
- . 3 T \@E
eo O .fln.
| P ©=0
.
3
“_vlw:\rL \\.\\
l..—rlnu
-
(+ # < <3108 33%) E@S@//
@) |ysalBiEe
ngnflfl._bzquWHOdo@/
1 @@~
W@ 0 (= ./@u_n
_UA””Y\\..\\ /@
@
e 15
@ | do Ti-
= T 22
g'0'd €306, HIIINAAY WIHL Pae\
-l .
daiLzv 34nOid

Jan. 1973
Issued
JILVINIHOS 99901 HAIH4ITdANV WIHL

Issued: Jan. 1973


VZe-¥ 34NODId
LIVMZ/L NOL B
LIVMZ WHOOY ZAM 'S
ALYMZ/L nz 04 'Sy
:ONINGTI0d
M1 ILNLILSENG IAASZ §Z° HOJ “NMONS 1INV DAAYL Pi-HEVD z
'Q31410345 ISIMUIHLO ST INN LLYM Z/L FHV SHOLSISIM 1TV L
‘5310N
@ | (0131H8) GNNOED
‘NNGO ON
a HOSN3S
v | uoenze
001L-X
voion
YOoL10M
ONNOWD
GION3Y08

Page 4-60
‘g'0'd 9y99L HIHITdWNV WiHL

Page 4-61
g9¢Z-¥ 34NOId
ML
LOVINC LOOYNL 0z2
LOOYNI LOOYNL LOOYNL LOYPNZ 642 Ly
{40 8HD 0LYD $ID 910
SS0E3rN @
.
. 0D
=mflw/ RA\ S
64 o@T~/fl 16- \\\\\\\% ng'9
OLH
LOVYNZ
ZLo @ $9'G
/ 84
e
LOVYNE
LLHD el
!
LOVINZ .
alo ( € 1) %80
:
SSZN@ Mz
20
, oy
LOYPNZ /
90
.
SSE@/ LOOUNL
9Hd

@
Wi
LOVWNE / /@l —
n_sp_w 'z
Mol @ ;e )
oy N9'G
oy
“:\N‘%_. @
R
B =R
. _I_ I_////
|
: b
Sflz« @\\\\\\\\\\\
= da g0 &

Issued: Jan. 1973


2w \ T,
LOPPNZ LOOPNL LOYYNZ LOOYNL €y
£0 SH 10 4o
JILVYINIHIS LL9JL HIITdANVY WIHL

Issued: Jan. 1973


VEZ-¥ 34NODId
w aNNOHd
L
i
aNNoUD
+
HOLING T33HM
HOLING 133HM
GNNOMIHIM LLYM 2 WHO LY HL]
oL Y2y
WHO iy old ‘1Y
1LYM /L nzz 8l ‘od
SONIMOT104
3FH131NLIIS8NS LT0A 82 HOd "NMOHS U141 14NY LTOA VL q
4N Ni SHOLIDVYO 1IY ¥
'a31419348 FSIMUIAHLO SSIINN LOYPNZ IHV SHOLSISNVELITY ¢
‘100PNL WY $300I0 1Y 2
*@31419348 ISIMUIHLO SSTINN LLVM ¥/L IYV SHOLSISIH 1Y L
SILON
SN

Page 4-62
4°0'd 14901 HIMEINdANVY WIHL

Page 4-63
g€¢-¥ 34NOIA
WM MZ i
zz &% e
€9 94 LHD gyp vHD ZHWO L2
gy L)W)(y) (v)(¥v) (9
©
©

{ssued Jan. 1973


b)(€)(¢
#1403 0l0 zio

—_—,
Issuea: Jan. 1973
‘1 1D wa
o
WILIAS INM
TORLN0) $.i0Md
NO
roo— -
[=]7

k.
1
=2

A A
"l

:v
7

3
|

<
iR

&
T - . "o
M
| A
|
o
“ ) e vowog
> ¥
WHC £ 0L ¥°N ‘C-D WHG 051 OF -8 " £0 < ISHYAD 'AVI) SN WOBL 4gcAL IION D

1B369 & 18389


" 1 a1 v e
e N
oL |
s1sesim

FIGURE 4-24A
otv Hsesm
vy

FIER
1w yst Lo o st
o b 1009M1 0
?

“TRIM-AMPLI
’rn 1001 -5 o ;
P =N ————
tooomt
e
T
ar i
~AAA |
al i
e _
00
—_— — “
0 N
at —
r
|
Ty

Page 464
qaontos
FIGURE 4-24B

TRIM AMPLIFIER 1B369 & 1B389 P.C.B.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-65


4.1 SYNCHRONOUS FILTERS

4.11.1 Basic Synchronous Filter- The simplified filter circuit shown in Fig. 4-25(a) consists of a vibrat-
' * ing switch that operates in synchronism with the AC signal to be filtered. Operation is such that
the in or out of phase (0° or 180°) component of this signal will be translated into a perfect
square wave and all'other components of signal or noise, except odd harmonics of the fundament-
al mentioned above, will be eliminated. Consider the half cycle in which the switch is to the left.
During this half cycle the net effect of the signal will be averaged and stored in C1.

NOTE: The time contants RC1 and RC2 are very long compared to the _
duration of a half cycle so there is negligible voltage change across
C1 or C2 during the half cycles in whlch they are connected to the
signal. .

During the other half cycle C2 is connected to the signal source as the switch closes to the right
and a square wave of voltage is therefore generated at the filter output.

In Fig. 4-25(b) it is shown that DC signals may also be applied to two points to the filter so that
the filter output is the sum of the AC signal and the two DC signals. Operation of the DC sections
“is similar to the typical chopper circuit in which a DC signal acting through a “lag element” (R2
or R3) is translated into a square wave of voltage as it is shorted to common during alternate half
cycles.

Fig. 4-25(c) shows the transistor equivalent to the synchronous filter in which the mechanical
switches are replaced with transistors operating as switches. In this application it should be noted
that the transistor acts as an open switch when the base (in the case of a PNP) is more positive
than the collector and that it is a closed switch regardless of collector polarity when adequate
negative drive is applied to the base. It follows that NPN transistors will also work as switches
when polarities are simply reversed. :

AC
SIGN AL SIGNAL

-2
AC ‘
SIGNAL @ ¥ Jg R
: Ry 3
\

DC sm.l '@ l DC SIG


(©)
FIGURE 4-25 SYNCHRONOUS FILTER

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-66


4.11.2 Synchronous Filter as Voltage Limiter - The synchronous filter amy also be used as a voltage
limiter in such a way that “in” or “out” of phase signals may be limited independently at dif-
ferent amplitude levels. In the lateral guidance channel this is used for separate left and right bank
adjustments, however, this use of the filter is suited to many applications. In this application of
the filter, limiting action occurs when the off condition of the transistor collector voltage tends to
exceed the reverse voltage applied to the base. For the purpose of this discussion, assume the
transistor to be PNP, noting that NPN transistors behave the same with all polarities reversed. If
the signal is negative during the off half cycle, the transistor switch will not conduct regardless of
the magnitude of the signal (not considering exceeding design limits); but if the signal is positive,
conduction will occur when the collector becomes more positive than the base. Fig. 4-26 illus-
trates this by showing the fact that the two juctions (collector-base and emitter-base) of the tran-
sistor are actually diodes.

ALY 4 -

FIGURE 4-26 @9 +
E DRIVE

WHEN E SIG. IS MORE POSITIVE THAN E DRIVE, CONDUCTION OCCURS

Fig. 4-27 shows a synchronous filter in which the drive voltages to the two sides may be adjusted
independently. Since it has already been noted that PNP transistor will only display limiting
action (when functioning as an open switch) when the signal is positive; it follows that one will
limit when the signal is of “180°“ phase. It will be noted that during the half cycle when the in-
put is positive Sq is shown to be open and S, is slosed. The reverse voltage at the collector of $4
is the sume of voltages stored in the two capacitors (Ec average of usable signal voltage during the
half cycle) as would be noted by traversing the closed loop consisting of S1 S, Cq and C,. When
this voltage is greater than the voltage [E4 x Ry+ (R4 + R5)] which is applied to the base, Sy
conducts and the combined voltages E and E are thus limited. The level at which this occurs
can be adjusted by varyingR4 or Rj. ft follows om this discussion that should the phase of the
input signal relative to that of‘I sw:tch excitation be reversed, transistor Sy will become the limiter.

4.12 PHASE DETECTOR

Fig. 4-28 illustrates the phase detector network used throughout the system (including radio
coupler) at points where AC signals are to be translated into DC signals. The symmetry of this
network, in which two equal AC square wave voltage generators acting in phase opposition
(Push-Pull), provide what is called reference excitation. Each of these generators drives a rectifier
circuit consisting of a diode in series with a resistor and capacitor connected in parallel to form
an AC eliminating filter. Since the voltages are out of phase (of opposite AC polarity) the rectifi-
cation action takes place in opposite half cycles. Current will pass only if conduction can take
place through the center branch of the network. In the absence of a signal applied to the base of
the transistor in the center leg, conduction through the transistor will be determined by the bias
resistor (Rg).

NOTE: This branch would be common to both rectifier circuits.

Since the diodes, resistors, and capacitors of the other circuits are respectively identical, the recti-
fied circuit combination should be equal if no signal is present in the center leg to vary the con-
ductivity of the transistor from one half cycle to the next. If a control signal (V } is applied to
the base of the transistor so that it is negative when generator voltage (E1) is negatlve current

Page 4-67 Issued: Jan. 1973


flow through Ry1 will be greater than that through R, 5 and the output vbltage‘EDc will be
negative when measured from terminal (2} to terminal (1", increasing the amplitude of Vg will in-
crease Epc and reversing the phase or AC polarity will reverse the polarity of Ep.

CLOSED
SIGNAL SOURCE S
2

CONIMON

E’d

FIGURE 4-27 ONE HALF CYCLE CONDITION

FIGURE 4-28 -

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 4-68


Page 5-1
SSINYVH 3718VD L02aoe Hl AHNINTD
L-G 3HNOI4
A}

NOWWO) WO

0100 WU é| NOLOW WIINd


-

0ANIS HOINd ‘e
OI0N310S HOLId <.
$| oNRON9
-
9@
Nowwo> t10d
c10m 1109 - qolo0w 10X
onals mod 41083108
e
110¥ |V %]
qurons
JI0N3II0S 1108
iro
“ang L
¥ I 1] anro¥s
1 noy i J
M ‘9 I
T
1
‘x1 "9°a
. M9 1 1] 11 9°e
‘ 1 oy
t
a10H 0dA9 !}
anusv TYNOLLDIYIQ wowwod viow 9] wwes e
waors 9'¢ |V j—t—d .
.
o w0 1
\ 1
W
dIONI08 “11Y Al TYN9IS H)LI¢ [7] sis
‘ane NOWWO) WL =
i 1
NS 1Y ‘X1 |
HoWm0) 104 qnowwo) 1101
.
Y N9is 1108
— . . W] TYNois 1104
NOZI¥OH 11 0w
TYDHILEY u now
.

: T3 annous
]

8-a)
o ~
=l~=]=] I I [=] - [=12[=] I

A
X3 NN
3
/


-1~
T--Fr1+1tT

X1 WILNd

- -+ = 44—k
annoes
o

HET dn
+

LW Nmod
- ~

HOWWO) ¥OLOW KD LI4


CENl WL
-GNYNWO) HO1t4

J—-—--—
LIWIT SNYE LHONY
4 —[—+4

HWI ANYE M
1105N03
T

]
ANy WW0) N0l

e
‘11 ox

1
'11 108
ElTs el

-
gloN1I0S HOLWd
4

A--
+Y SL10A 92/11

Jan. 1973
~|
L} cand ‘i) a/v
s ‘oINy tHON S oo- ¥lNdwy

Issued
Page 5-2
SS3INYVH 378V 86L00€ 1l AHNLNID
¢S 34NdOI4
IVISOIHY 1HOI1 92—@) 4||l1llH S1H9I
O /¥ -0 -——————————— N | +V S110A 82/l
(v -— = W | QION310S 110¥
OA¥IS M08 |5 |
e\. 5| o
3| Y0LOW OA¥IS
Q| Il.wrllx-\
H
(gl =
- i] “a
z.... .
-0 a — 1] A
1 = —{ ! x3-oq
] t 1 1 .
0¥A9 WNOIDING | ¥ ——— |V| TYN9Is “9'd
C d |
3 | VS
O ]
££-0 R+ a3Q|
a 4 NOWWO)/4OLOW
> + m W] aois mioy
1 ,, F—6—— 3| " nox
v -\ —~ 1] ' noy
NOZISOH vDHILAY [
i .
1 33114WY/310SNOD

Issued: Jan. 1973 _


81—-0®
Page 5-3
SSANYVH 3719VI L6220€ H31dNOJ 3d01S 3AI1D
€5 34NOld
1 410K 2en111YY
NI AL 19V9ND "Ly
N0 T¥NSIS LY
100 “ArL gigvaNrny
Nl 1YN9IS LY
1 i
X3 NI
N1 1YNOIS HDLN NNy
NOWWO) W4
JUIRTITY) [ 3}
ans
4311400d 1401s 30109
3°Q 1T0A8E+
ans §/9 e iy
g+ 8/ * TADE 34018 341191
Na 879
I91) 4I9vONI §/0
. ‘Wa0N 301 (xire-0> 4174005 olavy
ane
3
3¢ oA n
80
1N81T Q30VOMI $/9
caNy 09°92 “AFL %eTvOS
"ARL L9@)
. ’ . BOLSISIY AR
Atz 89-0 BT WNO 00F SYN
(suAvL) “ARE Lotvor

Issued Jan. 1973


Page 54
Il 3dALl WILSAS WIHL
JILLYINOLNY NOLLNEG HSNd JILVNIHIS
YOSNTS W/dL
779M/S F705#H00
11
LI 1/0-02 oP-0D
I
yIVvryg
| LITIID WINL
062 906~ rv
S6/80¢
i 7
7 — e v
"DTAPI WO
HIIATHIOY VI DL
S -0 P6/J0E
i “«
IS
wo4Ltet ‘DIZIVIIWV
6L/ IIDPNP L VIV
ON M PONYBING WO /1-OPEFOE o5 VoL
L0 o 44
YI/ITAIWY WYL o (IwNOILIO)
P PINAL TIFNA
POYLNOD POVLANOD
§£07/-097] |~ ‘s407/d
3o M. <«
._v \Jh " o |
pesy -
s — m 3
-0 2 0/ONDTIS OAYIS- S WI¥ WIS L e
| WANTO YOR AVIZY 1-§325V/
¢ 3dAL
U_._.<_>_m_._0m W3LSAS WIHL L10OA t2

5-5
! 133Ms SYX3aL ‘S113M TWNININ

Page
mw LNOdHIY TVdIJINNK s
s@z_l<¢n ONt §31¥LSNANI JJMIO\.._E 3vos ml |||||| .I_
R R % «g‘\w
-_E.Se... lh“\mu.h
—~
wIneny _
HOSNSS widL | |
= ; ‘sn..:e.:
so asnt 22 Z-foa] LB w51 iay i __. I
T ufit%htum,i..u —~ [ __ [
WILSAS W/L_ LI0A 2 3 e ]
\}.\. Suhoz:!
o IF D
- )\EH i aw-u«zo;.um._o» Aivo NOISIATY
NOIAJINI930 ‘ON Ldwd (OO ON| A S8V AXNIN - =
»yelg
o
2¥-Q2
+<J
or-wfy o5 g ¢
r
|
|
|
. NOILlsod NO ! TOmN3II0%
|
L ONgIS HOLI |
©
| €2 3dAL HOLOW 380719
- OILVWIHOS WILSAS WIHL LTOA 2 »
. | &
I B
/40 [ 138 gyxas ‘sT0aM TvuINN —
Spee AUOdMIY
DILEE
IWdIdINAN
T ool DN SIMLENGNI TIINOLIN | z1yog
" TN — ¥ . m
- SINONY
WIXL H DL o ol Boonins feal venoroens Lo | 12 X ‘
C¥0LIW TFOTD
<<Nk.W>W
DIyWTHOS | e aledi ] RE
WXL LTOA P an = s
En_-__-_ . 3 37041 A9 | 3ava ou] -
NOLAdINIeR0 o0 sews fooauow Assv Lxaw ’
1-24958/
‘ CAE'E
r g <t \
e T
=C 3@ ,\@wwuz:. 1

¥t
|lv
Yl Sloop Nl o
J rW
loosw
imwu <
gb-ao
_— tUL:Sm, THIHM
v _ ko TOHLING2
S 101U S
o
o0-0 [V5 a & A
I~ ¥ ._.. =
| 1 |
| ! oz-gs-
1 L |
. .N0ILIZVd Noy QIoNF70S,
_.l Mtl m R.th._ ’ | L) ]
Page 57
€ 3dAL 1l JLLVWILLIV HOd
W3LSAS WIHL HOLlld dN-)I00H 379VD
NIOIIMS
THYIM
ToNLNOD
/-ELITF0P
¥o 656 90s
¥
9€-02
T9-02
/-9L 1908
INY O
L2124
&68-0°
1-S$SIGOE
/19-7% /922 +-0O L9-H024-9S/90F€
®
NUINS YOSNIZS
&A1 T WY QW.QU
ONY OAaNTS
WISL yUlS
WYL MOl
F708NOD
w1,
. . o
!
\\mi\fir e
A
T ,,.MW.;!M{G...L&.
T ASIY
Ty
LNIN 0
P L
%mNUm’w — : . Z2s Yy ] w
« ew.m@«%%k%\h WL Lridagve . ®
U\k ewaLy /) GNYwvoD - o
O/Lb VIS OS -
- SVXEL ‘STIIM vaawin 24 ajromd By 3dALl W3ILSAS WIHL
"ONI ‘SIIUISNANI TVVAHILIW [FZ-5/-2 wsoms T JILVWOLNVY/ANVIWWOOD J1LYWIHOIS
_ SIVINBIVA 40 L1811 ™~
NO1LIINDS2a | vaswnn levelwanif ar0]
] F7OSKHOT
r -
— {5
-/@D $eo0
- 6 - v0 5575706 \147' TP . op- Sob
s250 yowiey
. TS oSTV, s
E-ISIQOEqTD [ 2 TtV
us\fiw%\flm\wn\\\w &S(k \_.\ /~¥L/B 0L
8L
e ok e [
ON1YM TN INS Yow [ 1. L=
i 7T4. - Mm 505
oo : — =
n—.
&Q\\_\ TV Y A/ L . ZTOREPOE | - L
L9704 82 22— ESD6L ; : e
.7
L2704 $/7)-ESD6L \ MQ.W.%NW.N.
d4 —p—° - '$2071
y . A % e T nunt.
B ~— LDINNTIELG LIPNYILNI SV [ITTVNT. WIFL. 2 -5
. ——— : : NOLIMS \\oukuusq WL Nnvn” .
§\A‘NN&N1.\“NM¥\N ’ NILING: MOILIFHIT MIVL. .Tm.r
YR PIaCa] 3097 OF Yrs GIevi
]=
LT AN E NOLLAZISTA Juar
oo el SIARY = e
Page 59
G IdAL WILSAS WIHL
91LVWOLNY NOLLNE _._w:n___o_Es_m.:ww
SODNRE OL 7V77
, FIOSNOD
€6EF0E
C i vt
oo o~
- NIV IS
LAV /YL .
DC

06 290€ v
DUAL SERS OR14 OR 28V

.,.“hmxnch
$6/0086
RING
ER TO DWG; 63C274

T
FOR INTERNAL WI
, PITCH

I
IFIER
AMPLIFIER

SCH EMATIC
AMPL

rosvore
REFER
TRIM

- 2RSS
TRIM

5 X1
QIONFTOS ONYTS WYL
8£-09
ZXANTO XOF AVIFY 1-$92SV/
Page 510
9 3dAL WILSAS WidL
OILLVYINOLNY NOLiNg HSNd JILVINIHIOS
CEEFOE P LikI0E ¥
E4EP0K D POErOF W
SFVOVTIIVAY ON/ITOVI MNOILINPOY
o 2
REBCED AV G/BTED ‘O PN/MVYT N0 TIV/AONS MNO/LVW
NG FAY
N/EN? TIV/S INLNI FT7W/IM 7. 54$ S1vd T
YOSWIS WIWL VPO T/ TSV YL OO STZoN
\fi 65908 Y
M\&
) oo 0D op- .
IV Iy
o~ LAVIYID S0/ V4
+v
]
(7]
2
!..mwu.‘.mufll(h. 2o z59 o §L890¢€ 44 i o
C - L6205 LD |
YFLITAINY WINL 72 98 VOE
| 1 ._‘
7 £20748-03
AT HT
L2
S4074d
] : RS 2O@ AVIPY I-$ 99S 9/
Page 511
L 3dAlL (390719) W3ILSAS WIHL HOLld
314103713 TVNANVIN HOd JILYINIHOS DNIYHIM
P-LS7069 AL YRIPY ‘6190906
fl%\ FTOVD PN/Ss? S ILEAE MW/INL N
POVIN
OV O NOUPIVIOTIN/ HLVIIINIS v
- 71oN
(31 -
HOLIMS T33IHM YRUNCT
M- M 100N MLW “
TR S L.
.

Page 512
8 3dAL W3ILSAS WIHL HOLId
214193713 TVNNVIN HOd JILVINFHOS DNIHIM
RS SBIW SO LNIORIIPOIY dA
AUTIITS NOLLY TI70LSNY QU IIITY /
1 4
e
$£2906
CAVTS MW/dL
! FUW IS
NoUIMS FTUESVIWV
ELTH S0

Q@
T.LL
90O

S VQ
il

3
it~
/I~y 8/ @ OF
N2AUIME /L
TIINM TONLANOD
, LM
7707 sl I areas] o zo_:o.......“ _ -
m
zn_z..‘ NO Qi3 AS L
«W.%N .U mlw —
— o avrniwrd o
: g AR
e [ sdvr g
(6 ToML WILSAS WI1AL o
.UN\Y\\\.W.MW“\\MW\\W.\W\MN\QQ 1L-8/-/ e mm.u >M...M< .
e
SYXEL ‘STIEM IVEENIN l\n.r\-\x el — R i 6 3dALl WILSAS WIHL
113HOLIN
"ONI_‘SIru1SNANISIVINILVW d0 1811
|27 Fms £, %&%fi% O1LYIWOLNY/GNVAWOD 91LYWIHOS
- NOlAdINDS3Q [ »aswnN 1avdfwaiif ri0] ALIVIRIO7T b XS NILATPIIG NOUY 7P SUSNS Tk oL
TS TPY o RIMS FTLENY VL Y T PIOFY SNOILYTIULSNY IHOE 7
T SFION
SOSHNTZS W/HL 78777 F70SA/ 0D
ey MO /SO SO N/
[/ | i = = nn\\ NAIOHS
€41 | Mo N ot 9 xo
o
o ooy -7
: 77
lel2lg L
1'%% 1LLImseoo
| op-oD
Iy
[NV
[6 ] ™ YIS
(&1 7 LIONIO ML .
511 | I OF
2-95/8 1D +v
- [ [ |
lw..Tr__
a b
7 : .
17 .
=a
o
=] s/#o08 —> IRLSDLY
PV
o
10/-7 D “«Hfi“flnfih\mm\muwm 7 5hoN 7F6 - ~m
» v ‘“\ \fi\\ -7
DNSZ0 B/ YOSNTE 07T
ST/ TAIVE WL \,\ /=~FL/GOE m £20D 3,
208 S S ST $7028 e+ —<- - -
DNIHIM TPMEZ LN Yo (7] \\ / /AIM.HMW ~ -
. ht e A\4 68T 2 =
AT/ 7dAVY AN/
S L W g Z-OPEFOE - i 7 M olg 777
_ ¢ , Ni P N PFOE <
.
7734
7ONLNOD
v —o SLo7/d
by o
M@ _fl H - 09 ~-
..m“q s E-¢ .
Iw. !
lfif m w . LDINNODSIO LIIIYITLNI PV [TTIGYNT WIYL @ E-S
£L-G2 CIONZIOS CAYZE /5L - : ; HOLIMS NOILIZAIG WIdL L 2-5
Xog AV778 1—-F225V/) NOLIMS NOILDINIG WIvL r~g
%
] . sz . y "
%fi 1éez-as 9029 ¢ 3 Mhm 075v3138 [— €6t 93 9314
GO Y uva NOILIIEISIC ¥ wWATUA-OHIN W,
SNOISIATN
. _ { . o -
g
i . ,. R
hJM
s "
- dfl -
-
_\\u\‘
o—— e
o J [ weivorndaw
P RPN
. T L v e e H " . > p—
A
o " NO @ish ASSY AXIN)
VTS T - 1EPT .
el x\fi&%x.w WAL T T | OL 3dAL WILSAS WIHL
R Uy J @GN o0 : Y - —— JILVINOLNY /ONVINWOD JILVINIHOS
o ostbensaos - e = o —
I . SYNIL ‘STIZM IVEININ i ap : . — QEEQ§\§%\|‘B.M.Q‘& P FIONR
708 X0
1 oMl ‘SHINLSNGNI T1IHOLIN ewb NILIMS fi SLOVINGL
. =72 G%\.w\fi%n%&.%%%\k\vv\kh\\\ X2IWVT MY FOL 2
4 SIVIRIIVE 30 e = - . A CSLE X RANS NSAT b FO
OISy Tt TwvelmanT oS L NELT 7778 NOLLO
77 5L SHY OL X' FAPY WRLL I8 FPLS L&
- — _ L WYL FIVFETY LON OF SAULE PrldSNY FHOS Y .
: . . . SEFLON
F7OSAC ? .
=
L.'J
L1
oo 3 7
LTWNQU _ - Yo /- h,h\hfim,\.i”v
. A /T - oP-72 7 ucp ZES
F=-20 & / waums YINVIVE .
= y . . IiSVYw LITTONIDO WL +
‘ I £-95/8 O€ +1D ¥
ATWi0y
flflka“““
2308/ L ; S
fifi&.kw\k\voe\\ WISL : /-¥FL/GOE £902 3y
KDLIS DI L WIS fom X e N
Shrwin
.
Tenss i sen
:
PW ] T .
/]
m\ 7 )MM
DRI A
Z%¢ .W ,
&I Tty WL [P - z-opsgos iyl o SRR
270482 Z- €506 |S#=T2 - 39l Jo .SP 2 054
L70A ¥/ 1-ESD6L
. o+ e
[ = o rs TE O EE,
l:@fi‘I_IMWu‘ LDPINNOISIO LANNNYTINI. OV [FTIGVNT WINL [ E-§
EL-T2 GIoNFIOS CAYZE /oL - : WILIMS NOILITHIT WINL @ Z-§
. XOG Ak 77y \l\WN.flm\\ . HDLIMS NOILOFNIT WIVL ? Sy
s TSR : . 7}
tTEis3 OBED ‘OF 7 NioN IFTOF|V
NN TM PR 2L-b32 L&Y CF MNP OF8¥377% |~
DNy | Bva | - NOLLHEEIO w .
SHOISIADE Lo . . , )
-~ ZLAlT AW . x - ‘ ;
Page 5-15 |:
(1 FACLAATISAS tvity
UL PN PIVHOD -
L DIV IS OS
. S¥YX3k ‘STIRM IVEININ Ll 3dAL W3LSAS WiHL
"ONI ‘SI1ULSN N1 T13HO1I JILVIWOLNVY/ONVWWOD JILVIWIHIS
SIVINIAYW
e 40 iSiT ¥
- NOILdI¥DSIG - | "Waswnn Teva]watAte]
{ 3. L .p.@fi\uvfl\s&i\, VT NILTTING NOULE TINLENY FHd OL
ATy, A S AILEGIY HIXL Y DINTETY SMOLLYTTELSNS FHWO8 Y
. TSFLOV
YOSNZS /DL 7H17T . FPOSNOD
v
.
-~ - = i
.§\h&§\n§.\
Ar AN S
_ _
< - g 22 a7 @ .
| - oor-c2 lellel L fi} IH-CD: op-7o (TP
S

STV PYS
7o 7 LIPOVIO WY.L
k 771 — 1 + v
b =957 O D
77 _ T
b 11
S

e /
roo £ - _ ,v
MRUSITV pYrL
W

POASE N0 Y SO SNZE 7V
S P/ A ISV VL \d\ /~PLIQOE D
K OLIS (DILE NI IE b . . L.
PFCEDUMT OL HIFT& 1D[T 7] S o0
WA/ PONSTLN YO I.N. T \ \ AA F55
ST/ TV IWSL &umlwlwwl.w
= < —&FTs
2-opeo0s <

L T Hiaio
’ © §-914 20€
" Tl
2T e
o4+ . W
3
msammny
1g
LDINNODEIO LAY YTFLN! OV [II0VNT WINL
EL-CO IO TTOS CAYFE W/l . . 1
E-S
HOLIMS
. XOZ AV 77 /-F 225 ¥/ AOLIMS
NOILIZ /G INIdL
NOILDOFNIT WIYL
s 2-8
/-8
»*
s 37 S -¥
fe_-< Scovs03 ¥hd gisvITIN
. § G3nouv sava | WOW4HIIE30
. - SNOISIAZN
Page 516
¢l 3dAL WILSAS WiHl
ANVYIWNOID HOd JILVYWIHIS DNIHIM
CAY TS /L
_.| |||||||||| A
| |
| -] _§£2006 890>
| sy
| el | )
_ i =
| _....q_.VSu
i

|
.
_ |
| _
W | oemm=
| ranarrog _
- - -J
- F
2 Q0L
e W as « <<
o0 LE0>
&-6/79 TO&
APPUTSSY FI9VI P NUMS
A3
9t
[ 27 el S A weLLVOI V4V

Page 517 ‘
el zzeoe i
3 .
.
NO gith ASSY LXiIN
F T T AIINGD
3 &/ FAML WFLSAS WL
- DILYIWOLNNY | ONVIVHOD e €L 3dAL WILSAS WIHL
O/ LV I/ IS iz JLLYWOLNY/ANVIWWNOO JILVWIHOS
1 SYXIL ‘STIIM IVNININ
b72I gl
4 CTONI1 ‘SITVLSNANI TIIHILIN (POVIN
QU HILIMS
G /=P LEOP OL py FIONTIOS 3OS SLIVANGD
;
s : SIVINIAVI
-
b/
7] 1
2/
vag |4
o7
W
6

e~
_
o~

40 AS11
NOILd183530

ELDE OSHDIG L, wvnal


[ |
waswon wwva]wan[210]

1t
ow-ao
X

YOSNVTZE LIS
=
L
7

=
]

flfq
e U

0 P xe

78777
=
L
=
LLl/so0
:
:

.
0F-00
.

(OAD NFAO FII72L7 SNOTLY PI0LSAY FZSNET ML


.
X

3
Y3LNdWOD
AOvL/SO 20 N/
J
WBIWl

I4IdINY
N WMOHNS

Tl
SIEIZINNEAE

g
@ it

;h-..ufl. NM. n“\..“flhk »WW “WM%W«.MW“‘


ZAVS IS
)
=

PTIPUD
WS TIAOYIIY
P HIUIMS DIPFOE FHL DNISYy
SWTLSAS WISL TI0H2U
L1
H TV -~O0F
S/ A TGN FES Y
2O QUIY MM QT RIAIS 7 by
— -STHIOE3 S-2/PFOE SFI79UHZESY 779622
' THLON FS/MIFILO SSTTND Wit¥
V9 2Z VIROS- M7/t T OL STSIM TV
,
AtVFE
yzyysys
410010 WYL

DOy
\W ..Mw:n\.w«\m
tuhflwk Q}\

P .
'S
o
L=t
el v
HL
771 2
TRITOTLIP
: ’
.
T
~- + P
|€ et \\
2 . : . oz ufibm“w\n“pw
VXL -
7] S/Ppo0E —-
— oz 9¢-Q0F
. Q — " ’ \ 3 .
9o 7/ -
DoAg2 30 #/ OSNIS T | O lam w- £842 \
SIS/
7T L | ez rwmmTR ) : ; 7 . on.d | 2
19NSt BTN LT LNT2E
G Fa——
[T PR —yo02
vD QNL K55
S Eo : ‘ _ - \ 1/ . ov | 5
g Hp = oz . . 3
T [+ TP 7 = T - J i
o s 7y mrss [k . eM W0 Rsers zton 295 /- 2
SLI0N9T (/L2207 |$#-02 : e - ofi K W- - §-91voge;
T Yo T é
7IFAMD P
L2AFL 12277 . 7OXLNOD
§£07/
“UW F7S
L
I 11
Bl = Y ) ‘ rs TS5 €5,
zw.flu”wq
< : |
LIINNOISIC LINTNY TLNI TV [FTIFVNTZ WXL :E-S
EL-70 C/ON.7 705 CAS IS /oL ! NILIME NOILIFUIQ WINL :2-S
XO& Ay 77 /- v v S5/ . HOLIMS NOILIINIC WIVL * \..m.i
: i
Z274 0.7 ¥Fd GFSHIIFNE | —
i NOLAEINIG | 7\
-] SHOISIASE . —
- - 7 LI T = A
( vl 3dAL WILSAS Wit(
OILYWOLNV/ANYININOD ILLYINIHOS

Page 5-18
"(IDVON3I G/A) HOLIMS L-bLSOF OL +V AIONT10S HO4d SLOVINOD
(ON) N3dO 3z111LNn *SNOILVT TVLSNI HIdWVA MVA HO4
V'V'd 3HL A9 G3AOHddY 39 LSNIN
W3LSAS JHL OL IDNVHO ANV 8 WILSAS "LIM 1071dOLNY HLIM Q317ddNS Y
34VS 1Ivd V SV Q3A0HddY SI AT9W3SSY SL¥D0E B G-9L¥A0E S3ITANISSY 318v0 T
. 379V ® HOLIMS 9180€ JHL DNISN © "03LON 3SIMHIHLO SSITINN "NIW
-
SN3LSAS WIHL T13HOLIN 3HIV-003 . € . VO ZZ ‘v980S-M-TIW 38 OL SIHIMTIVY ‘L
. , :S31ON
1y, By, 2~
7203 P20 £-¥0 /-$5/F OEAT_ ’
2@, VIRV
‘“
8‘&““\.!‘1 S0: ML -
WILIL “MAITINDS To) A ————FFGTINE VIOT
1€ 2E Y SEIIY - I VIR _ J—
BN TR T Tl PG YO0F nȎ !
| YAy My (I
4703-492ESI6L
| aar-9fy L)
v _ . 8l 13 0
LA P/ /-ESDEL . _ i ]
t
FaY ay -
e .
37
7
s e
LLSOF
Lv] 9 y
L .
|- oroNT 705 -
onAyI< A X0 AVIZ¥ I-$ 9 95T/ L1
! bn@fi‘uofl
L
¥
§-9/$208
rs 35 EFy
LOFNNOISIO SV /TTEVYD WIVL :§-5
MO/LIPUIT WWWL : B-§
\;\wuus“nw wOuIBUIo wwasts -5 &
Gl 3dAL W3LSAS WIHL
JILYWOLNV/ANVYINNOD JILVIWIHIS
ool el 0 0 . A hed _ P T
R
T — S . WA, s ML TIPS
PZEDE ] 889V
"N I AXY T T UL Qff IF TS - TISIP FD LN TIM AT
1572 m“.\w%%h‘mflw.\w.flw .
. ) > “.\WWW.QM WWWN T
Pl
IS S
_ a L T TG LN TIIA

Page 5-19
. e GZ T2 JQIPTENELL [-DIPPOENTHM “TIS/? 5/ D-/PIOE FO
SADFNNOD FSTNL ‘D757 S7
(s 2 RLSAE W S—D) 5D OE ATGWTCE
— : : whuwl Qo XD | O LLPYV| P IOWDOF A TLIMNS NINM A TAO LSIXT SNOILDFANOD FSTMLD D
$/ T“\«kb .bu HE L, . / e 1
i ¥
ov . © . . . T ey ‘
LISOED "W DN/ MUY
. '
g4/ \\«\.V\\tv&.v.m. ro LOTHNOI
s
b
nufr——
=Y NMOAHS ST QN PHIIP0D LIV QU BT YPLNY AIIUNFD
DNIIM NO
ant LAET 51 ONIIIM GTLVIDOSSb PN NOILISNNOD N/ PHL SO
& Sint S
.
INI
- SYX3L
4
‘ST1IM TYEININ |
‘SHULSNANI VVIHOLIN q g )]
po-+/-/ .
vosgms )y,
- quwil
-
fi%
ey I
- - B -
Xy HAUIME L2 SOB T
S A - ST
NO S Srine o 5585E A rs o o5
oL o
&, 'O,
SIVINIAVIN 40 4817 . LIS TSP NV FZ/7/LST .-hl\‘\\.\““kh:\—\\ FFPI WD ML Yor YW
NOILJIED$30 nwnN uve[winf 1o VY
S TN
_ ONYTS frakrd | RLSKS AL QAL TNV
AT ORAONS
Y TG LEIN
ANV 3 WIAEAS
___.QB<3&., FAVS N o \\.\ IOV St L 7THNISSY ’
TIGV2 5 NoU/MES DIPFOLE T/l DN/ ,
FIUIIIIWY FTLITNOD . SWZLSAS WL TIRAUN 201¥ 00T '§
) LLY LOHLCURY HlM T/ TSSNIS FHV
AOLUSOY
200 Nyl PEPFOE 3 SINOOE SVIITHISSY F728VD°2
N AoNS L GRLON FEIMITHLO SST ING N/
ZOSE20 D7 FHIOLIWV ” WD 22 VOROS-M-FW TG OL SFUIMTIIV. /-
(P77 NI ) ajo L2l¥l o200 B
PI2-D2 /4 PONINSHV : . SSILON

SISy 777M 0L ’ :
(ProntdrtTo g o) . :
ST -DR g FNIH AN Y - . or-q2 _.,._... Cop T2INILIW oWl £
. (ORI NI B . porasrre-y
V}—- S QITIINS VD 02 £222 WY LPOXD> WYL
> A|i|||ouq§\§w vo oz : < +»
713 vo oz
v
— eo/-00 . vo oz .
7 s
ooz | KUIME
513 | xhghfl\&wE\“flw\W ‘ ] ufln\“nfisfixfik
71— XU ONIFE LIS “.WMNN — —vooz—2 ; 3
» v
. 9/-00 _ we 22ol%m.vh/‘m.I\.Qv
Iy
.
I
LN
3 e
x :
[
{ T S—soros
T&n-o0 >
BOSR2Zu 77X WDLLIY Y02 —, )
DUSE YO 1Y . (7757 i #) : A ] { < \
AF/I/JTIVY VAL \DWrEB~DR/g PONBNTIHY 7 cg-00 \ \ T >Eor
HOLIT "OILE NV PH DS 9 ~ o
EECOED IMT 0L #7747y | 2T TFGTTIHS V292 . iR
.
. | ]
DFUN XS
PN/ YIM TN T4 D O7 .wl —& DE TSI YO0R
YTIF -0 .
GG IRIHS TI0% ELSeq 729M240, .
AT/ S/ 2NV A/ L .M.* 75 (FToMLS 7 D9 WP € Ll \7iolo ]2 v vo ’
.“ - NNM.“N\\. TONIHTHY O
MLl INOILD.? 7.7 9 5w 7AVLLINY ospgoEg
()=-6040/ (F 7PV 707 VI V)
51222/g TONIBIUY R m
VL
QFTTAIHS VO OF Y. A
FAIRINS VD 02 ¥ Lo ) V
.v9.02
V902 "
E4-020
€L XOF AV 73 /= F P50/
i /-9y 1-9508 |
\\D\\\th.hkm\.“%@\wk\_\\
WL
£-97$008
>o
D-D/Pp D08
oV on gg
ONT7E WITL W N TN
O~/ | 667 0078
WD3 3-IIPOOE
/- VIO D U0/
¥5_GTP, 71 15 TS €Sy
TIPPIW vV . .
PIT W] 2S5 o7 ‘07 ¥og OISKIIIY LIPNNOISIG I b/ TIGVNZ WIWL 5
GAO4Y uve NOILNEMEO " un HPLIMS NOILTRYIG WINL: B-§
SHOISIATY | NDLIME NOLLOTHIG WAL (/-5 B
Page 5-20
9L 3dAL Al AHNLINID WILSAS WIHL
OINOYLI3T3 JILVNOLNY/ANYINNOD JILVWIHIS
. v [/
Svmvro
1857 Fhit oy M\)N\Q.uqthu\flwo‘
w>. VD,
S Ay e&n‘?N\220
YAt \‘FQF-J
ale ey
WOILVIO? Ay
wWEOLED
LS L
oS Sy oIt I AR0L ofi«
o i&k)s\k\‘ghfl‘ Yooty > \.R‘!s\
gsmt\bk?hw.vh SOPi/ OL #)y P/ONF P05 ¥y .uku\kSU ®
ORI NISO F2I74L77 > SHOIAV
P IVLIS MY WD S WY T Atvs Fors >
ONFS MW2Lrt WV ML AT TPAONISY
Y WRLEAS PNL OL FINWND ANV PJFooL5y
isAE
N, Y NNy P o e st¥
Y3LNdWoD SWILSAS WW¥L ITIVLY10 PP ~ORY &+
L7X LOTASCLIIV RUIM OITAINS
/L/5OS
D WIL A 6 -WPPOE SN/ ISHDESYF 79092
R
Or292,
WL P2y Iy
T BT s
- A oS | OTLON FE/IMYPRLO SSI TV
VOZZ'VIROS-M-7/¥
A,
T& Ou hflfi\:h.mww 7
A“W“M.l YIOWILIPY .
o oP-00
e % : D56 9 7IINLIY amrg
W.Ihlulll, asarems vo or aq.“fi.uvw YINYIYS
< a9arIms ‘ve o SE%, LINONID tvr L
« ‘wo oz [ —= +
1
— goi-ao ‘W
>0 ,
7 5 ; :
~ (S oo 9s) 814/ 3000w : —Woz ’
2 ; HRNANCD sORty oYY ’ %fi%\ \\“.\w‘.k
BOLOW OHAMES WU . ‘Yooz +—rwor——— —+—l
¥ Yoy o DOLon 835 (B M) e 0D O4 > 02 Z20/aD
o7 G705 \\./ v
L piow #35 (0 wid) oL @O Gt -—
Egu Ty . # &Low 335 — s 7
Mo ) : : . « §1/C1D /- .
422
g RNV TS
OF A
'
A T L .2l AR T L7
§905 .
I
s
M s
TWaIING 200 TE1cs o
i - )
rooe: £r o2
L7 AT =1 IT73 v
(T
S. G2 PPN DLrev
R
7
~ [s#-00 i 27-D2 g7 W IH 1992 gaton 275 -
6-2/1p 005¥ | - 4
MUK ( 2-€0L5r | bonito nsit L
, 708 L NS0
.
-
P/B- BBy
IONINI VY
asqIIING VO 0%
-
2 e S$497/t
I L ,ll./’lylvuu
216
; aI@r91HS . ‘¥o OF L%t das S
sevaminy W v 2T TS E-Sapimorsnosr sy
m_ ‘vo or OPEO8D Ol ¥7xyy m ECPNy
&5 e &Sl prrbwyihog Ayt
ONY LIINAOISICS PONUNDD wANL YOS CAIONT iy
‘v2oF LelPUYRINI
VS PIO VMG WINL 8-S (88 4 2-5) SovroiMs
EL-OO obs, w&««flsflmu\k“:‘ MOILIMS AvLoddle wiel JT-§ )\.Mutuhi..n. WINL YOu h uwu -
U._.. 71
e op[v ¥
pra- uu\\% FILIIT PIOY . imuwu\flhaxfl.nu\wuflw& il 2tis NO3S Ul "vG W
IVNO3SIZ LE
_ ( 22/t = e
Yu
(o205
OAYFE Wiad

L1 3dAl WIHL HOLlld

Page 5-21
OINOHL1I313 J1LVIWIHOS WALSAS WIHL
LI (WLIT DT ULV TTVLSNG L TTTE,) GTSH) FW LV TIM ATEWTSS
- PRV
DO OSRGOE. FTHL ATRRI
TGV BN OUMS
SSET D= EDOE
| DRELIHRIIN LYPETIT TW AON 77/M -SWOILIFPNNOD FEFAL
IR R T-WPGE NI LIS/ 5/ DV IOE SO E O/ P DOE A?GWIESY
SYXIL 'STTIM IVUINIM . RTOWD
o OLINE NIYA ATHO LS/XF SWOILIFNNOD .v.ww;\k ®
TI13HOLIN 3¥iV-003 NI ME- O
) CTo IOLLYVYOIN? VO,
A IDWTESY FTVD SO 677 O IFi
SN
= - mfim@u\m..mmfifix\h \.m‘ oh 0
STVINILVM 20 1817
. T ) S ENOILY DIVUSNY,PAl e T
SEO
NOI44 140830 [ _wswwnn_tave[wana16] - i N2y NILRTINEG \(Q\.hv.fli‘kh)\“\ h«fiw\ az z
XTI WILNE SV WAL W PYIINOTY SAOLLTI ILSA? IS 7
2}—
E) >
11
G
— ;
2
5
N Y :
LVWIHOE
GEEORD SN 2L YAFY
Wwixfslulof

SNIXIM TYNYZING HO
AN

Ly
¥ =

R/A TNV W/ L |
NIt
S

PINLDTI7( )-60L0/ |
R
o]
-
3
1 . >
é UNQ Jv\
TEFE TE
LATBARIET
S TTRONT WL [R5
T LME NOTLIVINT BMLT ET.
SNOISIAZN
T RIIAE
PLDTYRT BN T[S
Page 5-2_2
8L 3dAl HIIHITdAV WIHL HOLId
) JINOH1LI373 HLIM IH AHNLNID WILSAS WIHL JILVINIHIS
CNXFS HoLld
ALIVIGYNI
N JQA
OV IS SR TY WELIME FRLEYW WIAL NILZTIID NOILOTT s gNs s
¥ ZHINORY SO Lys s 5h IV f
F705V0D ' A
NOLLISOY 50
WU N? PONS
o/
or-ao .
agw ¢
ARWVRNY
| > LINONID Wiald, ‘y
\ 02+ 9908 —C_
"D

]
( )-2o2a0% /fil« 2=/ 8¥206
SETNEVH IT0VO
XQUOW NS WAl ke 8 &
Y @ ’ PP -
slTioy g
A
2/-ao J w3 Of ey \
‘ 1WV.~H.NW 7
° ‘NLYNSNOIS —_— P> 7
§ BT QL WDATY 2a v
7]
A
e
~
NI TONYRUN/ 2O
3PN 17 >t505 A
F/ A TadVY W/ L
Fdl |V\ sorvos
h 00 { J=oLIPOF
MILLd
\IINONLDT77( ~60L.5/ AICWISSY 20V
- .
\An ¢ >-18pDOE ) (I R3I5E
e H ( )-ose90% q —
L
9] ] Y
‘ .
§LCo n M
7] 21o] §4-09 v|s\zlolo] o]v] K-
QION 708
OCAX'ZS (ViYL ‘ ¥ DA 4
XO& AVIRY /- O2SV/ rs z5
LIANCIER
NS POV WL §-8
WS NOVLODND WL ¢ &6
R2UME NUITVRT WML [ 1S#
Lwildd¥
e = usia] TMO AL
aiinD | 9T
AL
] QU YT
ANILITIIG WOLL b7 70k A7
UNTSPYS PG LON PIHM SNOILIFUNOD FS7his
- e OFES7 51 /-2/FOE NIWM ‘PIEN §7 S=DIpIOE A75H.7E5
. : . S WINILYW PISWOF WOLIMS NTHM A FAO LE/NT SNOILDFTNNOD FSFps -.W
1 - . %W\ T.ms\w.A QE.WW“W.“\.M\\“WV\{
’ ?RQ\.v ‘BISOED ‘N DNIMEYD LODNNOIITLNI DNIIIM NO
-W NV . TADS e b NMONS 5/ TNl PN/ PR 0D LOTIS QLITY AT AXITINGD PHL HO
LT 5/ OMIIM GFLYIDOSSl TGN MOLLIOPNNOD N/ & Sind 5
.,. SYXIL ‘STIIM TVHININ | saowof, —1 - : AL TIF D) Per s b
“ON1 ‘SITUASNANI TTIHOLINW wavsa] SRR e L. OO
NULTTITE NOILE TIVLENS Thil OL FPrTS
TRV o I.F—.IIIII HPUTIMS HTUSHUs WIHL b ZINIOS SNOIL Y 27 WL SNV TV *
ol 30
NOIL41¥9§30 | waewnn 1ava[wan] 10} CAXZS WL . , WLt WV A i PHLs’ AT CRAONI
o KA Y 3 TELV LSS
Lo S
)
e TFAVS WA V SV TINONIIN S/ A ITHISSY
i . TPV 3 N2UIME DIVFOE THL INISTT?
I TIWY FTLISNOD —~ SHPLSKS WML T79H2UW F90V -0T7
- - LLY LO7MAOLY it TP ISANTE T -
eosezg
AORLIEOT 290 WU
r m niss
OS#IOE 3 S2/6D08 SHIIVNISEY 2I¥5 "
‘\N-%m\\ PON A
& P IPAOL,
D77 Nl P
.
@i2
T
2l¥l or.00
@
L 5 VO 22 e RWOROS~M -7/ T
P OL SFHIMI?V
.
F53.40
FOSEp 77FH AL/ LY . - 2|g
(Fondlo it o oz-go Wizlelr POSE.u TIINILIY Lol
SV = D2/g PONIH AN onA NS p) XINOPYT
@] £ QXTIIHHS v OF . $72-92 WY LUNXD WL
Pl@lfillqws.w\\\w vo oz - : + ¥
7] i vo oz -
V] vo o2
o/-Q0 . . PN 775
7 ooz
> N LIME
(S LN Z75) 717/
27 Wb’ | YILSYIY N/ L
Wy FEI7 — ooz VOOZ—=
g UMY CAXZS Fr ol /T : ooz fi J
v B . 2N g
g 2/- QG2 v 24 oL wrmgs— \ ,‘ N e AV
COSE2y 77Dl stV y902 —I
DU S2 30 2
fi JR/ITITINVY MWL
(Bt Wit ) &05 :
[ ] [ < Zo/~00 |
\
>502
- D2/ 7OMSTHb 7 E8-00 \ \ C €6-00
ALl "OLL VKOS 15 2 vooz - . > DAL TP
EEETEDIMT OL ¥FS7¥ | Tf™ T OFTIIHE {##-0 /
BMIIM TONTZLN 303 Lo TFGTIHE 902 2205 -
. [l 1+ aya7I/Ns 7Y ELSE 277K LW - .
N Y/ 700 L [ (FIDLN T2 W6 n_m_.n v EgLgoe
S$F-00 222-22/4 7oNMIHNY O i eid ™ 7
WLl IWOXLITTZ™ 0 ww i N osrgos 09 |
| L
(2-60LD/ N =%
|(rromiszory
i # N PETT oy | |
/2-22/y FONIHIMY Yl rt.\wx?fi._
F fi A Tor 0o e . A -
/IESOf
HOLIMS LA 7 FELI
s
Lv
2SR TIINUII
&L-72 3 lfir_‘_ D7 AT BT :
, eca2 [v]g 2 (G PR B2UMNIWY" xoF AV
I /-F 1SS/ /-2/FF0OE
T >0 |+
§$-9/$20E —b4
I ,
! oV oN ow
OAFZE WL e et
. ‘
NN 2 x
DN
i 5 TS E6y
. = LOFNNOISIO o b/ TIGYNT WYL E=S - .
. l@\ns..z N“fl...m. : . HOLIMS MOILIZHIT WIIL ; 25
SNOITPIATS . ) ) . NILIME
ML NOILDFHIO
NO/ILDFT S/ WML
/e -5
ir- ¥
E—— ‘
-
SECTION VI
GROUND CHECKS AND FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS

6.1 CENTURY Il AND iIB AUTOPILOTS

The Century 11B Autopilot is an ““Open Loop’’ system which responds only to the dynamics of
the aircraft in flight, thus the only ground checks that can be accomplished are functional checks
as described in this bulletin.

For the check procedures described below, it is considered a Century 1B is installed. However,
if a Century 1l is installed, the procedures apply, and both the ON/OFF and the HDG switches
are OFF when they are in the OUT position, and they are ON when in the IN position.

6.1.1 GROUND CHECKS:

1. Remove console face plate by removing the roll knob and the two face plate mounting
screws that are exposed. After removing the face plate, reinstall the roll knob.

Start aircraft engine to obtain Gyro stability. Adjust vacuum regulator to obtain 4.5 to
5.0" vacuum.

Center roll knob.

Rotate aircraft control wheel to level flight (neutral) position. Push A/P ON/OFF switch
ON. Move control wheel right and left to check Servo engagement and that Servo can
be overridden.

Rotate roll knob right and left and observe that aircraft control wheel is moving the same
direction

~ NOTE: Aircraft control wheel will not necessarily be in any particular


position when the roll knob is centered, but will remain stationary
at the position it is in at the time the roll knob is rotated to its
zero electrical output position.

Center Course Selector of Directional Gyro and push HDG switch ON. If Radio Coupler is
installed, place Coupler Selector Switch in HDG mode. With the HDG switch ON turns to
selected headings are commanded by the HDG knob of the Directional Gyro. The D.G.
HDG knob functions by being pushed in and rotated. With the HDG switch ON, the roll
knob on the console is inoperative.

Rotate D.G. Course Selector right and left from center, and observe that control wheel
rotates in the same direction. Retum D.G. ‘Course Selector to center.
If Radio Coupler is installed, proceed as follows. If coupler is not installed, skip to para-
graph 10. Turn on radio and tune receiver to any available omni signal. Check Omni Indica-
tor Needle.

Place Radio Coupler in OMNI mode. Swing omni needle right and left slowly and observe
that control wheel rotates in the same direction.

10. Turn ON/OFF switch OFF. Rotate control wheel right and left and observe that Servo dis-
engages.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 6-1


6.1.2 Flight Checks and Adjustments:

The Flight Adjustments required by the Century Il and the Century lIB Automatic Flight Con-
trol System vary slightly depending upon the Amplifier utilized and the options employed.

The Century 1IB Model 1C385, Code change “g“ Amplifier requires one adjustment NOT
required on the Century Il Model 1C385 Amplifier. This adjustment is the Roll Threshold Ad-
justment given belaw.

NOTE: If Roll Filter {Century Il only) is installed disconnect and leave


out of electrical system until Step 15 of Section ‘‘C”’. (Connect
CD-18 from console amplifier directly into the Artificial Horizon).

Referencing Fig. 6-1(A), the Century Il Adjustment Drawing and Fig. 6-1(B), the Century 11B
Adjustment Drawing.

Roll Threshold Adjustment - The Roll Threshold potentiometer is attached to the circuit board
of the 1C385 amplifier and is accessible from the front of the amplifier with the face plate re-
moved. (Ref: Ground Checks, Note 1).

1. With the aircraft in smooth air and trimmed for level flight and the A/P ON/OFF switch
ON, center the HDG Indice, push HDG switch ON.

2. Adjust the roll threshold potentiometer, (“D*’, Ref. Fig. 6-1(B)), clockwise until a notice-
able roll oscillation develops, (clockwise rotation increases the sensitivity).

3. Rotate potentiometer counterclockwise until lateral oscillation is eliminated.

NOTE: Counterclockwise rotation past the desired adjustment will cause


long term lateral oscillation and possible wandering on establish-
ed headings.

4. Grasp control wheel and displace aircraft in roll. If no oscillation develops, this completes
the threshold adjustment. If roll oscillation develops, tum roll pot counterclockwise until
oscillation stops. Repeat until no oscillation is detectable.

Roll Center and Bank Limit Adjustments - No Radio Coupler:

1. Fly aircraft to smooth air and trim for level flight using 75% power.

NOTE: Check for rudder trim. If rudder is incorrectly trimmed, the Cen-
tury |IB will fly the aircraft with a low wing to compensate for
the rudder out of trim condition.

2. Center Roll Knob, push ON/OFF switch ON. Set D.G. Course Selector to D.G. heading
(aircraft heading).

3. Tum HDG switch ON. If aircraft does not maintain selected heading, adjust as necessary to
center D.G. Course Selector using center adjustment screw (B) on Console (Ref. Fig. 6-1).
4. Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 150° left and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust left
bank screw (A) of Console to obtain 20° bank. (Ref. Fig. 1-6). Rotate adjustment screw
clockwise to increase bank angle.

NOTE: Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 25° left of D.G.headmg until
adjustment is completed

Page 6-2 Issued: Jan. 1973


ROLL COMI\AAND KNOB

ON/OFF

'
LEFT BANK ADJUSTMENT
7
7
1 J

RIGHT BANK ADJUSTMENT

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

CENTURY Il CONSOLE/AMP

ROLL COMMAN[{ KNOB

ON/OFF —

O 7 Y)K
THRESHOLD ADJUSTMENT \ RIGHT BANK ADJUSTMENT
LEFT BANK ADJUSTMENT CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

CENTURY I11B CONSOLE/AMP

FIGURE 6-1

Revised July 1974 Page 6-3


Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 150° right and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust
right bank screw (C) of console to obtain 20° bank (Ref. Fig. 6-1). Rotate adjustment
screw clockwise to increase bank angle.

NOTE: Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 259 right of D.G. heading until
adjustment is completed.

Allow aircraft to return to selected heading and level flight. Observe that Autopilot main-
tains selected heading #2°. If not, repeat steps 2 and 3 until selected HDG is maintained.

Push HDG switch OFF and with roll knob centered, observe that aircraft fliew wings level
+ 29, (With A/C level, roll knob will not necessarily be centered).

8. Turn roll knob full left and observe that aircraft banks left 30° + 29,

9. Repeat step 8 to the right, using the right bank screw (C) of console.

ROLL CENTER AND BANK LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS - WITH RADIO COUPLER

1. Fly aircraft to smooth air and trim for level flight using 75% power.

NOTE: Check for correct rudder trim. If rudder is incorrectly trimmed,


the Century 1IB will fly the aircraft with a wing low to compsen-
sate for the rudder out of trim condition.

Push ON/OFF switch ON.

Set D.G. Course Selector to match D.G. heading (Centered), for drift reference.

Push HDG switch ON. Set Coupler Selector Switch to OMNI mode, and push red button
on rear of coupler IN. Hold button IN until the centering adjustment is complete.
Allow aircraft Roll Attitude to stabilize and if necessary adjust for straight and leve flight
(wings level and ball centered) with center adjustment screw (B) in console (Ref. Fig. 6-1).
After each adjustment allow aircraft attitude to stabilize and observe it for two minutes to
insure aircraft is maintaining straight flight. Observe heading drift at HDG indice, maintain
red button IN until no drift is detectable during a 30 second period.

Place Coupler Selector Switch in the HDG mode, release red button {coupler isolation but-
ton), and observe that aircraft maintains selected heading + 2°.

Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 1509 left and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust left
bank screw (A) of console (Ref. Fig. 6-1) to obtain 20° bank. Rotate adjustment screw
clockwise to increase bank angle.

NOTE: = Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 25° left of D.G. heading until
adjustment is complete.

Repeat Step 7 to the right, using the richt bank screw (C) of console, (Ref. Fig. 6-1).

Set omni Bearing Selector to obtain full left needle deflection.

NOTE: Full left needle deflection must be maintained until adjustment is


complete. This can best be accomplished by being at least 20
miles from the omni station and flying approximately to or from
the station.

Page 64 Issued: Jan. 1973


10. Push HDG switch OFF and set D.G. Course Selector 45° right of center indice.

11. Push HDG switch ON and allow aircraft heading to stabilize.

12. Adjust left intercept screw on side of Radio Coupler as necessary to stabilize Course Selec-
tor 459 right of center indice. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase intercept angle.

13. To adjust right intercept angle, repeat steps 9 through 12 with omni needle deflected full
right and Course Selector 45° to left of center indice. Adjust right interecept pot.

14. Center omni needle to a “TO" bearing, and set Course Selector to match omni bearing.
Allow aircraft to fly to the omni station and observe that omni needle stays “centered’’.
If omni needle does not maintain center, adjust ROLL center potentiometer (B) CW for a
needle displaced to the right of center, and CCW for a needle displaced to the left of center.
(Ref. Fig. 6-1). This adjustment needs to be made in ONE TURN increments or less, for a
“FINE” adjustment. '

15. If Roll Filter is installed, reconnect into system as called out in Electrical Section.

16. Slow aircraft back to best angle of climb airspeed and turn roll rate adjustment potentio-
meter on end of Roll Filter counterclockwise until slow lateral oscillation is apparent. Then
rotate potentiometer clockwise until no oscillation is detected.
17. Command left and right turns at various airspeeds. A noticeable softening in roll rate
should be apparent. Bank limits should be the same, if not, adjust as in step 7 of Section
llcll'

18. This completes the Ground and Flight Checks and Adjustments. Reinstall the Radio Cou-
pler and Console/Amplifier face plate. Check coupler and console wiring for security and
clearance. :

6.2 CENTURY 111 AUTOPILOTS

The Century 11l Autopilot is an “Open Loop*’ system which responds only to the dynamics of
the aircraft in flight, thus the only ground checks that can be accomplished are functional checks
as described in this bulletin.

Century 111 Autopilots may be equipped with any one of the following Amplifiers; 1D395,
1C515 or 1C515-1-2, depending upon the dynamic response required. Although these Amplifiers
are physically interchangeable, only the Amplifier model called for in the installation data is ap-
proved for that installation.

If the aircraft installation calls for a 1C515( ) Amplifier, the aircraft should be loaded to or
near its aft C.G. limit for the set-up flight test to obtain the most consistent results. Consult
aircraft weight and balance data and assure that the fuel burn during test does not place the air-
craft outside the C.G. envelope. Other Amplifier models do not require this loading and should
be loaded with full fuel and two people.

For all models, fly aircraftto smooth air and adjust power and configuration for a 65% - 75%
power cruise condition, except where otherwise specified.

Issued: Jan. 1973 ‘ Page 6-5


6.2.1 GROUND CHECKS

Roll

1. Remove Console Face Plate by removing the roll knob and the three face plate retaining
screws. After removing the face plate, reinstall the roll knob.

2. Start aircraft engine to obtain Gyro stability. Adjust vacuum regulator to obtain 4.5 to
5.0” vacuum. (Refer to aircraft manufacturer service information).

3. Rotate aircraft control wheel to level flight (neutral) position. Center roll knob. Push
ROLL ON/OFF switch ON. Override Servo by manually rotating control wheel right and
left through full travel to determine that Servo is engaged and can be overridden.

4. Rotate roll knob right and left and observe that aircraft control wheel is moving in the
same direction.

NOTE: Aircraft control wheel will not necessarily be in any particular


position when the roll knob is centered, but will remain stationary
at the position it is in at the time the roll knob is rotated to its
zero electrical output position.-

6. Center Course Selector of Directional Gyro and push HDG switch ON, if Radio Coupler is
installed, place Coupler Selector Switch in HDG mode. With the HDG switch ON, turns and
selected headings are commanded by the HDG knob of the Directional Gyro. The D.G.
HDG knob functions by being pushed IN and rotated. With the HDG switch IN, the roll
knob on the console is inoperative.
6. Rotate D.G. Course Selector right and left from center, and observe that control wheel
rotates in the same direction. Return D.G. Course Selector to center.

7. If Radio Coupler is installed, proceed as follows: (If Coupler is not installed, proceed to
Step 9). Turn on Radio and tune receiver to any available OMNI signal. Check OMNI In-
dicator needle.

8. Place Radio Coupler in OMNI mode. Swing OMNI needle right and left slowly and observe
that control wheel rotates in the same direction.

9. Push HDG switch OFF. Push ROLL ON/OFF switch OFF. Rotate control wheel right and
left and observe that servo disengages.

10. If equipped with control wheel disconnect, re-engage autopilot and disengage with wheel
switch.

Pitch
1. Push ROLL ON/OFF switch ON and position roll knob to stop Roll Servo.

‘NOTE: If Automatic Trim is installed, pull trim circuit breaker to cut off
trim during ground checks.

2. Observe pitch effort meter and center meter by rotating Pitch Command Knob.

3. Push PITCH ON/OFF switch ON. Override Servo by manually moving control wheel full
forward and full aft to determme ‘that Servo is engaged and can be overridden. Rotate Pitch

Page 6-6 Issued: Jan. 1973


Command Knob full up and observe that control column moves aft.

NOTE: During ground operation, it may be necessary to manually assist


control column movement as the Servo clutch may not be capable
of moving the control column with its static friction.
Rotate Pitch Command Knob full down and observe that control column moves forward.

Center Pitch Command Knob.,

NOTE: Control eolumn will not necessarily move to or maintain neutral


position when Pitch Command Knob is centered, but will cease
movement anytime pitch axis is at its electrical center as indicated
by a centered trim needle.

6. Push ROLL ON/OFF switch OFF. Move control column fore and aft and observe that
Pitch Servo disengaged satisfactorily.

6.2.2 Ground Checks and Adjustment - Automatic Pitch Trim

After installation is complete, the automatic trim sensor must be adjusted for centering. The
trim sensor point gap (overall) determines the sensitivity of the trim sensor and is factory set. If
an adjustment for trim sensitivity is deemed necessary, consult Section 11 of this manual for gap
tolerances and settings.

Centering Adjustments

1. Support the aircraft elevator at the control surface, in approximately the neutral position
to simulate flight conditions.

Lightly apply pressure to control yoke fore and aft to remove all influence of the static fric-
tion in the control system.

Point Adjustment - Cam Type

A. Loosen the contact point bracket attaching screws at both ends.


B. One end has the attaching screw centered on a hex nut adjusting Cam - Turn the Cam
Clockwise or Counterclockwise as necessary to center the contact points on either side
of the contact block. Tighten the attaching screws. ‘
Make preliminary test by touching top of elevator cables alternately with sufficient
pressure to close the contact point. The points are ““centered’” when the pressure
required to close the points is approximately equal on either elevator cable. When the
pressure is equal the physical point gap in inches might or might not be equal.
Ground Check by energizing system and depressing control wheel switch. Pull back
gently on control wheel, trim should begin to drive up. Relax pressure and then apply
pressure forward, trim should begin to drive down. The force required to cause the
trim to operate will be approximately 10 Ibs., and should be approximately equal for
up and down.
E. Repeat A through D above until adjustment is satisfactory.

Point Adjustment - Set Screw Type

A. This type contact point bracket does not have the eccentric cam type adjuster. The
contact points are moved by loosening the attaching screws at both ends and sliding
the point bracket as required to obtain a proper adjustment per C arid D above. After
adjustment, tighten two lock screws.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 6-7


5. Point Adjustment - Dual Contact

A. The dual contact trim sensor may be equipped with either the cam type or the set
screw: type adjustable contact points. '
B. For Center Adjustment, loosen one contact set from the sensor base plate to keep the
two sets from interfering with one another.
C. Perform Center Adjustment on the remaining contact set per items 1 through 3C above,
using the instructions applicable to the type of adjustment employed. Dual contact
sensors can be equipped with either the cam type or set screw type contact adjust-
ment.
D. Reinstall the first contact set and perform Center Adjustment as described in Sections
1 through 3 and/or step 4 as applicable.
E. After both sets have been approximately centered, the final centering adjustments can
usually be performed on one set of points.

6.3 AUTOMATIC PITCH TRIM SYSTEMS (AUTOTRIM)

6.3.1 General

Edo Avionics manufactures several different type trim systems. These systems vary in
method of operation and in detail design and certification requirements. Some models utilize the
fail safe concept of malfunction or runaway protection. In this type trim installation the system
can withstand any type single failure, anywhere, without uncontrolled operation resulting. These
trim systems often employ high trim rates that are operationally better suited to the aircraft
model that could be used with a conventional electric trim system. It is very important to never
use a substitute trim system component part for an original design part because the fail safe char-
acteristics of the system might be sacrificed. It is also very important to conduct a thorough
trim system check, both “ON’"* autopilot and ““OFF‘* autopilot prior to the first flight, to assure
that servo direction is correct in both modes. A trim system running the wrong direction is the
same as a runaway. In some cases it is possible to abtain pilot stick forces in excess of 100
pounds in 3-4 seconds under these conditions, therefore always check the system thoroughly for
proper function and direction prior to the first set-up flight.

All current Edo-Aire Mitchell trim systems function identically during autotrim mode, however,
when operating with autopilot “OFF*, two basic methods of operation are used. One method
employs the single push button on the control wheel. This system utilizes the trim sensor for
direction sensing. The other type uses either a two section rocker switch or a double toggle
switch. The rocker switch has a center bar that must be depressed in. conjunction with rocking
the switch fore and aft for trim operation to occur. All of the above systems can employ the
fail safe system design. ,

Proceed as follows for system check-out:

6.3.2 Ground Checks |

Command Type Control Wheel Switch - Rocker Type

1. When the command switch is used on the control wheel then the -following funétions apply:

A. When top bar is depressed and released, it disconnects the autopilot.


B. While top bar is depressed and switch is moved aft, it will command an up trim.
C. While top bar is depressed and switch is moved forward, it will command a down trim.

NOTE: If system is operating correctly, no trim action will occur unless


both actions are performed.

Page 6-8 Issued: Jan. 1973


2, Pitch Trin'; is automatically accomplished when the autopilot is engaged. To check the
automatic trim proceed with Step 6.

Push Button Automatic Trim Control Wheel Switch

3. The push button on the top left hand portion of the pilot’s control wheel has three func-
tions:

A. When pressed and released, it disconnects the autopilot.


B. When held down, it engages the automatic trim to trim off control pressures.
C. When held down, it disengages roll servo, if optional stabilizer back-up is installed.

Engage trim push button and move yoke to aft limit - Trim should trim UP. Push yoke to
forward stop - Trim should trim DOWN. :

With trim button engaged, check servo override by manually operating the trim system. Re-
lease trim button - check manual trim to see that trim servo disengaged.

Pitch Trim is automatically accomplished when the autopilot is engaged. To check auto-
matic trim proceed as follows:

A. Engage autopilot and rotate pitch command disc to the full down position, and note
trim system trims nose down.
B. Rotate pitch command disc to full up position, and note that trim system trims
nose up. (It might be necessary to supply additional control wheel pressure on the
ground due to low autopilot authority.)
C. Momentarily depress trim switch on. control wheel to tum off autopilot.

NOTE: In autopilot mode there will be approximately a three (3) second time delay
between the pitch command and the operation of the trim during the ground
check. :
Command Type Control Wheel Switch - Double Toggle

7. This switch assembly uses two separate center off toggle switches. The switch toggles are
connected by a specially designed, loose fitting, knob. To check system operation, proceed
as follows:
Trim circuit breaker - check IN.
mmoOwW>»

Push switch knob full forward - check nose down trim operation.
With switch full forward - check override with manual trim system.
Pull switch knob full aft - check nose up trim.
With switch full aft - check override with manual trim system.
Release switch - check that trim disengages.

To check autotrim operation proceed as in Step 6 above.

6.4 FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS FOR 1C515( ) AMPLIFIERS

The Flight Adjustments required by the Century Il Automatic Flight Control System vary
slightly depending upon the Amplifier utilized and the options employed.

The 1C515-( ) model Amplifier requires two adjustments NOT required on systems equipped
with the 1D395 or 1C515 Amplifiers.

INITIAL ADJUSTMENT - 1C515( ) ONLY

Issued: Jan. 1973 ‘ Page 69


For these adjustments the amplifier must be inside the cockpit. Remove the amplifier portion of
the harness, as necessary to place the amplifier inside for this adjustment, or use a suitable exten-
sion harness. o
6.4.1 Roll Threshold Adjustment (Rth) - The Roll Threshold potentiometer is attached to the circuit
board of the 1C515-1 or 1C515-2 amplifier and is accessible from the botton of the amplifier
with the base plate removed.

CAUTION: During autopilot operation, care must be exercised to assure that


the larger power transistors on the side heat sinks do not become
grounded to the airframe or internal damage to the amplifier will
result,
1. With the aircraft is smooth air and trimmed for level flight, engage the Roll and HDG sec-
tion of the autopilot and center the HDG indice.

2. Adjust the roll threshold potentiometer clockwise until a noticeable roll oscillation develops
(clockwise rotation increases the sensitivity).

3. Rotate potentiometer counterclockwise until lateral oscillation is eliminated.

NOTE: Counterclockwise rotation past the desired adjustment will cause


long term (one cycle in 20 seconds) lateral oscillation and possible
wandering on established headings.

4. Grasp control wheel and displace aircraft in roll. If no oscillation develops, proceed to
pitch adjustment. If roll oscillation develops, turn roll pot counterclockwise until oscilla-
tion stops. Repeat until no oscillation is detectable.

6.4.2 Pitch Threshold Adjustment (Pth) - The Pitch Threshold potentiometer is attached to the circuit
board of the 1C515-1 amplifier and is accessible for adjustment by removal of the cover plate on
top of the amplifier.

1. With the aircraft in smooth air, engage the roll, HDG, and ALT HOLD sections of the auto-
pilot. ,

- 2. Tum the pitch threshold pot clockwise until the control wheel begins a noticeable oscilla-
tion in pitch, then gradually turn the pot counterclockwise until the oscillation is undetect-
able.

NOTE: This oscillation might show up as an actual oscillation of the air-


craft in pitch attitude or simply as “choppy’ control action. If
no oscillation is obtained, turn pot 1-2 turns counterclockwise and
proceed with 3.

3. Using the pitch command disc, command a climb attitude and observe that the aircraft
changes attitude smoothly without a “stair step” type action. If the attitude change is
smooth, proceed with C. If “stair stepping”’ occurs during the attitude change, turn the
pitch counterclockwise in one turn increments, changing attitude between adjustments,
until attitude changes can be made smoothly.

6.4.3 Engage altitude hold mode and allow aircraft to stabilize. If an oscillation can be felt, turn pitch
threshold pot counterclockwise in one tum increments, until oscillation is eliminated or can no
longer be felt.

This completes the threshold adjustments. Proceed with the standard Century 111 Set-up.

6.5 FLIGHT ADJUSTMENTS - ALL CENTURY I1I

6.5.1 Roll - No Radio Coupler

Page 6-10 Issued: Jan. 1973


Fly aircraft to smooth air and trim for level flight, using 75% power.

NOTE: Check for correct rudder trim. If rudder is incorrectly trimmed,


the Century Il will fly. the aircraft with a wing low to compen-
sate for the rudder out of trim condition.

With roll knob centered, push ROLL ON/OFF switch ON set D.G. Course Selector to D.G.
heading. -

Push HDG switch ON. If aircraft does not maintain selected heading, adjust as necessary
to center adjustment screw (B) on console. (Ref. Fig. 6-2). ‘

Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 150° left and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust left
bank screw (A) of console to obtain 20° bank. (Ref. Fig. 6-2). Rotate adjustment screw
clockwise to increase bank angle.

CAUTION: Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 25° left of D.G. heading
until adjustment is completed.

Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 150° right and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust
right bank screw (C) of console to obtain 20° bank. (Ref. Fig. 6-2). Rotate adjustment
screw clockwise to increase bank angle.

CAUTION: Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 25° right of D.G. heading
, until adjustment is completed.

Allow aircraft to return to selected heading and level flight. Observe that Autopilot main-
tains selected heading + 2°. If not, repeat steps 2 and 3 until selected heading is maintained.

Push OFF HDG switch and with roll knob centered, observe that aircraft flys wings level
+ 20- .

8. Turn roll knob full left and observe that aircraft banks left 30° + 29,

9. Repeat step 8 to the right.

6.5.2 Roll - With Radio Coupler

1. Fly aircraft to smooth air and trim for level flight.

Set Coupler Selector Switch to OMNI.

Set D.G. Course Selector to match D.G. heading (centered).


oW

Push ROLL ON/OFF switch ON. Depress red button on rear of coupler and hold IN until
following adjustments are completed. Push HDG switch ON. '

Allow aircraft Roll Attitude to stabilize and if necessary adjust for straight and level flight
(wings level and ball centered) with center adjustment screw (B) in console (Ref. Fig. 6-2).
After each adjustment, allow aircraft attitude to stabilize and observe it for two minutes to
ensure aircraft is maintaining level flight. Release coupler adjustment switch.
Place Coupler Selector Switch in the HDG mode and observe that aircraft maintains select-
ed heading + 2°.
Rotate D.G. Course Selector 90° to 150° left and observe aircraft bank angle. Adjust left
bank screw (A) of console (Ref. Fig. 6-2) to obtain 20° bank. Rotate adjustment screw
clockwise to increase bank angle.
Repeat step 7 to the right.

Issued: Jan. 1973 Page 6-11


CAUTION: Keep D.G. Course Selector at least 25° left of D.G. heading
until adjustment is completed.
9. Turn on Radio and set OMNI Bearing Selector to obtain full left deflection.

NOTE: Full left needle deflection must be maintained until adjustment is


completed. This can best be accomplished by being at least 20
miles from the OMNI station and flying approximately to or from
the station.

10. Push HDG switch OFF and set D.G. Course Selector 45° right of center indice.

11. Push HDG switch ON and allow aircraft heading to stabilize.

12. Adjust left intercept screw on side of Radio Coupler as necessary to stabilize Course Selec-
tor 459 right of center indice. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase intercept angle.

13. To adjust right intercept angle, repeat steps 9 through 12 with OMNI needle deflected full
right and Course Selector 45° to left of center indice.

14. Center OMNI needie on a ““TO"” bearing, and set Course Selector to match OMNI bearing.
Allow aircraft to fly to the OMNI station and observe that OMNI needle stays ‘‘Centered”’.
If OMNI needle does not maintain center, repeat steps 2 through 5.

NOTE: I aircraft flys straight and level with adjustment switch depressed,
but does not fly OMNI needle centered, reject the 1C388-M Cou-
pler.

6.5.3 Pitch

1. With aircraft loaded with full fuel and two people, fly aircraft to smooth air. Trim aircraft
for level flight, using 75% power.

2. Push ROLL ON/OFF switch ON, adjust Roll Command Knob for wings level. Center Pitch
effort meter by rotating Pitch Command Knob.
3. Observe aircraft’s indicated altitude and push ALT switch ON. Allow aircraft to stabilize
and observe that aircraft is holding the same altitude at which the ALT switch is pushed
ON. If aircraft does not hold engage altitude, adjust Pitch centering screw “E* (Ref. Fig.
6-2) until aircraft does hold engage altitude.

NOTE: Turn screw clockwise to increase altitude.

4. Push PITCH ON/OFF switch OFF, again note indicated altitude and push ALT switch ON
and allow aircraft to stabilize and observe that aircraft is holding engage altitude. Repeat
steps 3 and 4 until correct results are obtained on two consecutive steps.

5. Center Pitch Command Knob, and push ALT switch OFF.

6. Rotate Pitch Command Knob if necessary to maintain level flight. After aircraft is stabiliz-
- ed level, observe that Pitch Command Knob is centered + 1/8".

7. Rotate Pitch Command full up and adjust pitch up limit screw “F* (Ref. Fig. 6-2) to obtain
a climb airspeed of approximately 1.2% of stall speed. Tumn screw clockwise to increase
climb angle.

8. | Rotate Pitch Command Knob full down and reduce power to 187-20°* h.g. After aircraft

Page 6-12 Issued: Jan. 1973


HDG

\
ROLL ON/OFF / PITCH ON/OFF |
. PITCH COMMAND
rd

M T
ROLL COMMAND

ROLL l PITCH

A LEFT BANK D PITCH DOWN LIMIT

B ROLL CENTERING E PITCH CENTERING

c RIGHT BANK F PITCH UP LIMIT

CENTURY i1l CONSOLE (1C404)

FIGURE 6-2

issued: Jan. 1973 Page 6-13


has stabilized, adjust pitch down limit screw “D* {Ref. Fig. 6-2) to obtain aircraft Vc speed —

- (end of green are). - -


ST -
CAUTION: It. may be necessary to reduce mwe; to prevent excess
speed.

Slow airc;aft to approach speed and configure aircraft as required for normal ILS approach.
(Consult A.F.M. Supplement). Check the down range of adjustment available for adequacy
in this configuration. Increase the down limit if necessary by readjusting Pot. D",

NOTE: Climb and descent speed may be adjusted to any desired speed
that is within the approved airspeed range.

6.7 GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER

6.7.1 In-Flight Adjustment Procedure for 1C493 Glide Slope Coupler Without 66D94 Test Box

1. Fly outbound on the LOC front course at an altitude of approximately 4000 ft. above the
runaway elevation.

When the distance out is sufficient to assure that the aircraft is well under the glide path,
make a normal procedure turn (operate the controls of the radio coupler as per instructions
for a normal approach) and allow the aircraft to intercept the ILS.

NOTE: Prior to intercepting the glide path the airspeed should be established (120 MPH -
typical) and the aircraft should be in the approach configuration.

Upon intercepting the glide path (green indicator light shows coupler to be engaged) imme-
ediately make a power reduction required to maintain correct airspeeds, and depress ht-
ton on glide slope coupler box.

Adjust pot, adjacent to red button on 1C493 Glide Slope Coupler, as required to track glide
path with needle centered (Clockwise is up).

6.7.2 In-Flight Adjustment Procedure for 1C493 Glide Slope Coupler With 66D94 Test Box

1. Connect CD-58 cable from Glide Slope Coupler to CD-34 cable on 66D94 Test Box. (Ref.
Fig. 6-3). Switch in position “B”’.

Fly to an area clear of traffic and to an altitude sufficient to make a simulated approach and
descent.

With Autopilot operating:

a. Set Radio Coupler to Localizer Normal.


b. Engage Altitude Hold.

Establish approach airspeed with gear down.

Pull radio knob on and rotate counterclockwise to 100% (blue side). This is equivalent to
being under the Glide Slope and is necessary for arming the Glide Slope Coupler.

Maintain 100% radio signal for approximately 30 seconds and then slowly rotate radio knob
10 bing needle to center.

Issued: Jan. 1973


As needle crosses center note Glide Slope interoept,madé (green indicator light on).

Push radio knob-off. (This is equivalent to center Glide Slope needle).

Immediately make power redu_ction required to maintain correct airspeed.

10. Depress red button on Glide Slope Coupler and adjust adjaoent pot to set 500 ft. per minute
descent. (Clockwise is up,)

1. Repeat procedure to be sure adjustment is satisfactory.

12. Disconnect Test Box and connect CD-58 from coupler to CD 58 from Glide Slope Indica-
tor. Unit is now ready for actual approach.

CD-58

FROM GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER

CD-32 CD-34
AMP_ RADIO

66D94 TEST BOX

66D94 TEST BOX

FIGURE 6-3

Issued: Jan. 1973 - ~ Page 6-15


SECTION ViI

PARTS LIST
PARTS LIST
TABLE OF CONTENTS

COMPONENT PAGE

Century 1l 1C385 Console/Amplifier .


Century 1l 1C372-1 & -2 Printed Circuit Board .74
Century 1B 1C385 Console/Amplifier . 7-6
Century 1IB 1C338 & 1C385 14 volts Printed Clrcmt Board Assembly
Century 11B 1C338 & 1C385 14 volts Printed Circuit Board Assembly 7 10
Century 111 1C404 Console. e e e e e e e e e e s 7-12
Century 111 1D395 Ampilifier . . 714
Century Il 1D397 (Used in 1D395) Prmted Clrcurt Board Assembly . . 7-16
Century 111 1D511 (Used in 1C515 Amplifier) Printed Circuit Board Assembly . 7-18
Printed Circuit Board Assembly for 1C515-1 & 2 Amplifier. 7-20
Printed Circuit Board Assembly for 1C515-1 & 2 (Amplifier) Capacltors and Transformers 7-22
Printed Circuit Board Assembly for 1C515-1 & 2 (Amplifier) Transistors and Diodes 7-24
1C388 Radio Coupler e e e e e e e . 7-26
1C412 Radio Coupler Printed Crrcurt Board 7-28
Printed Circuit Board Assembly 1C388, 1C388M, 1C388MC 1C388 2 (Radlo Coupler
SN 6000 & Above . 7-30
79D41 Glide Slope Coupler Prlnted CIrCUIt Board 7-32
Altitude Hold 1C407. e e e e 7-34
1B369-1 Trim Amplifier . 7-36 -
1B346 Trim Amplifier 7-38
Printed Circuit Board Assembly (14V) Pltch Tnm Ampllfler (Dual System) 7-40
Pitch Trim Amplifier Dual Sensor 1C646 . 742
Printed Circuit Board Assembly for Trim Amplifier ManuaI/Automatuc 10671 7-44
Printed Circuit Board Assembly Amplifier, Trim 79C53 7-46
Printed Circuit Board Assembly Amplifier, Trim 79C54 7-48
Printed Circuit Board Assembly Trim Amplifier, 79C54-3. 7-50
1C318 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly e e 7-52
1C326 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly 7-53
1C326 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly 7-54
1C365 Trim Sensor . . 7-56
1C374 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly 7.57
1C374 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly 7-58
1C377 Trim Sensor . N 7-60
Typical Trim Servo . 7-62
Typical Trim Servo. 7-63
Table 1 - Trim Servos. 7-64
79D51 - 14VDC, 30 RPM Pltch Trlm Servo Assembly 7-66
79D52- 28vDC, 20 RPM Pitch Trim Servo Assembly 7-68
Roll and Pitch Servos - See Table 2 . . . 7-70
79B68-( ) Gear and Capstan Assembly . 772
1C363-1 Servo Assembly 14VDC, 7.2 RPM 7-74
1C465-1 Servo Assembly 28VDC, 7.2 RPM 7-76
1C470-1 Servo Assembly 28VDC, 1.8 RPM 7-78
1C508-1 Servo Assembly 14VDC, 1.8 RPM . 7-80
1C359 Gyro-Amplifier (Used in Stabilizer Back System) . 7-82
1C354 Printed Circuit Board Assembly (Stabilizer) 7-84
1B440 Roll Signal Filter. 7-86
Printed Circuit Board Assembly Pltch Slgnal Fulter 1B440 1 7-88
1B405 Switch Box . e e e e 7-90
Ioy1dWV/a108U0D G8EOT °Z-T1 oandid

Jan. 1974
Issued:
UMOYS J0N Aquessy o[qeD L61d0g-92 Wwagl

Page 7-1
CENTURY Il
1C385 CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


-1 27872 CHASSIS . .+ v v v e e e e e e e e e e e e
2 48543 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . .
3 14746 INSULATOR: . & v v v v e v e e e e e e
4 4A58 SHOULDERWASHER . . . . + v v v v v e vt v e e e e
-5 35164 SCREWA4-40 x5/16B. H. « .« « « v v v v v v e e v e e e e e
6 38212 SCREWA4-40x 1/2B.H. . « v v v v e v e e e e e e e e
7 2514 NUT 440 Hex . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
8 29521 SOLDER LUGNo.4Locking . - . « « « v v v v v v v ..
9 29856 SOLDER LUG No. 4 Locking . e e
-10 3948 SCREW4-40x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . .
11 4540 LOCKWASHER NO. 41Nt + . .« « « v v o v e e e e e e e e
12 6R106 RESISTOR 68 Ohm,2W . . . . . e e e ee e e e
13 29520 CONNECTOR . . . . . e e e ee e e ee e
14 7B565-1 BRACKETASSY. . . v v v v v i vt e e e e e e e e e e e
15 | 3s14 SCREW 6-32x 1/4 R. H. C.
-16 40A223 SWITCH . . . . . .. ...
17 3838 SCREWG32x3/16B.H. . . . « « = v v v v v e e o e ..
18 18A18-1 POTENTIOMETER . . . & « v v v v e e e e e e e e e . C
19 48117 LOCKWASHER 3/8INt. . » « & v v v v v e v e e e e e e e e
-20 2560 NUT3/8-32HEX . - « « v v v v e v e e e e e e e e e e ..
-21 5559 GROMMET . . . ... ... e e e e e e e e e e e
22 65528 LIGHT (24V) . . . .. ... e e e e e e e e
23 | 43A283 SPACER . . ... e e ee e e e e e e e e e e
24 38110 SCREWA440xX5/8B.H. . . . v v v v vt e e et e e e
-25 1C372 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . » . . . ..
-26 308197 CABLEASSY.. . . . v v v v v v v e e e
27 4890 LOCKWASHERNO.GSPIt. . . . v & v v v v v e v e e e e e o
-28 13A265 PLACARDS/N . . & v v v vt e e e e e e e e
-29 15B163-1 COVERASSY. . ... ... e e e e e e
-30 42A171 RETAININGCLIP . . . . v v v v vt v e e e e e e e e e e
31 138290 FACEPLATE . . .. ... e e e e e e e e e
32 35242 SCREW440x1/4F. H. . . . . v v v i v i e e e e e i
33 36A81-2 KNOB . . . ..... e e e e e e e e e
34 36A98 KNUB . . e e e e e
35 | 35342 SET SCREW 832 x 7/16C.P.. . . . . » « v v oo
36 41A70 SPRINGCLIP . . . .. .. ....
37 38372 SCREW . . & v i v v e v e e e e e e e e e
38 40835 SWITCH . . ... e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-2


R3S C13 C6 R24 R23 ca8 Qs €5 Q7 05 R21 R27 g9 R17 R22 C7 O4 R18 C4
000000600000006H00O0
en )= fon]w )

N
1

\%\@%
= Yo~

139 X2X 8 X s xax 2 Xz il2


R37 C15Q19 C17 cRs c18 R45 cro CR2 R31 gqqCNY

CENTURY i CIRCUIT BOARD

Page 7-3 Issued: Jan. 1974


CENTURY Il
1C372-1 & -2 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

ITEM NO.{ PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B73 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . . . . .. ... ..


-2 21885 CAPACITOR 56 uf. 20V.TANT . . . . . & . ¢« « v v v v v o + &
3 6356124 RESISTOR 560 ohms 2% % W. . . . . « . « . « ¢« + ¢« v « & .
-4 6351224 RESISTOR 5.1 2% % W. . . . . . . . ¢« v v e v e v o v o o
-5 48561 DIODE . . & vt v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-6 48549 TRANSISTORMPS 65615 . . . . . . . . . . . ¢ &« v v & o w =
-7 6320424 RESISTOR, 200K. 2% %W. . . . . . . &+« & v ¢ v 4 o 2 & o o«
-8 6310324 RESISTOR 10K, 2% %W. . . . . . . . . . + ¢« v v v ¢ s « v o =
9 8514 CAPACITOR Tuf . . . . . . . ¢ v & v @ttt e e e e e e
-10 48348 TRANSISTORMPS 6519 . . . . . . . . . . . ¢ & v e v v v o
=11 48S33 INAOOT . . . . . . . . ¢t ot et e e e e e e e e s e e e s
-12 48S38 DIODE 1T VOLTZENER TWIN962B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-13 6310122 RESISTOR, 1000hms 2% %2W. . . . . . . . . . . . . « « + .-
-14 6310424 RESISTOR 100K 2% %W. . . . . . « & v ¢ ¢ ¢ v v v v o v o &
-15 21S58 CAPACITOR 22mf . . . . . . & & v & e v 4 e o o s a x a a
-16 6310022 RESISTOR10ohms 2% YW. . . . . . . . . . . . . v ¢« o v o
17 (See Note 4) TRANSISTOR (See Note 4) {(-2only) . . . . . . . . . ... . ..
-18 218139 CAPACITOR 47 uf 20V TANT. . . . . . . . . . . ..
-19 148151 TRANSISTORMOUNTINGPAD . . . . . . . . . .. ... ..
-20 48562 TRANSISTOR2N3116 . . . . . . . & & v ¢ v v 4 v e v o s v W
-21 6368024 RESISTOR68ohms 2% %W. . . . . . . . . . . . .« v 4 v o . .
-22 6333224 RESISTOR 33K 2% %W. . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v ¢« v v v e v v v
-23 25B32 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . . 4 & & ittt ot e e e e e v
-24 25A23 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . . & .t e i st e e e e
-25 See Note 1 RESISTORSELECT . . . . . . . . . .« v v v v o v v
-26 6315424 RESISTOR 150K 2% %W. e e e e e e e e e e e
-27 6347224 RESISTOR 4.7K 2% %W. . . . . . & © ¢« ¢t v e v v v st v e
-28 21866 CAPACITORSB0uf. . . . . . . . . . ¢ v v v v v v v .
-29 See Note 5 RESISTORSELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . ¢ v v v v v .
-30
-31 SELECT RESISTOR (270K t0 390K) 2% %W. . . . . . . . . ¢ « v v « « .
-32
-33 6310224 RESISTOR 1K, 2% %W.. . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-34 6382324 RESISTOR 82K 2% %W. . . . . . . . . . ¢« . ¢ ..
-35 18831 POTENTIOMETER 20K BECKMAN NO. 79PR20K . . . . . . . . .
-36 6382124 RESISTOR 820 0hms %W. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ...
-37
-38 21564 CAPACITOR 200 uf £10% . . . . . . . + « « « & v « « « .
-39 48842 TRANSISTOR2N3116 . . . . . . . & & . & i vt v v e e e w s
40 6315324 - RESISTOR 15K, 2N3116 . . . . . . . . . « ¢ v v v v v v . .
41 21872 " CAPACITOR -022uf. . . . . . & . & i i e e i e e e e e e e
-42 6322324 RESISTOR, 22K 2% %W. . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e s
-43 10M122 WIRE-No. 24 (Red & White) (For-2) . . . . . . . ... ... ..
-44 6R340 RESISTOR91ohms 5% 3W . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ...
-45 215101 CAPACITOR 330PF. . . . . . . . & o i e e e i e v e e e e
-46 48598 DIODE IN4933 . . . . .. . . . . . ¢ i i i it et e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974


CENTURY liB
1C385 CONSOLE/AMPLIFIER

ITEM NO. { PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B72 CHASSIS “Rev. F” . . . . . . ..


-2 48543 TRANSISTOR 2N3055 Motorola . . . . .
-3 14A46 INSULATORMICA. . . . . . .« v« i e o e e e e e e e e e
4 45202 WASHER,SHOULDER . . . . . . . . . . . . « .« ..
5 35164 SCREW,4-40x5/16 B.H. .. ..
-6 35212 SCREW440x 1/2B.H. . . . & v v & i v v e v e e e e e
-7 2514 NUT4-40Hex . . . . & & ¢ & e i e e v v m e e e s e s aa
-8 29521 SOLDER LUG, No. 4 Lockmg ................
-9 29556 SOLDER LUG,No.4Lockitg . . . . . . . . v v v v & v o v v v
-10 3548 SCREW4—40x3/1GB.H.........'.r............v,
-1 4840 LOCK WASHER No.4iInt. Locking . . . . . . . . . « . . « v « . .
12 6R106 RESISTOR 68 OHM, 2w, 10% ............
-13 29520 CONNECTOR e ke e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-14 7C1217 BRACKET e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-15 3514 SCREW 6-32 x 1/4 2 0 o
-16 36A125-2 ACTUATOR . . . . . i i e v i e e e e e e e
-17 7A606 SPRING ANCHORPLATE . . . . . . . . . &« v v i e v e e u
-18 38365 SCREW, No. 2 SelfTappmg ...................
-19 41A98 SPRING e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-20 47A242 SHAFT . . . . i o i e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-21 42598 TRUARCRINGbBb5512 . . . . . . . .. .. ..
-22 7B960 BRACKET . . . . . . . i e e i et i e e e e e e e e e e e e
23 40827 MICROSWITCH . . . . . . . . . e i e e e e e e e e e e
-24 1A706 SWITCHMAGNET . . . . . . . & & v vt s e e e e e e
-25 7A955 MICRO SWITCH MOUNTINGPLATE . . . . . . . . ..
-26 18A18-1 POTENTIOMETER 10K . . . . . . . . « v v v o v v v o e o
27 2560 NUT3/8x32Hex . . . . . ¢« ¢« v v v v v o v v u o
-28 . 45117 LOCKWASHER 3/8 . . . . . &« « v v v v v e e e e e e e e e
-29 1B686 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .. ...
-30 13C659 FACEPLATE . . . . & & i it e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-31 36A98 KNOB . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-32 35342 SETSCREW832x7/16CupPoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
-33 42A248 CLIP,RETAINER . . . . . . . . v o v v s e e e e e v
-34 35131 SCREW256x3/16 B.H. . . . . . .. . . .. ...
-35 4590 LOCKWASHER No. GSpllt .....
-36 43A283 SPACER e e e e e e e e e e e e e Y e e e e e e e e .
-37 468211 GUIDE . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-38 48S33 DIODE . . . . . . . it i e e e e e e e e e e e
-39 3527 SCREW 4-40 x 1/4 B H o h e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-40 31A52-1 TERMINALBOARD . . . . . . . . v & s e e e e e e e e
41 14A157 INSULATOR . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e
42 35110 SCREW4-40x5/8B.H. . . . . . . . . & v v v v v v s
43 1D681 P.C.BoardAssembly 14V . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
10681-1 P.C.Board Assembly 28V . . . . . . . . . . . ..
44 15B163-1 COVERASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .« v v i v v e e v e e .

Issued: Jan. 1974


Page 7-6
nm.z
MO
2y e

8z

|
9
8sgy
gy
e
6 ey
€y
z
AN

ay

RESISTORS

FIGURE 4-1D (CON'T.)

Page 7-7 Issued: Jan. 1974


a0 a7
Q9

221
o (ML KN
07=
] |
PIPAIPPO
=
:—'—\}'

o)
.
[ Thi

o
S (DRI

51129439
C2%
o1 " cRS REO®
c23 - a1s @E0
crz c24 K7 @OEEEE
cz
2an
cs c21

CAPACITORS TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

FIGURE 4-1D

CENTURY IIB CIRCUIT BOARD

Issued: Jan. 1974 : Page 7-8


. CENTURY 1B
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1C338 & 1C385 14 VOLT

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION :


-1 27C183 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. o
-2 SELECT RESISTOR, 22K-56K, %W, 2% . o
3 SELECT RESISTOR, 4.7K-20K, %W, 2% . . . , f
4 6310022 RESISTOR, 10, %W, 2% . . . . .
5 6310122 RESISTOR,100 , %W, 2% L
6 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . cd
7 6333224 RESISTOR, 3.3K, %W, 2% C
-8 ~ 6310424 RESISTOR, 100K, %W, 2%
9 6356224 RESISTOR, 5.6K, %W, 2% o
-10 6347324 RESISTOR, 47K, %W, 2% . j
11 6322424 RESISTOR, 220K, %W, 2% .
12 6382124 RESISTOR, 820 , %W, 2%.
-13 16347224 RESISTOR, 4.7K, %W, 2%
-14 6368324 RESISTOR, 68K, %W, 2% .
-15 6368024 RESISTOR, 68 , %W, 2%
-16 6327224 RESISTOR, 2.7K, %W, 2% .
-17 6322324 RESISTOR, 22K, %W, 2% . . .
-18 6356124 RESISTOR, 560 , %W, 2% .
-19 6312224 RESISTOR, 1.2K, %W, 2%
-20 6351224 RESISTOR, 5.1K, %W, 2% :
21 6315324 RESISTOR, 15K, %W, 2% . . . :
22 SELECT RESISTOR, 270K-390K, %W, 2% ,
23 - 6315424 RESISTOR, 150K, %W, 2%
24 6310224 RESISTOR, 1K, %W, 2%
-25 6322224 RESISTOR, 2.2K, %W, 2%
-26 6382324 RESISTOR, 82K, %W, 2% . . .
27 6310124 RESISTOR, 100 %W, 2% .
-28 10M85 SOLDER . . . :
-29 215118 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, 1 MFD, 50V .
30 215114 CAPACITOR. CERAMIC, .22 MFD, 50V
31 21598 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, .047 MFD, 50V
32 21A132 CAPACITOR, CERAMIC, .022 MFD, 50V
33 218105 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 47 MFD, 25V .
34 21585 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 5.6 MFD, 20V
-35 21A88 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 2.2 MFD, 35V . ]
36 215116 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 100 MFD, 20V . i
37 21A86 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 1 MFD, 35V . . . ;
-38 215126 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 220 MFD, 10V . . ;
39 48538 DIODE, ZENER . .
-40 48833 DIODE, IN4001 .
41 48516 DIODE, IN34A . .
42 48542 TRANSISTOR, 2N3116
43 48562 TRANSISTOR, 2N3116 .
44 48848 'TRANSISTOR, MPS 6519
45 48549 TRANSISTOR, MPS 6515 .
-46 25823 TRANSFORMER
-47 25B32 TRANSFORMER . . . ,
48 18532 POTENTIOMETER TRIM, 5K .
49 18531 POTENTIOMETER, TRIM, 20K . :
50 11M258 ANTI-FUNGUS SPRAY :
51 48563 TRANSISTOR, 2N4410
i
Page 7-9
Issued: Jan. 1974
CENTURY 1IB
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
1C338 & 1€385 14 VOLT

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

TRANSISTOR,2N4403 . . . . . « « « = « o « & & « & = =


-52 48564
DIODE,IN49 33 . . . . . . . e e e e e e e .
53 48598
POTENTIO METE R,
TRIM, 10K . . . . . . N
-54 18S50

ed!

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-10


Page 7-11
CENTURY Iii
1C404 CONSOLE

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1 27A101-1 CHASSISSUB ASSEMBLY . . . . & « v


& v v e v v v v .
2 40C42 SWITCH ASSEMBLY.. . . & & & v v v v
v e e e e b e e e e
3 35278 SCREW, 256 x3/16 F.H.. . . . . . « v
v v v v v e v e v v e
4 18A181 POTENTIOMETER . . . . + + « & & o e
e e e e e e e e e e .
5 45117 LOCKWASHER, 3/81INt. . . « v v v v +
v v v o e e e e e e u
6 2560 NUT,3/832HeX . . « + v v v o s o v
o v e e s e e e e e us
7 18A18 POTENTIOMETER. . . . + + & & & & e
4 e e e e e e e e e as
8 45124 WASHER. . . . . . i i ot e v e e e e
e e e e e e e e e
9 45168 WASHER,Wave . . . . . . . . e e e
e e e e e e e e e e
-10 36B124 KNOB . . ot i it e e e e e e e e
e e e e e e e e
-1 38259 SETSCREW,632x5/16CP. . . . v v v
v v v v v e omee o e v
12 46A145 GUIDE,PotShaft. . . . . . « « « v s e
4 e v e e e e e e e
13 1A400 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY . .
. . . . » » o « .« . ..
-14 4540 LOCKWASHER, NO. 4 Int.. . . . « « v «
« v v v v o o . e e e
-15 33164 SCREW, 440 X 5/16 B. H.. . = . « v o o
v v oo
-16 - 1A4021 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . » v v + ..
17 43A313 SPACER. . . .. .. .. e a e e e e e e
-18 35110 SCREW, 440 x 5/8 B, He oo
19 2514 NUT, 440 HeX . . v « v v v v e o m e e e e e e e e e e e
20 52A32 METER . . . ...... e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
21 7A591-1 BRACKET, Trimmeter . . . . . ... e e e e e e e e e e e e e
22 38367 SCREW, No.4 x 3/8 F. H. thd cuttmg ................
23 5859 GROMMET . . . . . . i v ottt e e e e e e e e e e e e
24 - 65528 BULB, Light . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
25 80813 RELAY . . . i i i et e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-26 6R23 RESISTOR, 33K, 1/2W, 10%. . . + + + & + & & & 4 v v v v v
27 6R147 RESISTOR, 200 Ohm, MW, 10%. . . . . . = « v & v v v v u v ..
-28 48833 DIODE, IN4041 . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e
-29 31841 TERMINALBOARD . . . . . &ttt ot e e e e e e e e e
30 35361 SCREW,348 x5/16 F.H. . . . . . . . . . ... e e e e e
31 40843 SWITCH. . . . . . i it e e e e e e e e e e e e
32 9S80 RECEPTACLE. . . . . & v v v e e e e e e e e e e e ey .
33 7A609-1 SWITCH LIMITERASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .« o o v v v u.
-34 3827 SCREW,440 . . . .4B.
. x1/ . . . H.
v . v i v v ..
-35 35208 SCREW, 156 x1/8B.H, . . . . . . « . v v v v v v o v . e e
36 35242 SCREW,440x1/4F.H. . .. .. ... e e e e e e e e e
-37 3566 SCREW, 256 x1/4F. H. . . . . . v v v v v o e i v i i
-38 4516 LOCKWASHER, No. 2 Int.. . . . . . « « &t v v v e e e v e e .
39 2546 NUT, 2856 Hex . . . . v v v v v e e e e e e e e e e e e ‘.
-40 28540 PLUG (4pin) . . . . ... e e .. e e e e e e e e e e
41 27A102-1 BACKPLATE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . v v 4 v v v v e e e o .
42 13A265 PLACARD . . . . . v v vv v v v e e e un . e e e e e e e
. 43 15A188-1 COVERASSEMBLY. . . . . . . 4 &t v v et e e e e e e o
44 35364 SCREW,832x30PanHd . . . . . o o v v o v v e,
45 13B316 FACEPLATE . ... . . . v v oo mnmm
46 38378 SCREW, 440 x5/16 F. H.BIk.. . . . . . . « v v v v v v v v .
47 35266 SCREW, 440 x5/16 F. H.. . . . . . o o\ o o oo
48 36A98 KNOB . . . . . .o i e e e e e e e e e e e e
49 3s342 SET SCREW, 832 x 716C. P. . . . » . . . . . oo

issued: Jan. 1974 " Page 7-12


16 17 14

Figure 11-5. 1D395 Amplifier

Page 7-13
CENTURY Il
1D395 AMPLIFIER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B91 HEAT SINK . . . . . . & & . . o e et et h e e e e e e


2 48543 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . . . .t ot e et e e e e e e e
-3 14A46 INSULATOR . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e
4 4A58 WASHER, Insulator. . . . . . . &« « & v & v v v v s v e e e
-5 ~| 38164 SCREW, 440 x5/16 B. H.. . . . . . . « & v v & & v v e e e e
-6 - 38212 SCREW, 440 x 1/2B. H. . . . . . . . v i v ¢ v v s e e e e
7 25814 NUT, 440 Hex . . . . . . & & ¢ v v e vt e e e e e e e e e
-8 29556 LUG, Solder, NO.4 . . . . . . . & & ¢ & i i e e e e e e e e ..
9 4S540 LOCKWASHER, NO.4Int. . . . . . . . . . . ..
-10 308209 CABLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . .. C ele m e e e e e e e e
-11 64A111-1 END PLATE ASSEMBLY . . . et e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-12 64A110 PLA
END. . . . . & & c ottt et TE et e e e e e e e e e
13 16B173-1 COVER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . & i i i e v e e e e e e e e e
-14 358347 SCREW, 632 x5/16P.H.. . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e
-15 7Ab590 BRACKET . . . . . . . o o i e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-16 3548 SCREW,440x3/16B.H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ...
17 40S20 SWITCH . . . . . i st et e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-18 48S50 TRANSISTOR. . . . . & & .t et ot e e e e e e e e
-19 38175 SCREW,440 x3/8B.H. . . . . & & v o v i e e e e e e e e
-20 31841 STRIP, Terminal . . . . . . . « ¢« v ¢ v v v @ & v e 0 s
21 48538 DIODE. . . . . . it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-22 6R123 RESISTOR,470hm,1/2W . . . . . . v« & v v v v e m e e a s
23 6R36 RESISTOR,2700hm,2W . . . . . ¢+ « « v ¢« & 4w a s = & o s
24 9878 CONNECTOR . . . . & & ¢ ot e o 4 e e e a e e a e e a
-25 35842 SCREW,4-40x7/8B.H.. . . . . . & ¢ i ¢ i & e i v e v v e e e
-26 43A305 SPACER . . . . & . i s e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-27 2515 NUT,440Hex . . . & ¢ v & & vttt v e a m e e e e a0
-28 1D397 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . ¢« « « « .
29 38327 SCREW,Thumb . . . . . . . . . & & & i i i v e e e e e e
-30 425176 FASTENER. . . . . . .
-31 64B112 MOUNTINGBRACKET . . . . & & & vt it e e e s aaa
-32 8514 CAPACITOR,TMFD . . . . . . & & 4 v i v e e e e s e
33 428177 RECEPTACLE. . . . . . & & & v e e e e e e e e e e aw .
-34 6R106 RESISTOR,680hm,2W. . . . . . . . . . . + v v v v « v « .
-35 13A265 LABEL . . . . & . & & it e e e e e e e e e e e e e .
-36 1D511 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (Roll and pitchrate) . . . . . . . . ..

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-14


Q-19
RANGE T-2

YELLOW T-1
RED T-1
R-21 (@)

R-45
R-49
R-41

CR-15
R-12

CR-14

Figure 11-6. 1D397 Printed Circuit Board Assembly

Page 7-15
CENTURY il
1D397 (Used in 1D395) PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 27D90 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD * . . . . . . . . e e
2 48548 TRANSISTORMPS 6519 . . .« . « v v v v v e e e e e e e e
3 48549 TRANSISTORMPSB515 . . . . . . « + « « « & + &« e
4 48542 TRANSISTOR2N3116 . . . . . « « « « o « . . e e
5 48561 DIODE. . - & « « ¢ « & e e et et e e .
6 48533 DIODEINADOT . . - & & o o e e e e e e e e e e
3 21564 CAPACITOR, 200 MFG,BVNPE10% . . . . . . . « . o . - . .
8 21558 CAPACITOR. 22MFD . . .+ « & v o v v ot e e et e e e o
9 8s14 CAPACITOR.IMED . . . o v v v v o e e et e e e e n e e
10 21566 CAPACITOR.50 MFD,5VNP . . . . . . . v o v o v v o .. )
11 21A44 CAPACITOR.EMFD . . . « o o v v ot n e e e e e e .
12 6R187 | RESISTOR, 1K, 1/2W,5% . « « - & & o v o v v v v e e e e vt
A3 21A46 | CAPACITOR,35MFD . . . . . . ...... e
14 21579 CAPACITOR, 100MFD,6VNP£10% . . . . . . . . .. C e
15 6R65 RESISTOR, 220K, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . . e e . -
-16 25A23 TRANSFORMER . . . = « v e e e e e e e e e e e
17 25833 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . e e e e e C e
18 26834 TRANSFORMER . . .« & v v v o m v o e e e e e e ..
19 6R71 RESISTOR,5.6K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . « « « + & o o o v v ..
20 6R72 RESISTOR, 100K, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . . . PP .
21 6R10 RESISTOR, 47K, 1/2W,10%. . . « « = v v v v v e e e oo .
22 | 6Re67 RESISTOR, 150K, 1/2W, 10%. . . . . . e e e e
23 6R118 RESISTOR, 47K, 1/2W,10% . . . + « « v v v v v e v o ..
24 6R180 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W,5% . . - « + v v o v e v e e oo
25 6R46 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . - . . . . . e .
26 6R31 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2ZW,10% . . . . . & = » o v o v v o,
27 6R65 RESISTOR, 220K, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . .. .. ..... ,
28 6R93 RESISTOR, 820 Ohm, 1/2W, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29 6R126 RESISTOR, 200K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . e e
30 6R62 RESISTOR, 22K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . e e
31 6R125 RESISTOR, 560 Ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
32 6R87 RESISTOR, 1K, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . e e ..
33 6R23 RESISTOR, 3.3K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
34 6R89 RESISTOR,39K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . .. . . .. c e
35 6R188 RESISTOR, 15K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . ... ... ... .~ "
36 6R168 SeeNoteNo.2. . . . . ... ... e e
37 6R81 RESISTOR, 68 Ohm, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . .. .. ..
38 6R131 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2W,56%. . . . . . . . . . . e e e,
39 6R133 RESISTOR, 33K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . .. .. .. ...
40 6R132 RESISTOR,4.7K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . .. . . .....>°""
41 See Note 1 RESISTOR (Select) . . . . .. ... ......° .
42 6R189 | RESISTOR,680 Ohm,1/2W,6%. . . . . .. . . . .. . . ° '
43 | 10m202 SOLDER . . . ... ..,.... ... . 00000
44 24594 CHOKE47 . . . . ... ..... .. " e
45 148151 TRANSISTOR MT6 Pads. . .. . A e
46 See Note 3 RESISTOR, 1/2W, (Select) . . . . . . . e e
47 6R143 RESISTOR, 1/2W,15K,5%. . . . . . ... .. . ...~~~
48 6R157 RESISTOR, 1/2W, 22K_5%. . . . . . . e e e
49 | 6R151 | RESISTOR,1/2W,5.K,5% . . . . . . . .. . . . > "
NOTE 1: Selected resistors to be selected from the NOTE 2 (CONT): . .
following values: {(1/2W, 6% 6R131-10K; 6R140-11K;
6R168—64_K; 633696.;251:? ?I;:(';o‘flsizzlt(’?fififiigmsm
6R141-12K; 6R142-13K; 6R143-15K: 6R 144-16K; 6R72-100K; 6R172-110K; R173:120K:
6R145-18K; 6R98-20K; 6R13247K; 6R161-5.
6R152-5.6K; 6R153-6.2K; 6R154-6.8K; 6R155-7.1K: 6R195-150K; 6R196-160K; 6R79-180K. 6R174-1 o
30K
5K: - ’ .
GR150-8.2K; 6R166-9.1K; 6R157-22K; BR158:24K. NOTE 3: Item 46 to be selectsd from resistor
values 22K
to 56K, 1/2wW,
NOTE 2: Hem 36 to be selected from resistor 5
6R62-22K, 6R52-33IggR?;(;‘-d361I?% élgg(:g;lfz'('
- values 47K to 180K, 1/2W, 5 and 10%, 6R10-47K, 6R191-43K, 6R1047K, 6R193-51K, 6R20.56K. -

lssued: Jan. 1974 ‘ ‘ Page 7-16


(
pae
AquIesSY
1) pojulad 116d1
.
A MN
is
% N
@ @
N@

@
\
k@\N
é%gé\g @ ; \ |
e % @ %%@

%
%
=S
=>=0
Q

Pafie 717
CENTURY Il
1D511 (Used in 1C515 Amp) PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. ' DESFRI!’TION

-1 - 27B128 CPRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD.. . . . . . . ¢« v ¢t v 0 v s v 0 o
2 See Note 1 RESISTOR, Sel,1/2W . . . . . . . . . .. ... " e e e e
3 6R180 RESISTOR, 2.7K,1/2W, 5% . . . . . e e h e e e e na s s as
-4 6R132 RESISTOR,47K,1/2W,5% . . . .« « -« « v ¢« v v ¢ 0 &+ & . e
5 6R154 RESISTOR,6.8K,1/2W,5% . . . . . = « v v 2 & v o 2 o o o«
6 6R131 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2W,5% . . . . « . « &« & v v v ¢« v 4 2 o « s
-7 6R157 . RESISTOR, 22K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . « &« &« v v s o o s o 0 o
-8 .6R197 RESISTOR,33K,1/2W,5% . . . . . ¢« ¢« « & v v @ e o s s s o s
.9 6R168 RESISTOR,68K,1/2W,5% . . . . . . . . « .+ « . . . Te e e e
<10 6R72 RESISTOR, 100K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . « v v & o & = s o » & »
-1 6R83 RESISTOR, 270K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . Vs e
-12 48549 TRANSISTOR MP36515 ....................
13 48833 DIODE,IN40O1 . . . . . . . . .. e e e e s e e e ww e e s
14 48516 DIODE,IN34A . . . . . . . . v « &« v o s & e e e e
-15 21A88 CAPACITOR,2.2 uf, (Kemet KER6W20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-16 21585 CAPACITOR, 5.6 uf, (Kemet K5R6W20) ..............
17 21A45 CAPACITOR,35uf. . . . . & ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢t e v v 4 v v o s an s . .
-18 21566 CAPACITOR,50uf. . . . . . . T e e a e e s m e e e e e e
- -19 8514 CONDENSER,1 uf . L s s s e e e e e e e e .
-20 6R65 RESISTOR, 220K, 1/2W,10% . . : + « « « « + « v v v v v n o

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-18


Jan. 1974
V//
SoLy 664 ooLy
o ou . Sty vd o4 LMz
5006000000000 3000000 3000000500000
644 8LM 984 284 88 9LY €LH

Issued:
20 D
%fica@w ]

RESISTORS
L
"em:v:”
U f.ww.m.
x3.
ONO
B 10, ‘\ /) _
ec_ammwmmwfiaDc_w_:N_atSe_aomze_m_a_N 8 X 8 XOEX0EX0eX £ XM XvEXz (8 X8 Yo
LvY sty gEP G
9eY LV ez 0fE g7 vz 2z 124 z8H eed giW gl za o
Svy 0SHoby vy S¢8 Led£ 9Zy L2y £Zd LEY ocd 6Ly e vid vy

Page 7-19
€Y
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY for 1C515-1 & -2 (AMPLIFIER)
'RESISTORS

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 6339224 RESISTOR,39K,%W,2% . . . . . . . . . . .. o s s s e e
-2 6356124 RESISTOR,5600HM, %W, 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . .. e e .
-3 6382124 RESISTOR,8200HM, %W, 2% . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
4 6368024 RESISTOR,680HM,%W,2%. . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e s :
5 6320424 RESISTOR,200K,%W,2% . . . . « ¢« « & v 4« ¢ o o & s o o =&
-6 6310224 RESISTOR, 1K, %W,2%. . . . . . . e e e e e e e w e e
-7 6327224 RESISTOR, 27K, %W, 2% . . . . & & + ¢« & & 4o s & s s s o = »
-8 6347224 RESISTOR, 47K, %W, 2% . . . . .+ « & « v s v s s e n s n s
9 6368224 RESISTOR,68K,%W,2% . . . . . . . « . . v v v v s v 0 4 &
-10 6322324 RESISTOR, 22K, %W, 2% . . . . . . « . & ¢ ¢ o v v o & o s +
-1 6333324 RESISTOR, 33K, %W, 2% . . . . . . « « ¢« « v ¢ v v« ¢ o o & .
-12 6310424 RESISTOR, 100K, %W, 2% . . . . . . « + ¢« « ¢ & & 4 & ¢ s o & &
-13 6322424 RESISTOR, 220K, %W,2% . . . . . . . . . . . .
-14 6327424 RESISTOR, 270K, %W, 2%. . . . . . « « v v ¢« o v o o 2 o & o «
-15 6368324 RESISTOR,68K,%W,2% . . . . . . . « .« + +. +4 . e e s oa .
-16 6368124 RESISTOR,680 0HM, %W, 2% . . . . . . . . + « ¢ & o o & o &
-17 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . . . . . . « & v v &t v 4 s 4 o s o &
-18 6315324 RESISTOR,15K,%W,2% . . . . . . . . v ¢ « v v 4 &t s e s o«
-19 6312224 RESISTOR, 12K, %W, 2% . . . . . ¢« « ¢ v v v v 4 v v e s s
-20 6315224 RESISTOR, 156K, %W, 2% . . . . . . . ¢« « ¢ . o v v e v o o
21 6310124 RESISTOR,100 OHM,%4W,2% . . . . . . . . = « v v « = + .
-22 6322224 RESISTOR, 2.2K,%W,2% . . . . . @ e e e e e w e e s
23 6333224 RESISTOR,33K,%W,2% . . . . . . & & & v v s o v s o o o &
24 6347324 RESISTOR, 47K, %W, 2% . . . . . « = + v & 4 4t e o s 2 v a
25 6315424 RESISTOR, 150K, %W, 2% . . . . « . . + ¢« ¢ 4 ¢ v & v v o . .« .
-26 6356224 RESISTOR,5.6K,%W,2% . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
27 6347124 RESISTOR,4700HM,%W,2% . . . . . . . ¢ . ¢ v v v v v o u
-28
-29 6351224 RESISTOR,5.1K,%W,2% . . . . . . . « + ¢« v v 0 v v v s
-3¢ RESISTOR,SELECT,%W,2% . . . . . .« . . . + ¢« &« & & = o« «.
-31 11M258 HYSOLPC18 . . . ... .... .. e e e e e e e e e
34 6312324 RESISTOR, 12K, %W, 2% . . . . . . ¢ « « « & & ¢ v v o o o 4 »

issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-20


Jan. 1974
iy
gop £90 80 290 YL 11 650 190 08 1L 89D 98D £50 88D ¥9D €90 SO 8YD G¥O LSO 6¥D 9¥D 08D EVD [¥D YYD L¥O ZvD ged LED 9ED
@690@0909@@999290569906966009999

Issued:
et

CAPACITORS & TRANSFORMERS


0agqQ &m&?_
G@,QQOQQGQQGQOQQGQQQGQQQQQQQQ

~ Page 7-21
1€J zgg 920 ¥20 92O €20 120 99 020 6L 91J 8O PO 13 g15 210 112 1D 019 6D 8
080 €L 22D 820 620 hNo 1D
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY for 1C515-1 & -2 (AMPLIFIEB) 4
CAPACITORS & TRANSFORMERS

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DES_CRIFl'ION

-1 2781791 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD.. . . . . . ¢ ¢« v v v e @ e a v s o s s
-2 25B23 TRANSFORMER . . . . . .. e e e e e e s e n e s e s e s
3 25B33 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . .. ... ... e s s e s e s s
-4 25B34 TRANSFORMER . . . . .. . . . ... ... Ce e n e e e . .
5 24894 CHOKE,47uh. . . . . . . ¢ ¢ ¢ s ¢ v v o o o o o & s e e e
-6 18832 POTENTIOMETER,BK . . . . . . . . . ¢ v e v o v v v v o o
-7 8s14 CAPACITOR,CERAMIC, ¥TMFD. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
-8 21585 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM,56MFD. . . . . . . . .. . ... ...
9 21A86 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM,TMFD. . . . . . . . . . . .+ ¢« s o
-10 21A88 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM,22MFD . . . . . . . . . . ¢« ¢ 4 « o« &
-11 21598 CAPACITOR,CERAMIC,.047MFD. . . . . . . . . . . . .+ . -
-12 218139 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM,47MFD,20V . . . . . . . . 2 v o + . .
13 215114 CAPACITOR,CERAMIC,.22MFD . . . . . . . « ¢ ¢ ¢ « v 4 s o »
14 215116 CAPACITOR, TANTALUM, 100MFD. . . . . . R
-15 | 218118 .CAPACITOR, CERAMIC,1MFD . . . . .. e s e e e e s e s
-16 - 218126 CAPACITOR, TANDALUM, 220MFD . . ... .. e e v e s e s .
17 | 10M53 WIRE ,NO. 20WHITE » « v v i e e e e m e e e e e .
-18 . 215101 _ CAPACITOR CERAMIC,330PF . . . . . .. .. oe e s s e e e s
-19 13A601 .‘PLAGARD,R-THLD, ........ e e e e e e e e e e e
-20 13A600 PLACARD,P-THLD . . . . . . ¢ ¢ s v v e i st e o e e o s as
21 11M49 WIRE, NO. 22 AWG, WHITE, 1 1/2” LONG . e e e e e 4 e e
22 | 218155 CAP, 200 MFD, 30V. 15% NON- POLAR TANTALUM A

tssued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-22


Jén'. 1974
Issued:
90 a0 T iS0 20 B 0 1y 90 1 T, S,y OVO gy LED €0 ¢rp8tLY, ¥pep UlHo gep €0o
00@@@@6@@069,NOQQQGQQQQQQQQ

1C515-1 & 2 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT BOARD


TRANSISTORS & DIODES
o]
()
oo
e [
1zo(§
nuo(
ozo( §
aw{
@@GG@@@O@O@QQ@OGOO 0909669,96
Ho —.—xou_.c hxu DNIO mflv N—O 910 m_.d nwd _.—0 2o 010 xu »D 94o n

Page 7-23
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY for 1C515-1 & -2 (AMPLIFIER)

TRANSISTORS & DIODES

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRII_'-‘TION

-1 48516 DIODE,IN34A . . . . . . . .. ... ... e e e e e e


-2 48833 DIODE,IN400T . . . . . . . . . . . it et e e e e e e
-3 48548 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . . .. . ., e e e e e e e e e
4 48549 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . . . . . . . . ... v .. ...
5 48562 TRANSISTOR, 2N3116,60V . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ...
-6 48563 TRANSISTOR, 2N4410 . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e
-7 48564 TRANSISTOR,2N4403 . . . . . . . . . . . v v v o v o v
-8 48S69 TRANSISTOR,2N4401 . . . . . . . . ¢ v v v v v v e v e e
9 48542 TRANSISTOR,2N3116 . . . . . . . . . « v v v v v e v o v
-10 48598 DIODE,IN4933 . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-24


1C388 Radio Coupler

Page 7-25
1¢388 - RADIO COUPLER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 18410 CHASSISASSY. . . . . . ¢« v v v v s v s & 0 v & e e e e e


2 . 1C412 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
-3 1B413 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARDASSEMBLY.. . . . . . .. . . . ... .
4 1B411 SWITCHASSEMBLY . . . . . . &« ¢ v v e vt e vt s w0 n
5 28S563 CONNECTOR (9pin) . . . . . . . . . . .. .. e e e e ..
6 28S50 CONNECTOR (7pin) . . . . . . « ¢ v ¢ v 0 v v o v v 0 o ..
-7 40824 SWITCH. . . . . . .. . . ..+ .. e e e e e e ..
-8 65532 LIGHTBULB(28V) . . . . & « & v ¢ v e i e e o a s e s n s s
9 5859 GROMMET . .. .. ... e e e e e e e wa e e P
-10 45167 LOCKWASHER (1/2Int)) . . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e s
-11 30C216 CABLEASSY.{Int.) . . . . . « « v v s v v s s v o e o o o .
-12 30B217 CABLEASSY.{(Ext.) . . . . « . v v ¢« & 4 v v v v e e e s o .
-13 43A320 STANDOFF . ... ... . . .. C e e e e s e e e e s e
-14 29821 GROUNDLUG. . . . . . . Sk e e r e om s w e arae e
-15 45167 LOCKWASHER (3/8Int.) . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
-16 2S60 NUT3/8-32Hex . . . . .. ... ke h e s e e s e e e
17 3548 SCREW440x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . .. ..., ... ..
-18 35384 SCREW440x7/16B.H. . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e
-19 4540 'LOCKWASHER (No.4Int.) . . . . .. e e e e e e e s e aa
-20 2514 NUT440Hex . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e s e e e e e
21 45117 LOCKWASHER (3/8Int.) . . . . . . . . e e e ar e e e e e
22 36A98 KNOB- . . .. .. . e e e e e e e e e e e
23 38272 SETSCREWS832x1/2 . . . . . . ¢« v v v v v v o et s s s s s
24 13A241 FACEPLATE . .. ... .. .. R e e
-25 35289 SCREW2566x5/16F.H. . . . . . ... ... ... .... .
-26 3561 SCREW256x1/8B.H. . . . . .. .. ... a e e e e e e
27 15B189 COVER . . .. .. ... e e e e e et e e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-2¢


©
3
CR~

©
O
@
o
o
R-33

C-18

:
R-32

CR-6

1C412 Radio Coupler Printed Circuit Board

Page 7-27
1C412 - RADIO COUPLER PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

ITEM NO: | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 278100 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . & & v v v o v v v e e e eu us
2 6R20 RESISTOR, 56K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e
-3 6R46 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W,10% . . « & + & « & & v v v v e e e e
4 " 6R23 RESISTOR, 33K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e
5 18520 POTENTIOMETER, 20K. . . . & & & & & 4 v e v e e e e e o e v
6 6R31 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2W, 10% - . . & « & + v @ v e v e e v e v u
7 6R24 RESISTOR,3300hm, 1/2W,10% .. .« . + & « s o & v o n o w v .
8 6R59 RESISTOR, 68K, 1/2W,10% . .« « « v & v v v v ot v e e e e n
9 6R58 RESISTOR, 12K, 1/2W, 10% . . « « & « & & = « o & o o« o v o v o .
-10 6R70 RESISTOR. 22K, 1/2W, 10% . . . . v . o o v v oo
-1 6R72 RESISTOR, 100K, 1/2W, 10%. . . . - + « + & & v v v v oo v o
-12 A/R RESISTOR, Sel-SeeNoteNo. 1T . . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v v v o v v &
-13 6R89 RESISTOR, 39K, 1/2W,10% . . .+ v + v v o v v v v v .+ . . .
14 6R92 RESISTOR, 680 Ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
-15 6R87 RESISTOR, 1K, 1/2W, 10%. . . « « v v v o v v oo s oo,
-16 6R73 RESISTOR, 82K, 1/2W,10% . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
17 6R122 RESISTOR, 91K, 1/2W,10% . . . - v & « v v v n v e e e v o
-18 6R146 RESISTOR, 120K, 1/2W, 10%. . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
-19 6R84 RESISTOR, 68K, 1/2W, 10% . . . . . .. e e i e e e e e
20 6R52 RESISTOR.33K. 1/2W.10% . « » + « v o o o v o
21 6R57 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W, 10% . . . + &« & « e v v o v o o v u o
2 21858 CAPACITOR,22Uf. - + v + « « ¢ v o v e e e e e e e e e v e v
23 21A44 CAPACITOR,5Uf . . » v =« « « « s s o v v o v . e e e e e e e
24 2182 "CAPACITOR, 0Tuf . . . . « « v « « o . e e e e e e e e e e
25 21A45 CAPACITOR,35Uf. .« » » = v & & v s v v v e e e e v .
-26 21812 CAPACITOR, 00T uf . . . . v v v v v et e e e e e e e e
27 21566 CAPACITOR, .50uf,NP. . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e
28 21867 CAPACITOR,200uf, NP . . . . . ... ... e e e e e e e
29 48533 DIODE,IN4001 . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e .
30 48561 " DIODE,SR1741 . . . . v v v v + v v . e e e e e e e e e e
-31 48852 DIODE,IN4735B . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e
32 48348 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . - & v & v o v a e e e v e e v o
33 48536 TRANSISTOR,SM2140. . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e
34 25A23 TRANSFORMER . . & v & v ot v e v e e e e e e e e e e v .
35 25834 TRANSFORMER . . . . . v v v v i v ot e m e e e e e e v
36 18823 POTENTIOMETER, 1000hm. . . . « + & & &« = v o o v 0 v o . -
37 6R77 RESISTOR, 100 Ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . ... "
38 48349 TRANSISTOR,MPS6515. . . . . . . . » o o o oo
39 6R67 RESISTOR, 150K, 1/2W, 10%. . . . . & v & v v v « o v v s v n v
40 A/R RESISTOR, Select (SelectNoteNo. 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . o v . .

NOTE1: Item No. 12 to be selected from the following values for R-1,
R4, R-33.
Select {R-1) from below: : Select (R-4) From:
Part No. Resistor £ 5% Resistors 4.7
6R160 39 Ohms
+ 5%, 1/2W to 20K, 1/2W.
6R161 430hms"'5% 1/2wW Select (R-8) From:
6R162 47 Ohms* 5%, 1/2W 10K to 20K 1/2w,
6R163 51 Ohms£ 5%, 1/2W + 5% resistors.
‘6R164 560hms:5% 1/2W i.;ect (R-33) Fr;_,m:
6R165 Oh 5%, 1 ximately 27K to
6R166 680h':'§+ 5%,1//% ]@mijfiwmm
Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-28
Jan. 1974
3A0€V ANV 0009 S,ON TVIH3S a4v04 LINJHID d31NIHd 88€0L
o JON

Issued:
gdy PHD audo wo
oLy gy 014 SbY SO PhY 2y pz0 LHD ZPH GHD LLY ZHOOLHO BD ObY G2J E¥H 6£H EZD Lvd Z1O 11D 40
OO REIE@OEOEEEEOEEEENEEEEUXY)
17) 82
. AL
gl)oto
) g)so
. £e 2
" sza(Bl
622 ( 6 pi) v1o
tou (b p1)EL0
b . £6 )szy
] \ o) 2
£zu (0F :. ?g K %R
osiu( 9 + ,_u 7 mu\ g1)e
stu( 1€ = : —3 |@\% FABLE]
99 (¢ O—9 . 17) 92
o (g , £1) a0
ozu( [T 3 U)o
124 (€ o + , / 18) zeu
auo (11 :
s 7/ e AN L fiV B
| 6€ ) 1en
e\ 9 If) eeu
zzu (£ 7 veu
20(9l 08 Yoeu
w9 07) 1o
ozo (26 . £l Nuo.
2o 8 02) 910
EEE EEHD
@ FOEPEECEHREEEEEEDER
1 .

Page 7-29
pld €Ly 84 6H €0 gy 2d 10 10 101 94 20 /4 ZO ¥O py SH 123 020 LEH 10 ggy sed 610 gp
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY 1C388, 1C388M, 1C388MC & 1C388-2

RADIO COUPLER, SN 6000 & Above

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 27C181 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . « . « « ¢ v v o s v o n v v v o
2 18543 POTENTIOMETER, 10K, *¥30% . . . . . . .. ... .. ... L.
-3 18531 POTENTIOMETER,20K . . . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
4 18529 POTENTIOMETER,100 . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e
-5 6R267 RESISTOR, 39K, %W, 5% . « -« « « « ¢« & ¢ =« o s o s o o = u u s
-6 48s42 TRANSISTOR,2N3116 . . . . + « « + o o« o o o e e e e e
7 48549 TRANSIS TOR,MPS 6515 . . . . . .. e e e e e e n e e e e e
-8 48s48 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e
9 48589 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT,MC1741CG . . . . . . « « « + v + o « &
-10 48S52-1 DIODE, ENER,IN4735AMATCHEDPAIR . . . .. ... .. ..
-11 48S61 DIODE,SR1741. . . . . . . . . . @ e h e s e e e e e e e
12 | 48s33 DIODE,IN4001 . . . . . . . - « « « & .. e e e e e e e s
13 21885 CAPACITOR,5.6 UF,20V,20%, KEMET . . . . . . . . . . « . .. '
14 21A87 CAPACITOR, .22UF, 35V, 20%, KEMET . . . . . . . e e e e e
-15 21A86 CAPACITOR, 1.0 UF,35V,20%, KEMET . . . . . .. ... ...
-16 21A117 CAPACITOR,10 UF,10V, KEMET . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
17 218139 CAPACITOR,47UF,20V,KEMET . . . . . . . + ¢ v = v = s « o &
-18 | 218135 CAPACITO 22 UF,R,25V, KEMET . . . . . . e e e ek e e
-19 215116 CAPACITOR,100 UF, 20V, KEMET. . . . . . . . . + 4+ o v = « »
20 215101 CAPACITOR,330PF . . . . .. ... P e e e e e e e e
-21 21897 CAPACITOR,. 001 UF,ERIE . . . . .. [ e e
-22 21895 CAPACITOR,001UF,ERIE ., . . . . . . . . ... ... e e e
-23 25B23 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . .+ 4 v s v s ve o s e n s e
24 25834 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . ¢ v ¢t v s v e e o s o a as e
25 | 6312224 RESISTOR, 12K, %W,2% . . . = v v v ¢ v v v s 0 v o v v ..
-26 6347224 RESISTOR,4.7K,%W,2% . . . . . . +. .« . . e e e e
-27 6368224 RESISTOR,6.8K,%W,2% . . . . + . + & « = « 4 v o v o s = o « &
-28 6322424 RESISTOR, 220K, %W,2% . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
-29 6322323 RESISTOR,22K,%4W,2% . . + .« « = v v = o & o s o o o s o 0 o
-30 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . . « . « + v v v v o v v v v a e v au s
-31 6333124 RESISTOR,3300HM, %W, 2% . . « . « « & ¢ o v o ot s o o o &
-32 6310224 RESISTOR, 1K, %4W,2% . « « = « ¢ v v 2 v 0 o v 0 v o 0 v o o
33 6333224 RESISTOR,33K, %W, 2% . . « « « v« 4 vt v v e e e a
34 6327224 RESISTOR 27K, %W,2%, . . . . « « « « 4+ + . . e e e e e
-35 6322224 RESISTOR, 2.2K, %W, 2% . . - . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e
-36 6333324 RESISTOR,33K, 4W,2% . . . . + & v« vt v s v v o v v v e e
-37 6327324 RESISTOR, 27K, W, 2% . . « « =« = « « 4 v v s v s o e v e u o
-38 6368124 RESISTOR, 680 OHM, %W, 2% . . . .« - « « « o v v v v v s 0 o o &
-39 6310424 RESISTOR 100K, %W,,2% . . . . = v v & s v s 0 s 0 v s s 0 s
-40 6368324 RESISTOR, 68K, %W,2% . . . . . + « « & « 4 v & o s o s o o & .
41 6310124 RESISTOR, 100 OHM, %W, 2% . . . . + « & « « 4 2 v v v s o o o s
42 6382224 RESISTOR; 82K, %W,2% . . . . + v + & v & + o v o v o v v o . .
43 6312324 RESISTOR, 12K, %W,2% . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e
44 6315424 RESISTOR, 150K, %4W,2% . . . . . . . . - . . . e e e e e e
-45 6312424 RESISTOR, 120K, %W, 2% . - . . . &+ « ¢ & v o s e v u v e aa
-46 RESISTOR, SELECT 2.0K-4.3K,%W,2%. . . . . . . . . . . . P
47 : RESISTOR, SELECT 10K NOM., %W,2% . . . . . . . « . . « « . .
48 6351224 RESISTOR,5.1K, %W, 2% . . . - - = « « v v 2 o o . .S
-49 11M56 M.F.R.VARNISH . . . . . . . . . . . . i it i i e e au
-50 - 10M85 SOLDER . . ... e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
51 218114 CAPACITOR, .22 UF,50V,20%,ERIE . . . . . . . .. ... ...
52 215126 CAPACITOR,220UF, 10V, KEMET . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .

lssued: Jan. 1974


lmnlsnz
11111111111111111111
nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 111111111
ccconccc 2
ccaaQnaamnmmmMmmammmnDanmmmm 2
m mmmmmm

é
14

l

C
.79D41 GLIDE SLOPE COUPLER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 27D122 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . . . . .. .. ee
2 6R199 RESISTOR, 200 ohm, 1/2W,5% . . . . « « v o v v v v o v o . .
3 6R198 RESISTOR,300hm, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . . . . o . . . . . . C e
4 6R133 RESISTOR,3.3K,1/2W,5% . . . . . . . . v v v v v v v e v oo
5 6R154 RESISTOR,6.8K, 1/2W,5% . . . « + « « « « v v v v v v e v oon
6 6R132 RESISTOR, 47K, 1/2W,5% . + + « « « « « v v v v v a e e v e
7 6R192 RESISTOR, 22K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . . . . . e e e
8 6R10 RESISTOR, 47K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . o o v v v v v e o v o s
9 6R77 RESISTOR, 100 ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . o 0 v . .
-10 6R131 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2W,5%. . . . « v v v v o v v v v v vt o .
11 6R180 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W,5% . . . . = . . o v v v v v v a e
12 6R57 RESISTOR, 27K, 1/2W,10% . . . = v« « v v v o v v v e v v o
13 6R72 RESISTOR, 100K, 1/2W,10%. . . « .« v+« v v o v v v o o .
-14 6R89 RESISTOR, 39K, 1/2W,10% . . . « w « v v v v v v vt e e e
15 6R92 RESISTOR, 680 ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o . .
-16 6R87 RESISTOR, 1K, 1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . . o v oo v v .
17 6R20 RESISTOR, 56K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . o v v v v nn
-18 BR195 RESISTOR, 150K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . . . v v v v i v v v v ..
19 6R82 RESISTOR, 150 0ohm, 12W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . o o v ..
20 6R88 RESISTOR, 470 ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . e e ee
21 BR73 RESISTOR, 82K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . v v v v v v v
2 6R157 RESISTOR, 22K, 1/2W,5%. . « « v v v v v v v v v e e e e e e
23 6R65 RESISTOR, 220K, 1/2W,10%. . . . & v« o« v v v v v v u e .
24 6R34 RESISTOR, 2K, 1/2W,5% . . . . . . .. e e e
25 6R143 RESISTOR, 15K, /2W,5%. . . . « . . + . « « . . . . . e e
26 6R91 RESISTOR, 12K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . . . . . . . ... e
27 6R201 RESISTOR, Wire wound, 150 ohm, 3W,5% . . . . . . . . . .. ...
28 18529 POTENTIOMETER, 100 ohm, 1/2W,20turn . . . . . . . . e
29 18531 POTENTIOMETER, 20K, 1/2W,20turn. . . . . . . . . . . . . L.
30 21A44 CAPACITOR,5MFD,NF . ", . . . . ... e e e e
31 21558 CAPACITOR, 22MFD,NP. . . . . . . v o v v e v n e n . .
32 21A45 CAPACITOR;35MFD@15V,R . . . » . « . v o v v vn s o ..
-33 21812 CAPACITOR,:001 MFDNP . . . . . . e e e
34 21584 CAPACITOR,25 MFD,NP10%,15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35 21583 CAPACITOR,2MFD,NP,10% . . . . . . . . o .« . o . .. .
36 21580 CAPACITOR,200 MFD, NP, 10% . . . . . . « . « o o v o v v ..
37 21582 CAPACITOR, 200 MFD,P,10% . . . . . . . . . . ... .. ...
38 48533 DIODE,IN00T . . . . . . . o o ittt e e e
39 48561 DIODE, SR1741, Motorola . . . . . . e e e e e
40 48s51-H DIODE,SR1553,Motorola . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. e
41 48538 DIODE, Zenner, 11V,IN962B. . . . . . . + « v v v v 2 0 o o . ..
42 48542 TRANSISTOR,2N3116 . . . . v v v v e v e v v e w e e e o
43 48536 TRANSISTOR,SM2140 . . . . . .. . ... .. e
44 48549 TRANSISTOR,MPS6515 . . . . . . . . . v v v v v na s o ..
45 48548 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . . . . ... .... e
-46 48562 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . .... e e e e e e e e e
47 25B39 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . .. v v i it it vt i e e e
48 25B34 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . . .t v i et e e e na
49 25A23 TRANSFORMER . . . . & . o v v v v v e e e v et e e o
50 10M85 SOLDER . .. ....... e e e e e e e e
51 See Note 1 RESISTOR, Selected, 1/2W. . . . . . . v 2 v v v v v o o0t :
52 6R200 RESISTOR, Wire wound, 1000hm, 2W,6% . . . . . . . . ... ...
53 21585 - CAPACITOR, Tantalum, 5.6 MFD, ¥20%,16WV . . . . . . . . . . . .
54 See Note 2 RESISTOR, Selected, 1/2W. . . . . . . .. . . .. e e e e e
Note 1: R-24 to be selected from 4.7K to 56K (For detector oentermg)
Note 2: R-42 to be selected for correct output. Range to be from 2K to
5.1K 1/2 Watt resistor.

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-32


( _ t
PIOH 9PMILITV LOVOT

Page 7-33
ALTITUDE HOLD
1C407

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 64A119 PLATE, Front. . . . . . « &« & & = & & « 2 =« « & e e e s e


2 64A95 PLATE,BacK . . . « & & & & & & ¢ o i & o o o n wom mn s e ow
'3 7A392 BAR,SUPPOFt . « & « v v & & b e e e e e e e e e e e e e
4 35228 SCREW, 6-32x 1/2B.H.. . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e
5 15A147-1 BELLOWS . . .. . . ... ... e e e e e e e e e e e
6 1B417 CLUTCHASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . « « . . ‘@ e e e e
-7 35164 SCREW,440x5/16B.H. . . . . . &« « &« v ¢ v v s ot e s e e mu
- -8 45A42 LEVER . . . . . . . « « . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
9 43A222 SPACER . . . . .. ..... e e e e e e e e e e e
-10 47A188 SHAFT . . . i ot e ot i e e et e e e e e e e e e e e
-11 425161 RETAINER VALUES NO. 53-5-6 ..... e e e e e e e e e e e e
-12 45A44 TAPE, Linkage . .
. . . e e e e e e s Le s e e s n e e
13 10M39 WIRE,BusNo.22 . . . . . . . + « « « . & v e e e e e
14 | 42A159 BLOCK,CIamping ............ e e e e e e e e e
-15 | 38357 SCREW,1-72x3/16B.H. - . . . . . . & ¢ & & & v v v h e e e
-16 - 38109 - SCREW,256x1/2B.H.. . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
-17 2546 NUT,256Hex . . . . & & & « 4 & 4 s s o s s s o s a s s a ws
-18 41A84 SPRING . . . . . v v ottt e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-19 -1 28852 CONNECTOR,5Pinwithlockingelip. . . . . . . . . . . ... ...
-20 4S139 ORING . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v v oo e e e e e e s e e e
21 15A138 COVER . . . & - &t st e e e et et e e e e e e e e
22 13A265 NAMEPLATE . . . . . . . . « . . e e e e e e e e e e
23 45144 'WASHER. . .. . . &« . « « « v s & P
24 | 3538 SCREW, 6-32x3/163 H e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974


Page 7-34
Amplifier Assembly

Page 7-35
1B369-1 - TRIM AMPLIFIER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIRTION

-1 27875-1 CHASSIS, Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e e h e e e


2 48523 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . ¢« + &+ v & & & & v o = e e e e s o e
-3 35164 SCREW,440x5/16 . . . . . .+ ¢« ¢« v = o e 4 = & o« 2 s « o o »
4 38175 SCREW,440x3/8 . . . . . . « . « « « « . e e e e e s s e s
5 35110 SCREW,440x5/8 . . . . - &« & v v 4 & & o & 2o = o & w o .
-6 2514 NUT,4-40Hex . . . . . . .. e e e e e e w e e e e e e e e e
7 295856 LUG, Solder, No.4locking . . . . . . . . e
8 4A58 WASHER,Shoulder. . . . . . . . . . &« & & 4 v & v & e
9 29A1B STANDOFF. . . . . . v e e e e e e e h e e e e e e e e
-10 295820 TERMINAL. . . . . & . i ittt ot s e et e s s s o n s x e
-1 30A141 WIREASSEMBLY . . . . . + &« ¢ « v 4 + & & & u & e e e e e .
-12 11M86. SLEEVING . . . . . . v ¢ v o s s e e e e e e e e e e .
-13 21843 ~ CAPACITOR,354MFD . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e
-14 48548 . TRAN . SI. & & &ST i i e OR d e s e.e e e e e e e e e e e e
-156 6R123 RESIST 270 OR,
0hm,2W . . . . . . . . . W e e e e e e -
-16 . | 6R103 RESISTOR,470ohm,1W . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e .
-17 6R27 RESISTOR, 100hm,1/2W . . . . . . . . & ¢ ¢ v v v e e v e v
-18 6R23 RESISTOR33K,1/2W . . . . . . . ¢« & v v e v e e e e e e .
-19 11846 SLEEVING = . . . . . . . ¢« v o v v v o . f e e e e e
-20 11M87 SLEEVING . . . . .. ... ... e e e e e e e e e e
21 10M45 WIRE,No,22Red . . . . . «. + « &+ & = 2 4« o e e e e e e s
22 14A46 INSULATOR . . . . . e b h e e e e e a e e e e e e e e
-23 48833 DIODE. . . . . .. . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
24 6R9%4 RESIST 180 0ohm,OR,
1/2W,10% . . . . . . v & v v & & 4 o » = = .

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-36


Amplifier Assembly

Page 7-37
1B346 - TRIM AMPLIFIER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B75 CHASSIS, Amplifier . . . . - +. « & « v v v


v v vt e e e e
2 48523 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e
e e e e e . e .
3 | 35164 SCREW,4-40x5/16 . . . . . « « + o o « .
e e e e e e e e . .
4 38175 SCREW,440x3/8 . . . . . . . . e e e e
e e e e e e e e e e
5 35110 SCREW,4-40X5/8 . & & v v & & v ¢ ¢ s o
o v o o v aeu Yo
6 2814 NUT,Hex,440 . . . . . . « v = « « + « e e e e e e e e e e
o 29556 LUG, Solder, No.4 Locking . . . . . . ek e e e e e e e e e e
8 4A58 WASHER, Shoulder. . . . . « + & v 4 & v v o e v o e e e e e e
9 29518 STANDOFF. . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-10 29520 TERMINAL. . . . & i ot v ot ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
1 1 30A141 WIREASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e .
12 11M86 TUBING . . . v v vt v v v et e e e e e e e e e e e '
13 21543 CAPACITOR, 354 MFD, 2BV .
14 48548 TRANSISTOR. . . . & v o e e e e e e e e e e
15 6R106 RESISTOR,680hm, 2W . . . . . . & + = & & o & + = & s o « o « .
16 1 6R107 RESISTOR. 150hm. TW. . - & = & @ o s e v et me s
17 6R27 RESISTOR, 10ohm,1/2W . . . . . . . . . e e e e e s I
-18 6R23 RESISTOR, 33K, 1/2ZW . . . . + v v v e & + o« » e e e e e .
19 11846 SLEEVING . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e h e e e e e e e
20 11M87 SLEEVING . . . . . . « « « . . e e e e e e e e e e e e . .
21 10M45 WIRE,No.22Red . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e
22 14A46 INSULATOR . . . v . v v v v v v e e e e e e e ae s e
23 6R94 RESISTOR, 180 ohm, 1/2w 0% . . ... ..... e e e e e e e
24 10M42 WIRE, No. 22 Yellow . . - . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
25 10M43 WIRE,NO.22Gray . . « « + & v & o ¢ & o o o o s v e e
26 10M41 WIRE, No. 22 Violet . . . . . e e e e e . e e e . e e e e .
27 31A35 - TERMINALSTRIP . . . . . & . v e s e e e e e v e e e
28 3s38 ‘SCREW,6-32x3/16 . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e . .
29 10M46 WIRE,N0.220range . - .+ « « « « « . . e e e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 ‘


Page 7-38
'9'0°'d 9¥901 H31d1INdAV WidL

Jan. 1974
ML

Issued:
GSOEAMW -
\\\\\\\\\\\\\% e
m
%
LOVINZ
zZLl0 ”,
\\\ NA9'S
LOYYNL
Liyd 4WZT
— — -
LOYINE
£
~)38
S0
LOYPNZ
<0
Dz
g
LOVINZ
80
LOOYNL W)
140 ~, LOO¥NL
/ —(§ ) owd
LOY¥NZ
S0
4WZ'C
not |59
<y NS
JwoL @1
»
@\\\\\\\\\\\
LOVYNZ
0
LOOYNL
€4
LOOVNL
G OO QO
4l
SG0€3rW @ _—
Lo

Page 7-39
LOYPNZ LOOPNL LOYPNZ LOOVNL
€0 SYO 10 40
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (14V) PITCH TRIM AMPLIFIER - 1C646,
DUAL SENSOR

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27D190 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . + v v v e v e e
e v e e
2 48S73 TRANSISTOR,MJE3055 . . . . - « « v v v v o v o
o o &
.3 48S69 TRANSISTOR,2N440T . . . . & « & v v v v e e e e e e s
4 48S33 DIODE, ING00T . . . vt v e v e et e e e e e e
e e e e
5 215138 CAPACITOR, 33 MF, 20V., TANTALUM .
¥ 21A88 CAPACITOR, 2.2 ‘F, 35V, TANTALUM. . . .« v © oo e,
.7~ |6R75 RESISTOR, .47 ,2W,W.W. . . . . . . v v v v e v v w u s
-8 6356224 CRESISTOR. 5.6K, W, 2% « + o v v v e e e e e e e e e e
9 6347224 RESISTOR, 47K, %W, 2% v v v v v e e e e e e e e e e e e e
10 6368224 RESISTOR, 68K, %W, 2% . . + & & & v v e v e e et e e e e u s
-1 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, AW, 2% . . » v v v e v e e e e
12 6368324 RESISTOR, 68K, AW, 2% . « v = + « + & & e e e e e e e e e a
-13 6R147 RESISTOR,220 ,1W,CARBON . . . . . . + + v 4 v v e e e v
14 11M258 HYSOL,PC18. . . v v v v e v ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e

« lssued: Jan. 1974


Page 7-40
‘4°0'd 9¥90L HIIJINdWV WIHL

Jan. 1974
ML
LOOYNI LOOYNL LOOYNL LOPYNZ Fww%u LOOYNL 0ze

Issued:
GG0EIrW {43 84D 0LHD ¢lO
oo (¢
Lobvyz
erot .
G3noL
€2 GGoEATW
60
ALY
1y
Mol
64
LObPNT ) oLy,
Zl0
NO'G
8y .
LOVPNL
LLHD
LOYYNZ
sio ( £
LOvPNT
Nc d
LOVPNZ /
90
LOOPNL
g0
LOvYNZ
SO
Aot
oY
anoL
LOVINE
0
LOOPNL
€40
LOOPNL
40
GS0EArW
[4e]

Page 741
LOYYNZ LOOVNL LOYPNZ LOOYNL
€0 GHD L0 YHO
PITCH TRIM AMPLIFIER DUAL SENSOR - 1C646

| ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


-1 . 27D190 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . + « « v s v v o v v . . ..
2 48573 TRANSISTOR,MJE 3055 . . . & & « v @ v v e n e e e e e e
3 48869 TRANSISTOR,2N4401 . . . . . . . e e e e e e ..
4 48333 DIODE,INADOT . . . « .« v v v e e e e e e e e e e C.
5 215151 CAPAC 10MF,ITOR,
35V, TANTALUM. .. . . . . . . . . v . . ..
6 -21A88 CAPACITOR,22 MF,
35V, TANTALUM . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
2 6R75 RESISTOR, .47 ,2ZW,W.W. . . . . . . . . . . .. e
8 6356224 RESISTOR,5.6K, %W, 2% . « .« « « v o v v v v o v e
9 6310324 | RESIST 10K,OR,W, 2% ... + « « v v v v e v e e e e e e . L.
-10 6368224 RESISTOR, 68K, ¥W,2% . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
Mo 6322324 RESIST 22K,OR,
%AW, 2% . « « « = v v v o oo v v n e e
12 6368324 RESIST 68K,OR,
%W, 2% . +» + « v v v v o e e e e e e e e e e
13 | 6R296 RESISTOR, 470 ,2W,W.W. . . . . « v« o v i e e .
14 11M258 HYSOL,PC18 . . . . . T

lssued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-42


‘4'0°d 190l H3IFITdNV WIYL

Jan. 1974
WM MZ

Issued:
zz EE
g0 94 LHD gyp pHO
%@3

Page 7-43
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR
TRIM AMPLIFIER MANUAL/AUTOMATIC, 1C671

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 - 27B196 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . . . . . ..
. .. e e e e e
2 48S73 TRANSISTOR,MJE 3055 . . . . . . e . e e e e e w e e
=3 48S69 TRANSISTOR,2N4401 . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e
- 4 48833 DIODE,IN4OOT . . . . . .+ v & ¢« v s v vt e s e e e e
-5 218138 CAPACITOR,33MF,20V, TANTALUM . . . . . . . . .. . . ...
-6 21A88 CAPACITOR, 2.2MF, 35V, TANTALUM e e e .
-7 6R326 RESISTOR, .33 ,2W,W.W. T
-8 6356224 RESISTOR,56K,%W,2% . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
9 6347224 RESISTOR,4.7K,%W,2% -. . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e
=10 6368224 RESISTOR, 6.8K,%W,2% . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e
-11 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . . . . .. & « v v v v v o v o v s v
A2 . :
-13 6R147 RESISTOR,220 ,1W,5%,CARBON . . . . . . . . . . .. « ..
-14 80S17 RELAY 4PDT, P&B TYPE KHC 17D11 (12v COIL) . .
-15 10M85 SOLDER . . . . . . .. ..+ oo e e e e e e e e e
-16 11M258 HYSOLPC18 . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-44


|_L3FHS | gyx3s *STIIM TVHINN ‘LHOJMN WHOWN

Jan. 1974
¢= OLD6L | ONI STMLSNANI TIHOLIN iNId 3VOS ION OO
\ AN - -y df2es? W/ 4VInoNvE #5659 "0 7 3ONVYHD #018/5351 7
ANHM& _u\ WO\/&M@ 48 150,000 T alesever hu-n.lh.!..%m /N WNoiLoved B2 0D 7 7drr Ta512 thw 00 1558 O
= e R Iy T
I,Nfil._.l_ )Lid Nu_.u_u_l_&fd 37-315| AHE| d3INION3 W/N 3 wwidae St QWI 5 2
GGV V04 03 [l o —wswowl —_— gaanses SSITINR L1 TRNP~R

Issued:
Hhx.m. VURT)| NYWS13vag] 3SIMYIHLO 7 E[TETH o/ TP 7 -~
AsEN T3 5 dre Wal vl : 31v0 A8 S3ONVHITOL A8 31vd NOISIA3Y ON
NOILJINOS3IC 3INOZ | ON ldvd 1> - ‘ON PEL
_ Dal ERLE | | 1 i
(Sonzl) Avran 1 Z/5 I z
L (QOAYZ) AV 1 €
T %33 TME T0G "HoISIKEY i Z ¥
T b 'METFOZZ THoISRIY ey (YOLTISAH NOBHYY 40 NOILFLILSANS HIFY HOS ZBIWH 135 -
SO 12 S ;. OBVOR OL 1X3N(SONVE) $3QOMLIVD HLIIM 21 WALl IV TIVISNI |

Fo
T T T T T e S TTusean I%5ES | 2 | 2 S ,_Zm._._wpddomzo,amr.«?(.wfl. B3IADOD TWIIANL HLM
TOT T SE T Ao molskE YZEORD | 2 L 8 700 75 SATIVISN 3G OL (0! WILD) SHOISIENvAL. FDVe® -
.

g
2-#1-STOBLTASSY LYEN Ly 380 10l
. 2 _'MY)'ze wolSIS3D Yze9¢ © 2 e | SHOLUSNVAL HUM AN0D LML SO8I8 WVOIN 38018 'S
_ %2 ‘™2, "AT>A0LSISIY 22299¢2 | 2 2 S (335) 1NN DONGZ 202 @ 4SS W SWaLl) 360 ‘v
T T e
(isisNg) mois L QNSY | v | b ol ‘S 3LON 23S (3227 LINC DORY! DO L b 20 SWIL 350 §
i LIOPPNZ) HOLSISNYEL e6ecser | 8 | ® H LINGO DONGZ G 2-OLD6L 2
C (1oopN FO0IG cEseY | o/ | o 20 4 310N 336 LINO DQAP) St 1-OLDIBL )
F4 01 HOLIVAYD
W TEINEL | DORAEGE 1s1Sleg]| @ 2 €l *S31LON
e2 24harM ST IW2°2 'B0LIDVEYD saviz| 2] 2 ! (vhs nn._.,w_.. 223)
| sa
§urps YOI
’ (=2310M 239) :GA
©
@aq
” @/
(¥ #= S310N 335) ru@uo@/
\@o.z (we SaLN 329)
(péec wBIONIAS) G Q.«_OO/
DE)_] (rFC
| Q o @ 0“.?52 %)
@
o @— /@wu
'd'0'd €G064 HIHINdAVY WIHL

Page 7-45
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY AMPLIFIER, TRIM 79C53

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1 27C1311 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . . . . .. . ...


2 80817 RELAY (12VDC) . . . . . . . ... e e e e e e e
3 80S20 RELAY (28VDC) . . . & v v e v e e e e e e e e e e e e e
4 6R124 RESISTOR,50 OHM,3W,25% ! . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. ...
5 6R215 RESISTOR,2200HM,3W,¥5%. . . . . . . .. .. e e e e e e
-6 6R71 RESISTOR,5.6K, %W, £ 6% . . . . . . . ... e e e e e
7 6R31 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, £10% . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ...
-8 6R62 RESISTOR, 22K, %5W, 2 10% . . . . .. e e e e e e e e
9 6R154 RESISTOR, 6.8K, YW, £5% . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
-10 48573 TRANSISTOR,MJE 3055 . . . . . . v . @ v v v v v e e u .
-1 48569 TRANSISTOR, 2N4401 . .... e e e e e e e e e e
-12 48S33 DIODE (IN40OT). . . . . = « o v o v o . . . e e e e e e e
13 218151 CAPACITOR, 10 MF, 35wvoc TANTALUM . . . ... ......
14 21A88 CAPACITOR,2.2 F.35WVDC,£20% . . . . . . . v v o o v
15 215138 CAPACITOR, 33 MF, 20 WVDC, * 20% e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-46


a4 R2 R4 c4a R0 R9 «

o~

o
MJEIOSE6 6.8K 66K 2.2MF 68K on Q0 88K 2.2MF



Bo
G-

Page 7-47
l 0
€l CR3 7 cR1
10K 10MF MJEISS

Issued:
IR

Jan. 1974
TRIM AMPLIFIER 79C54 P.C.B.&-3P.C.B.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY AMPLIFIER, TRIM 79C54

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1 27C131 PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD = . . . . . . . .. .... .


2 ' 6R214 RESISTOR,50 ,3W25% . . . . . W . v'v v v v v o .
3 6R215 RESISTOR,220 ,3W,£5% . . . . . « v v v v v wiain o u ors
4 - 6356224 RESISTOR,5.6K, %W, 2% . .. . . .. . . . . o . . v o u ...
5 16310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . . « « + v v v v v v e s e e e e e aia s
6 6322324 RESISTOR, 22K, %W,2% . » « « v v v v v v o v e h v e e w
7 6368324 RESISTOR, 68K, %W, 2% . . . . . « « « viv v o e v e e e e s
8 48A68 TRANSISTOR, (2N5191) .-. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
-9 43569 TRANSISTOR, (2N4401) . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e
t .10 48533 DIODE (IN40OT). . . . & v v v vie v e i v e e e e e e e
¢ 215151 CAPACITOR,10 ,35WVDC, TANTALUM . . . . .. . . .
o2 6368224 RESISTOR, 68K, %4W,2% . . . . v . & v v v v v v e e ue o
¢ 13 21A88 CAPACITOR,22 ,35WVDC,£20% . . . . . . . . . . . ...

Page 748
'g4°0'de-®'9'0'd 5064 H3I41TdAV' WIHL

lan_ 1974
Iccuad:
OOO OOODOO

. Page 7-49
NE'9 MO9S JWNZZ
mo
Ne® g0 LID 9w 2D 010 %89 JAWZT )9S No'9 990CIMW
—x ncflo @¢; 0y ¥ "W 2 10
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY TRIM AMPLIFIER, 79C54-3

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27D178 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD


-2 48569 - TRANSISTOR, 2N4407T:. . . . . . . . v v v vt v oo e
3 48564 TRANSISTOR,2N4403 . . . . . .« v v v i e e e e e e
4 48568 TRANSISTOR, 2N519T .. . v v v v v e e e e e e e e e e
5 48833 DIODE,INGOOT . . . . &+ v v v b e v e v e e e e e e e e e
6 21A88 CAPACITOR,2.2MF,35V., TAN. . . . . v & v v i v e e e e u
7 215151 CAPACITOR, 10MF,35V.TAN . . . . . . e e e e e e e e .
8 215114 CAPACITOR, 22MFERIE. . . . . . v v v v v v v e e e e e o
9 215118 CAPACITOR,IMF,ERIE . . . . . . . e e e ee e
-10 6R215 RESISTOR,220 © ~ ,3W,5% . . « . « « v v v v v o e n v e
1 6R152 RESISTOR,5.6K, %W,5% . . . . . + « v v v v v e e e e o e .
12 6R154 RESISTOR, 6.8K, %BW,5% . . . . » . v v o v v e v e e e o
-13 6R157 RESISTOR, 22K, %W, 5% . ... . . v o « v o v o e v un . .
14 6R168 RESISTOR, 68K, ¥W,5% . . . " . + v . v v v v w v e e e o .
15 6R180 RESISTOR, 27K, %W,5% . . . + v v v v v v e o e e e e e v
16 6R197 RESBSTOR, 33K, %W,5% . . . . . « « v v v v e e e e ee o e
17 6R187 RESISTOR, 1K, %W, 5% . . . « « & + v v v v v v e e . .
-18 6R133 RESISTOR, 3.3K, %¥W,5% . . . .
-19 6R143 RESISTOR, 15K, %W, 5% . . . . .-. v o v v v v u v .
20 11M258 HYSOL,PC18 . . . . . v v i i v i e et e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-50


12

o0
1l

1C318 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly

FIGURE NIt USABLE


AND INDEX PART MUMDER 1234567 DESCRIPTION PR ON
NUMSER Assemsly | cooe

11-14- 1C318 PITCH TRIM SENSOR ASSEMBLY ....ooeveeeacs. 1


-1 ITBER 1 « CHASSIS = .iiieiiecseccccsccaccncconnonns 1
-2 1B324 . PIVOT ASSEMBLY tiiveeeennenrenenen 1}
-3 35162 . SCREW, 6-32 x 7/16 Flat Hd eeeanes 2
-4 47A194 . SHAFT eeececsesassectcsennesnasseenes . 1
-5 3889 . SET SCREW, 4-40x1/8 Allen Hd = ....... 1
-6 49A24 o PULLEY = Liiiicicctcsecsccscnaccconcannnns 2
~7 428155 . TRUARC RING (Walde #5555-18) ....... 2
-8 10M62 . GROUND WIRE, 1/16" Braided copper N 2
-9 1A325 . ADJUSTMENT BRACKET ASSEMBLY ....... 1
-10 3565 . SCREW, 4-40x1/4IN. Round Hd ....... 2
-11 45817 . WASHER, 1/8'IN, ID x 5/16 OD x 1/32T ....... 2
-12 3859 . SCREW, 8-32 x 3/16 B. H. ertrecesseesas 1
-13 295840 . LUG, Solder ...... Cercecsnsesecrssesencunrc 1
-14 9536 + CONNECTOR tiitvssecosenssocnscnssessanscns 1
-15 13A222 « LABEL CD-41 = iiiiiiierercecsesnns 41
-16 29516 « CLAMP tiieererscosnnssnnsnnss vesesean 1
-17 13A265-1 « LABEL S/N tiitteecteossrsnannsccnens reee 1
~18 11M98 « SLEEVING = .i.ciciceeccnnnscsscaroanassnsas 6"

NOTE: Items 1 and 6 may change for different


" installations.

Page 7-51
1C318 - PITCH TRIM SENSOR ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B68-1 CHASSIS C e r e e e e e e e Ch e e e e e e e e
-2 1B324 PIVOTASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . & & o & it e e e e h e e
-3 38162 SCREW,6-32x7/16FlatHd. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. e
-4 47A194 SHAFT . . . . . ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
5 3589 SETSCREW,440x1/8AllenHd. . . . . . .. .. .. ... ..
-6 49A24 PULLEY - . ... .. .. ... e e e e e e e e e e e e e
7 428155 TRUARC RING (Walde No.5555-18). . . . . . . . . ... .. ..
8 10M62 GROUND WIRE, 1/16* Braided copper . . . . ... e e e e e s
9 1A325 ADJUSTMENT BRACKETASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . ... ...
-10 35865 SCREW,440x1/4IN.Round Hd.. . . . . . . . e e e e e e e ‘
-1 4587 WASHER, 1/8IN.IDx5/160Dx1/32T . . . . . . . . ..
-12 3859 SCREW,832x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..+« ..
-13 29840 LUG,Solder. . . . . . . . . . . . & i i i i e s e e
-14 9536 CONNECTOR . . . . . . . i i ettt e e e e e e e e e e
-15 13A222 LABELCD41. . . . . . . . . vt e e e e e e e e
-16 29A16 CLAMP . . . . . . e s e e e e e e e e e e e e
-17 13A265-1 LABELS/N . . . . . . ot e e e e e e e e e
-18 11mM98 SLEEVING . . . . . . . . . ¢ i it s e e e e e e e

NOTE: Items 1 and 6 may change for different installations.

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-52


1C 326 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly

FIGURE RIS USABLE


l::;:tb:l PART NUMBER 1234567 DESCRIPTION “s:f.l.“ (g'o‘(

11-10- 1C326 PITCH 1RIM SENSOR ASSEMBLY <weve-e.. eeeneee 1


-1 29870 . CHASSIS = .ecveeon 1
-2 43A137 . PANELBUSHING ’ 2
-3 45114 . WASHER, 1/4 IN. LD., 3/8 IN. O.D. x.0108.8. .
-4 428175 . TRUARC RING, 1/4 (TruArc #5100-25) ....... . 4
45A47 . BAR, Linkage ...ccceesvsccesncecen canses 2
-5
-6 45A46 . BAR, Linkage ..cececeecsscvcscessnscsacessserses 1
-7 49A25 . PULLEY +ceiiacsonns treventerrnanneannan 4
-8 35106 . BOLT, 10- 32x3/4 (AN3-6) cevvevssncnscgaroces 4
2538 . NUT, 10-32 Esna 4
-9
-10 46A122 . BLOCK Contact 000 veeeesccesscssssssce 1
35133 . SCREW, 4-40x5/8 R.H, civiecnvnvasnonncees 2
-11
-12 29556 . LUG, Solder NO. 4 feereeere Ceeseannaes 1
-13 29A46 . LUG, Solder NO. 2 = cieeeerecncnnonsans . 1
-14 3561 . SCREW, 2-56 x 1/8 B.H. ..civevenencnncsnnns 1
-15 10M62 . WIRE, 1/161N Braided copper 000 e..een.. 1-1/2
-16 1A325 . ADJUSTMENT BRACKET ASSY eeeueses 1
-117 3527 . SCREW, 4-40x1/4B.H. ciciiievnncanncsenes 2
-18 4887 . WASHER 119 L.D. x 9/32 0.D. x. 025 thk steel ... 2
-19 9536 . CONNECTOR (Alden #4031) ...civiceinerannonns .
-20 13A222 . LABEL (CD-41) Cbesscennsanaennannn 1
TA642 . BRACKET, Mounting = .cccecvncscncsnncass 1
-21
-22 3895 . SCREW, 8-32x 5/186 temcceetsnenacacecsa 4
-23 7A442 . BRACKET, Support ... essesenenvecnen 1
-24 38117 . SCREW, 8-32x1/4 eenees treeseesnnena 1
-25 4861 . LOCKWASHER, NO. 8 et esesesennacnonas 6
-26 7A641 . BRACKET, Mounting = c.eevescsaces Ceeeeon 1
-27 29840 .LUG, Solder NO. 8 ceeaeersnrocerasones 1
-28 13A265-1 . LABEL S/N teseseernnnn cevseeen eenene 1
-29 3559 .SCREW, 8-32 x 3/16 BoH. eeverereceneeeseeens 1
-30 45119 .SHIMWASHER 1/4 IN. L.D., 3/8 IN. O.D.x AR
.002T S.S.
-31 4540 . LOCKWASHER, NO, 4Int. ......... ereesanonne 3
-32 29816 . CLAMP t v eeessesntaetenrecaassananons 1
-33 11M98 . SLEEVING ...ccevees 6"

Page 7-53
1C326 - PITCH TRIM SENSOR ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27870 CHASSIS . . & i L it e i e e e s e e e e e e e e e e e


2 43A137 PANELBUSHING . . . . . . . . . . v v v v v v v n e v v .
-3 45114 WASHER, 1/4 IN.I.D.,3/8IN.0.D.x.010S8.S. . . . . . . . .. .
4 42875 TRUARC RING, 1/4 (TruArc No. 5100-25) Ve r h e e e e e e e .
5 45A47 BAR,Linkage . . . . . . & & ¢ i 4 h s e e e ke e e e e e e
6 45A46 BAR,Linkage . . . . . . & & & 4 i e h e e e e e e e e
7 49A25 PULLEY & v v v v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
8 35106 BOLT, 10-32 x 3/4 (AN3-6) .................
9 2838 NUT, T0-32ESNB. « « = & v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-10 46A122 BLOCK Contact . . & v v & v v b e e e e e e e e e e e
-11 38133 SCREW, 440 x 5/8 R. H e e e e s e e e e e e e e e e
-12 29556 LUGSoIderNo4...........‘., ............
13 29A46 LUG,Solder No.2 . . . . . & ¢« & v ¢« ot s et e st e e e e
-14 3861 SCREW,256x 1/8B.H. . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v v vt v s e e a u
-15 10M62 WIRE,1/16IN,Braidedcopper - . . . . . . &« ¢« & + v « o « « . .
-16 1A325 ADJUSTMENTBRACKET ASSY. . . . = & &+ v v v v e e s o s o a s
-17 3827 SCREW,440x1/4B.H. . . . . . . & & v & v e e v e s e e e a s
-18 4S87 WASHER,.119 1. D. x 9/32 O. D. x .025 thk steel e e e e e e e e e
-19 9S36 CONNECTOR (AldenNo0.4031). . . . . & . & & & 4 ¢« v 4 v o o o &
20 13A222 LABEL(CD41) . . . . . . & i i e e e et s et e e e e e
21 7A642 BRACKET, Mounting . . . . + &+ &+ & ¢ & « = & ® &« s 2 « s s « &=
-22 3595 SCREW,832x5/16 . . . . . v v v ¢« v s o v o s s a e a
23 7A442 BRACKET,Support . . . . . & &t v e ot et s e v e e e e e e
24 35117 SCREW,8-32x1/4 . . . . & & v i v i e e e e e e e e e e e
25 4561 LOCKWASHER,No.8 . . . . . . . . & it e et et e a e
-26 7A641 BRACKET,Mounting . . . . . . . . v v v 4 s & = = o o »
27 29540 LUG,SolderNo.8 . . . . . . . . . & v o « v v v 4 e ...
28 13A265-1 LABEL S/N . . . . & ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
29 3859 SCREW,832x16B.H. . . . . . . . . & v & v s e e e e s s
-30 48119 SHIMWASHER 1/4IN.1.D.,3/8IN.O.D.x .002TS.S. . . . . . . ..
31 4540 LOCKWASHERNo4Int
-32 29516 CLAMP | . . . . . e et e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
33 11M98 SLEEVING . . . . . & v i i e i v e e e e e e e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974


Page 7-54
[

1C365 Trim Sensor Assembly

Page 7-565
1C365 - TRIM SENSOR

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1 See Note CHASSIS . . & i i i ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e


2 43A137 PANELBUSHING . . . . . . . . « « . . . e e e e e e e ..
3 45A53 BAR, Linkage . . . . - . & « + ¢« t v v e b e e e e e .. . e
4 45114 SHIMWASHER,1/41D,3/80Dx.010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
5 42875 TRUARC RING, 1/4 (Waldes No.5100-25) . . . . . . . v . v « .'v .
6 45A52 BAR,Linkage. . . . . + « « & ¢ 4 4 4 v owow . e e e e e e e e
7 49A22 PULLEY . & . ot ot ot o e e et e e n e e e e e e e e e e e
8 35189 BOLT,10-32x7/8HexHd . . . + + & v vt v v v m e e e e
9 2538 NUT,1032ESN8 . « + « v« & v o e e e e e e e e e e e e e
10 | 43A289 SPACER, 3/16 xIDx3/80Dx3/16L . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
11 | 43A288 SPACER,1/4IDx3/80Dx3/16L. . . . . « v v '+ & v v v e v v .
12 | 38334 SCREW,6-3211/16B.H. . . . . & v & v v e v e et e e e e e v
-13 | 48160 WASHER. . . . . . .. .. ... e e e e e e e e e e e e
14 | 2830 NUT,6-32Esma . . . . . . . . . ... e e e .
15 | 49A30 PULLEY . . . i ottt e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
16 | 43A287 SPACER . . . & & & v ot ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
17 | 1A370 ADJUSTMENT BRACKET . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e
-18 | 29832 STANDOFF. . . . . .+ v i v o u v . e e e e e e e e e .
19 | 48154 'SHIMWASHER, .008 ID x 1560Dx 006T . . ... e e e e e e e
20 |4s16 LOCKWASHER, NO.2INt. . » = » = v o v e e e
21 | 2846 NUT, 286 HEX . - v v « v 4 v m e e e e e e e e e e e s e e e
22 | 4s61 LOCKWASHER,NO.8INt.. . . . + « = & v & v 4 v v o v e a N
23 | 3859 SCREW8-32x3/1GBH e e e e e e e e e e e e e et e
24 | 45A45 CAM . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
25 | 4596 LOCKWASHER,NO.BINt.. . . . . v « & v 4 v e ee v v e v e
26 | 3596 SCREW,6-32x5/16B.H. . . . . & & & v v v e e e e e e e e
27 | 29s40 LUG,Solder No.8 . . . . v v + & v v e e e e e e e ..
28 | 29816 CLAMP . . . ...... e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
29 | 11m98 SLEEVING . . & v v v v ot v e v e e e e e e e e e e e
30 | 9S36 CONNECTOR (AldenNo0.4031). . . . . . . . . . . . . e e
31 | 29544 LUG,Solder. ., . . « « « « v« v « .+ . \ .............
32 | 10M62 WIRE, 1/16 Braided Copper . .. . . . . N e e e e e e e e e e e e
33 | 29533 LUG,Solder. . . . . . . e e e e e .. e e e e i e e e e e e
34 | 13A320 LABEL,S/N . . . . . i ot v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
35 LABEL,CD41 . . . . & &t v it ittt e e e e e e e

NOTE: Use 27B85 Chassis on 1C365-151, 159, 187, 206, 214, 210, 238, 239,
and use 27B88 Chassis on 1C365-152, 188.

issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-56


Section XI
Parts List

2‘\%fizjl\zs
7
a 3 /1156
0 ®
» o
2 -
O
—_
-0

% |18

-
o
w


£

1C374 Pitch Trim Sensor Assembly


1C374 - PITCH TRIM SENSOR ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27864-1 CHASSIS . . . . . . @ ¢ v v i i i s e e e e e e e
2 18324 PIVOTASSEMBLY. . . . . . . & . v i v & v v v e v o e
3 38162 SCREW 632x7/16FlatHead . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
-4 47A219 SHAFT . . . . . . s e e e e e e e e e e
5 3589 SETSCREW440x1/8 . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... '
6 49A22 PULLEY . . . . . . . et e e e e e e e e e e
-7 425155 TRUARC RING WALDESNo.5555-18 . . . . ., . . . .. ..
-8 1A325 ADJUSTMENT BRACKET ASSEMBLY .| . . . . . .. .. ..
9 35865 SCREW 440 x 1/4” Roundhead. . . . . . . . , e e e e e e
-10 4587 WASHER .1191.D.x9/320rx .025T . . . . . ., . . . e
-11 4540 - WASHER No. 14 Int.Lock . . . . . . .. ... ... ...
-12 43A133 SPACER . . . . . . . . . .. e,
-13 46A128 BLOCK . . . . . . . .. e e
-14 7A459 BRACKET . . . . . .. ... .. ... ... ...o..
-15 3845 SCREW832x3/8Fil.Hd. . . . . ... ... .......
-16 4861 LOCKWASHER No. 8 Int.Lock . . . . .. .. ... ....
-17 35106 BOLT 1032x3/4“HexHead . . . . . ... .. ......
-18 2838 NUT1032Esna . . . ... .. ...
-19 ., .. .......:
10M62 GROUND WIRE 1/16" braided copper . . . . . . . . . .
20 29840 . .
SOLDERLUG. . . ... ..., ..., . . ..~~~
21 29816 L e e e e e
22 359 SCREW832x3/16“B.H. . . ., ..., ... . .-’
23 9836 RECEPTACLE. . . . .. ... .,.. ., . ...
24 11M98 """~
SLEEVING . . . ., . ., . ., ., . ..t
25 13A222 LABELCD41.. . . . ..., . ., ., ., . . .. ">
26 13A265-1 | LABELS/N ..~ ~ " " Tttt e, -
LABEL S/N

Issued: Jan. 1974 P 758


1C377- Trim Sensor Assembly

Page 7-59
1C377 - TRIMSENSOR

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 27889 CHASSIS . & v v i it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e :
2 43A137 BUSHING,Panel . . . + « « « ¢ ¢ o o o t o o s = o « o =o
3 45A53 BAR,Linkage . . . . . . . <« . . . e e e s e s s e e s s
4 | 4s114 SHIMWASHER, 1/3 ID. x 3/8 OD x 010 e e e e e e e e e ,
5 42875 TRUARC RING, 1/4 IN. (Waldes No.5100-25) . . . . . . . . . .
6 45A54 BAR,Linkage . . . . . . . . .« « 't s e 4 s a e s e Ve e .
7 49A31 PULLEY . - v o v v e e e e e e e e e e . e e e e e
8 35189 BOLT,1032x7/8HexHd. . . . . « « « . . . . e e e e e
9 2538 NUT,1032Esna . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e
10 | 43A289 SPACER,3/16IDx3/80D X3/16L . « « = v v o v o v v v u .
11 | 43A288 SPACER,1/4IDXx3/80DX3/16L. . - <« + + v v & « o o « v « &
12 | 38334 SCREW,632x11/16B.H. . . . . . « v v v s e e e e v v u
13 | 45121 WASHER. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
14 | 2s30 NUT,632Esna . . . . . . « + . . e e e e e e e e e ..
15 | 49A24 PULLEY . . . &ttt e e ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e
16 | 43A287 SPACER . . . . . . .. ...
17 | 1A370 BRACKET,Adjustment = . . . . . « + « & o & « & o = + « 4 .‘
-18. | 29832 STANDOFF. . . . . v v v v v e e v v v s e e e . .
419 | 48154 - SHIMWASHER, .008 IDx .1560D x.006T . . . . . . . e e
20 | 4816 * LOCKWASHER, No. 2 Int. ..
21 | 2846 NUT,256Hex . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e
22 | 4s61 'LOCKWASHER,No.8Int. . . . . . . . . . .. e e e . .
23 | 3859 SCREW,832x3/16B.H. . . . © » « v o s s oo,
24 | 45A45 CAM . . . . s s e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
25 | 4596 LOCKWASHER,No.6Int. . . . . . . . e e e e . e e ..
26 | 3836 SCREW,632x5/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e
27 | 29840 LUGSoIderNos e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
28 | 29s16 " CLAMP . . . . . . . ... e e e e e e e e e .
29 | 11M98 SLEEVING . . . . . v v v v ot e v e e e e e e e e
30 . | 9536 CONNECTOR (Alden No.40.31) . . . . . . . . + . .. e e .
31 | 29544 LUG,Solder . . . . . . . - « . .. e e e e e e e
32 | 10M62 WIRE,1/16Braided Copper . . . . . + « & -« & o v o o o o . .
33 | 29833 LUG,Solder . . . . . v & & v i e e e e e e e e e
34 | 13A222 LABEL,CD41 . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e
35 | 13A2651 LABEL,SN . . . . . . . v v v v v.. e e e el S
36 | 7A542 BRACKET,Mtg . . .. . . .. e e .. e e e e e e .
37 | 7A543 BRACKET,Mtg . . . . . .. .. ... e e e e e e e e e
38 | 7A544 BRACKET,Support . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e
-39 | 3592 BOLT,1032x1/2Hex . . . . . . . . v v @ v e e e .

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-60


A
0AJ9S WL, Teo1dAT,

Page 7-61
TYPICAL TRIM SERVO
(SEE TABLE 1)

ITEM NO. | PART NO. . DESCRIPTION

-1 See table 1 CHASSISASSEMBLY. e e e e e e e e e e LLe 2T


2 43873 BEARING (Torrington No. B-57) ..................
3 43A272 BEARING . . . & & v v v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e .
4 47A199 £ 7Y
5 See table 1 GEAR . it ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e o
6 22852 ROLL PIN, EsnaNo.59-0020940750 . . . . . . . « « « « « « « .
-7 48150 SHIMWASHER,5/16 IDx5/80Dx.010T. . . . . . « « = « v + « « .
-8 45156 SHIMWASHER,5/16 IDx5/80Dx .003T . . . . . . . . . . .. . .
9 45157 SHIMWASHER,5/16 IDx5/80Dx.030T. . . . . . . . . e e e
8. | 428170 TRUARC RING (Waldes No.5100-31) . . . . . . e e e e e e e ..
9 4A159 FRICTIONDISC. . . . . - + v v v s v v v e e e e e e e e e e
-10. | 49A26 CAPSTAN & . .t it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
11 | 43A276 BEARING . . . & & & i i et ot e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-12 | 4s153 SHIMWASHER, 5/16 1D x 3/4 OD x O10T. « o o v e e e
-13 4A152 WASHER, Tension . . . . . . . & v v v v 4 e s s v o v o o -
14 | 2891 NUT,Castle5/16-24 AN310-5. . . . . . . « + v & v v v o v v e s
-15 | 22s53 COTTERPIN, 1/16 x3/4 AN380-23 . . . . . . . v v v v v v v ..
16 | 7B4781 MOTOR BRACKETASSEMBLY . . . + & & + v & v v v e e e e
-17 '| Seetable 1 MOTOR . . . . . . . v v v e v v e e e e e e e e e e e e
18 | 38212 SCREW;440x1/2IN.B.H. . . . . « . « v v v v e e e e e e e
19 2540 NUT,440Esna . . . . . . . . h e e e e e e e e e T e e e e
20 See table 1 GEAR .. . . e e e e e a m e e e e e e a e e e e e e e e .
21 | 45A49 BAR,Linkage . . . . . &+ & & ot et e e e e e e e e e e e e
22 | Seetable 1’ SOLENOID . . . . . i i ottt e i e e e e e e e e e e e
23 | 38102 SCREW;10-32x1/4IN.B.H.. . . . . . . . . . . v v v i v v .
24 | 4S84 LOCKWASHER,NO.TOEXt. . . . . « + v v v v e e e e e e o
-25 46A107 BLOCK, Idler Support. . . . . . . & & & v v ot o v e e e e e e
26 | 35296 SCREW,6-32x7/8B.H.. . . . . .« + & v v v e e e e e e
27 | 35288 SCREW,6-32x5/8B.H.. . . . « v v . v v v v e e e e e
28 | 29844 LUG,SolderNo.6 . . . . . . . . . . v o v o v v\ . e e e e
29 | 2830 NUT,6-32ESN8 . . . . . & & v 4 v e e e e e e e e e e e,
-30 | 22831 ROLL PIN, 3/32 x 1/2 In. Esna No. 59002-0944)550 ..........
31 | 49A22 PULLEY . . . . o e e e e e e e e e
32 | 35291 BOLT,10-32x5/8HexHdLong-loc. . . . . . . . .. .. .. ...
33 | 9s74 RECEPTACLE (Bpin). . . . ... e, ..
34 | 2287 ROLL PIN,EsnaNo.59-028-1250437 . . . . . . . « . . . . . .. -
35 | 4S40 LOCKWASHER No.4Int. . . . . . . . . . . . v v ...
-36 | 41A88 SPRING . . . . . . .. . . . o e,
-37 | 6R94 RESISTOR, 180 Ohm, 1/2w 10% .« & & . e e e e e e e e e e
38 | 48s33 DIODE, IN8001 . . . . . . . . . .. ... oot
-39 .| 8513 CAPACITOR,1TMFD . . . . . . . . . . . v v v i i i .
40 | 27875 AMPLIFIER CHASSIS . . . . . . . . .. ..o
41 | 48823 - TRANSISTOR, MN92 . . . . . . . . . . v v v v .. e e ..
42 | 3164 SCREW,440x5/16B.H. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
43 | 35175 SCREW,440x3/8B.H.. . . . . . . . . . v o v v v v s,
44 | 3s110 SCREW,440x5/8B.H.. . . . . . .. et i e e e e e e e e e
45 | 2814 NUT,440Hex . . . . . . . . v v s e v e e o i,
46 | 29S56 SOLDER LUG,NO.41locking . . . . . . o v o v v v o . ..
47 | 4A58 SHOULDERWASHER . . . . ... v v v v e e v v e e e e,
48 | 29518 STANDOFF . . ... ... ... e e e e e e e e e e e e
49 | 29s20 TERMINAL. . . . . . . e e e e,
50 | 21843 CAPACITOR . . . . . v v v e e e e e e e e s i s,
Issued: Jan. 1974
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

51 48848 TRANSISTOR,MPS6519 . . . . . . . . & . & v o o v e v


52 6R106 RESISTOR,680m,2W . . . . . . . . . . . . . v v v v ..
53 6R107 RESISTOR, 1500hm,1W . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. ..
-54 6R76 RESISTOR,100hm,12W . . . . . . . . ... ... . ...
55 6R23 RESISTOR,33K,1/2Ww . . . ... .. ... ... .. ..
56 14A46 INSULATOR . . . . . . .. ... ...t v v v
57 7A382 BRACKET . . . . & ¢« & v v s e e e s s e maneee s
-568 4544 LOCKWASHER,NO.6Ext. . . . . . . . ... .. ... ... ..
59 35295 SCREW,632x9/16B.H. . . . . . . . W ek e e e e ee e e e
-60 308182 CABLEASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . ¢ &ttt t ot ot e s e e e
-61 15C144-2 COVER . . . . . it i i i it e et e e o v o o s o a .
62 3548 SCREW, 4-40 x 3/16 B. L
-63 Part of item Zb PLUNGER,Solenoid . . . . . . . ¢ v & 4 & s o o o s s s o o »
-64 See Table 1 AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY ......................
65 Partof9874 Assy. NUT. . . . . . . . . . . v v v v v e e e e n a

NOTE 1: Cover not used on 1D373-171.

NOTE 2: Replace 4A159 Friction Disc with 4A151 and 4B478-1 motor
bracket assembly with 7B480-1 for servo 1D360.

NOTE 3: © Amplifier Assembly shown Item 64 is 1B389. For 1B369


- substitute in place of Item 52, 6R 123 resistor 270 ohm,
2W, 10% 2 required and in place of item 53, 6R103 resistor
470 Ohm 1W, 10% 2 requnred

Page 7-63 lssued Jan 1974


TABLE 1
- This table lists differences in Trim .mmHéOm for particular aircraft, mmgo.\wmmmagw Number is model
number stamped on Servo label.
ogmmwm_
Servo Assy Ttem 1 oS Tom 17 Houn 20 Tom s A e
1D373-167 27B87-3 44A96 59A37 -44A98 80A9 1B389
1D373-170 27B87-1 44A95 59A37 44499 80A9 18389
1D373-169 27B87-1 44A93 59A37 44497 80A9 1B389
1D373-168 27B87-5 44A95 59A37 44499 80A9 1B389
1D373-171 27B87-1 44A95 59A37 44A97 80A9 1B389
1D368-159 27B87-1 44793 59A38 44494 80A7-2 18365
1D368-190 27B87-1 44793 59A38 44A94 80A7-2 1B369
1D368-235 57B87-1 44493 59A38 44794 80A7-2 18369
1D360 27B76-3 14A89 59A37 44A90 80A9 18389
(
WdYd 0€ ‘OdA $1 ‘0AXSS WILLY, YO TSUBL
" CJENNILL.
ad aITOST

Page 7-65
79D51 - 14 VDC., 30 ROM PITCH TRIM SERVO ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 1C491 TRIMSERVO,12V,30RPM . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ ¢ v i e v v e e
-2 4A188 FRICTIONWASHER . . . . . . . .. . .. e e e e e e e s "
3 49A26-1 CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v it v v v v .. e e
4 45153 SHIM WASHER,5/16 LDx3/40Dx 010 THK S.S. . . . . . . . . ..
-5 4A152 TENSIONWASHER . . .« » « « v v vomovmoe oo oo .
-6 45156 SHIM WASHER, 5/16 LD x 5/8 OD x .003 THK S S ..........
-7 2591 NUT, Castle, 5/16-24 UNF2B,AN3105. . . . ... . . .. ... ...
8 22853 COTTERPIN, 1/16 x 3/4,AN38023. . . . . . . . e e a e e e e e
9 7A382 BRACKET(CABLE GUARD) . . . . . . . ¢ ¢t v i v i tea
-10 35295 SCREW, B. H, CAS PL STL. NO. 6-32 UNC-2A x9/16 e e e a e e
-11 4844 LOCKWASHER,EXT.No.6 . . . . . .. e e e w e s ..
-12 46A107 IDLER SUPPORTBLOCK . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e s
-13 35296 SCREW, B. H.STL,No.6-32UNC2Ax7/8 . . . . . . e e e ..
-14 35288 - SCREW, B.H.STL,No.632UNC2A x5/8 . .. . . .. e e e e
-15 25830 NUT, Esna, No.6-32UNC-2B . . . . . . . e e e e e e m e e s
-16 49A22 PULLEY . . . & . . o i e et i e e e e i e e e ey e
-17 35291 BOLT, Hex-Hd. Long Loc, No. 10-32 UNC—2Ax 58 ... ... ...
-18 . 22831 ROLLPIN,3/32x1/2. . . . . . .« v ¢ v i e v e e e a e e
-19 79C53-1 AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY . . . ... . .. ... [
20 35164 SCREW, B. H. STL, No. 440 UNC-2A x 5M16. . . . e e e e s e e s
21 4840 LOCKWASHER INTONO.A . o o e e e e e e e e e
22 13A265 - PLACARD (Model,Serial No.) .. ... e e e e e e e e e .y
23 11M191 SOLVENT . . . . . . . . . i v v i v v o e e e e .
24 45161 S14IMWASHER. . . . . . . .. e e e e s e wa e e e e s
-25 1BA438 LABEL(CD-73) o~ . v v v v 4 e et st s e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-66


{
o~

WdY 02 ‘D0A 82 ‘OAT9S WILL YoNd 2GA6L

Page 7-67
79D52 - 28 VDC, 20 RPM PITCH TRIM SERVO ASSEMBLY

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 1C492 TRIMSERVO,24V,20RPM . . . . . . % v ¢ = = » « &« » s oee


2 4A188 WASHER, Friction . . . . . . . . . . . .. o e e e e e .T b W]
3 | 49A26-1 CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY. . . . & . & & e et e e e e - e .
4 48153 SHIMWASHER, 5/16 ID x 3/4 OD x 010THK e e s e s e
5 4A152 WASHER,Tension . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e s o e ae e
6 48156 - SHIMWASHER ............... e e s e e e s e ‘
7 2591 NUT, Castle, 5/16-24 UNF-2B,AN3105. . . . . . . . .. .. e oa
8 22853 PIN, Cotter, 1/16x 3/4 AN380-23. '. . . . . e e e e e e e s e e .
9 7A382-2 BRACKET,Cableguard . . . . . . . . . .. e h e d e e e e e
-10 46A107 IDLERSUPPORTBLOCK . . . . . . . .. . e s e e e e e e
-1 35296 SCREW,B.H.STL.N0.632UNC-2AXx7/8 . . . . ¢« « = s « ¢ « & o =
.12 35288 SCREW, B. H. STL. No. 6-32 UNC-ZAxS/B e s s e e s e e e e e s
-13 2S30 . NUT,Esna,No.6-32UNC2B . . . . . . ... .. e s e s e e s
14 49A22 PULLEY . . . i ittt e v e s s s o s s a
15 | 38291 BOLT, Hex Hd. Long Loc, No. 10-32 UNC-2Ax5/8 G« h e e e e e e e
16 22831 ROLLPIN,3/32x1/2. . . . « & ¢« v v ¢ & v o h e a s e e ae s
A7 - 79C532 | AMPLIFIERASSEMBLY e s s a s = 8 w s 8 s m e e s e e
-18 35164 . SCREW, B.H., STL, No. 440UNC-2Ax5/16 T ek e e s ae e s s
-19 4S840 "LOCKWASHER Int.No.4.. . . ... . ... e e e s e e i e e e
20 48161 “SHIMWASHER . . . ... .. .. e e s s s ete s e e e .
21 13A266 PLACARD(ModelSenaINo) t e ah et e m s s e s e s s s
22 11M19T.SOLVENT.--..........-‘.-..._..._.~'..'..,...
23 13A438 LABEL (CD-73) . Ve e e ei e e s esea e e e e e . .

el
tssued: Jan. 1974 Pags7-68
e

Page 7-69
ROLL & PITCH SERVOS
(OLDER MITCHELL VERSION)
SEE TABLE2

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


1 28520 CAPPLUG . . . .+ . . v ittt ot e e e e e e e e e e
2 8513 CAPACITOR,Imfd . . . . . . © v v v v o s e e e e e e e e
-3 59A37 MOTOR,S8IVO . . . » « + « v v v v v e e e e e v e e e e e e
4 2840 NUT,440ESNa . . . . . « « « v s v v v v v s e e e e e e s
5 22565 ROLLPIN . . . ... ... e e e e e e e .
6 44791 GEAR . . . . i i it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
7 35212 SCREW,440x1/2B.H. . . . . . . v . v v v e vt v a e wa
8 7B512-1 MOTORBRACKETASSY.. . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
9 *43S71 BUSHING . . . & - & v v vttt e h e s et e e e e e
-10 4s150 WASHER, 5/16 IDx4/8x019 Thick. . . . . . e e e e e e e
-11 4258170 TRUARC RINC, Waldes No.5100-31 . . . . . . e e e e e e e e
-12 *435273 BEARING, Torrington No.B-57 . . . . . . . . v . ¢ v v o o v o &
-13 47A203 SHAFT . . . . . i i et et i e e e e e e e e e e e
-14 2591 NUT,5/16Castle, AN3105. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . e e e e e
-15 22853 COTTERPIN, 1/16x3/4,AN380-2:3. . . . . . . i« v v v o oo ..
16 4A152 TENSIONWASHER . . o . « « v v v v e e e e e e e e e e
-17 48153 WASHER,5/16 x3/40Dx 010T 65. . . . . . . . . . P
18 | **43A272 BUSHING . . . . . & v v v it et et e e e e e e e e
19 | 38326 SETSCREW . . . . i+t v i v v s i et n o e e e e
20 SeeNote1| CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . . b e i e e e e e e e .
21 4A155 FRICTIONWASHER ". . . . . & &« s v v v s v e a n e aa e s
22 44792 GEAR . . . & . i i e e e e e e e i e e e e e e e
23 22852 ROLLPIN . . . . . . o it it et e e e a e e e
24 35174 SCREW . . ... v i v i it et e e e e e e e
-25 4596 LOCKWASHER,NO.6Int.. . . . . e e e e e e e e e e
26 SeeNote3| CABLEGUARD . . . ... e e e e e e e e e e e i e e e
27 | 38102 SCREW, 10-32x1/4B.H. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e -
-28 4s84 LOCKWASHER, NO. 10 Ext. Lock. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
29 27884-1 ‘CHASSISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . v« s v v v v v o o “ e
-30 29531 LUG . . . it i e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e i
31 | 41A93 SPRING . . . . . &t v it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
32 3890 NUT,832Esna . . . . . . « =« « o« ¢ o « . P e e e e e e e e
-33 SeeNote2| SOLENOID .. . . . . v v v v vv v v v v v s e a s e
34 30A191 CABLEASSEMBLY . : . . . « « ¢ t v v v v v e v e ama e
35 7A604 SWITCH MOUNTINGBRACKET . . . . . . . . ... ..... ..
-36 3595 SCREW,832x5/16B.H. . . . . . . . . .. e e e ee .
37 5576 EYELET . . . . .. ..+ <. ... e e e e e s ..
38 41792 SPRING . . . . . .. e e e e e e e [P ..
-39 45A49 LINKAGEBAR . . . . . . &t v v v v v it e s o e e e o ns
40 | 3859 SCREW,8-32x3/16B.H. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
41 38131 SCREW,256x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . T e e e e e e e
42 4s16 LOCKWASHER,NO.2Int.. . . . . . . « + & 2 4 v v v 0 o v o o
43 7A605 ~ SWITCH LIMITER BRACKETASSEMBLY . . . .. . ... ... ..
44 4561 LOCKWASHER,NO.8Int.. . . . . . . . . . . .. fe e e e e
45 7A783 See
Note 4B PULLEY MOUNTINGBRACKET . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
-46 43A343 :
SeeNotedB | SPACER . . . . . . . .« ¢ v v v v v v ettt e n e
47 | 7A784 See
Note 48 CABLEGUARD . . . . . &« vt ot v v et e et e e e e
48 35237 See v
Note 4B SCREW
Issued: Jan. 1974
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

49 2534 See
Note 4B
-50

51

Note 4B

NOTE 1: 1C465 uses 49A28-3 Capstan


EMmMPUOPp

- 1C470 uses 49A38-1


1D363 uses 49A28-1
1D414 uses 49A28-1
1C481 uses 49A428-1
1CA477 uses 49A28-1
1D456 uses 49A38-1

NOTE 2: 1C465 uses 80A7-6 Solenoid (24 V)


1C470 uses 80A7-6
OMMUOPP

1D363 uses 80A9-6


1D414 uses 80A7-6
1C481 uses 80A9-6
1C477 uses 80A9-6
1D456 uses 80A9-6

NOTE 3: Refer to aircraft installation manual and/or 7.1 table this section
for cable guard requirements.

"NOTE4: A. Model 1C363-182 (only) uses extra-large capstan with arm.


No cable guard required.

B. 1C481is identical to 1D363 exoe_pt\\for addition of cable


pulley, brackets and cable guard, parts 2-3-45 through -52.
C. 1CA477 is identical to 1D363 except for base-plate
modification. : .

Page 7-71 Issued: Jan. 1974


4 s v mdae

79B68-( ) - GEAR AND CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY

ITEMNO. | PART NO. %ESCRIPTION

-1 81A18 GEARANDSHAFTASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . v v ¢ v v v .
2 49A281 | CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY(usedon?79B68-1) . . . . .. . .. . ... .
-3 49A28-3 CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY (usedon69B68-2) . . . . . . . . ..
. . ..
4 49A38-1 CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY (usedon79B68-3) . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
5 4A181 CLUTCHDISC (usedon79B68-1and-2) . . . . . . . . . .« + « + . .
6 4A1811 CLUTCHDISC(usedon79B68-3) . . . . . . ¢« v v & & 4 & v v o
-7 4A179 WASHER, Slotted (usedon79B68-1and-2) . . . . . . . . . .. v e
-8 4A179-1 WASHER, Slotted (usedon79B68-3) . . . . . . . e e e e e e e .
9 4A152 WASHER, Tensionspring . . . . . . . & & & v « o v & « o o & « »
-10 4A180 WASHER, Tension spring (used on79B68-1 &-2). . . . . . . . . . .
1 4A180-1 WASHER, Tension spring (usedon79B68-3) . . . . . . . e e e e e
-12 22S80 PIN, Roll,5/64 Dia.x1/21lg . . . . . e h e e e e e e e e e e e .
-13 22853 KEY,Cotler. . . . . . & &« & ¢ ¢t i e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-14 48150 WASHER, Flat,5/16 . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e .
-15 2891 = NUT, Castle, 5/16-24 . . . B o0 or ot T e e e e e e e e e e e s

Issued: Jan. 1974


, (
INdYH 2°L ‘DA $T ‘0AI8S T-£9€01

Page 7-73
1C363-1 - SERVO ASSEMBLY 14VDC, 7.2 RPM

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION

1 1B484 SERVO ACTUATOR, 12VDC, Globe No.67A243-1 .. . . . . . . . .


2 4A18T *| CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . . & i e v e e m e sv s o s e w s e .
3 49A28-1 *{ CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . .. e e e s e s ee e e ee e e
4 4A179 *] WASHER. . . . . . . . . & . v v ¢ v v e v . e r e e e e
5 4A152 TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . . . . v v v v 4« . e e e e e .
6 48150 WASHER,5/16 LDx5/80Dx010THK . . . . .. . .. . .. .. ,
7 2591 NUT, 5/16-24 NF, Castle, AN3105. . . . . . . .
8 22853 COTTERPIN,1/16x3/4,AN380-23. . . . . . . . e e e e e e .
9 7A508-1 *} CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo.1,2,3,&4) . . . . . . . . . ...
-10 38174 SCREW, B. H. No. 6-3ZUNC-2Ax 1/4 . e e e s e e e e e e e
-11 4596 LOCKWASHER, IntemaiNo.6 . . . . . . . .R
12 13A265-1 LABEL,ModelNo.,S/N . . . . . . . . . . . & & v i i s e
13 11IM191 SOLVENT ., . . . . . “ e e e e i e e e e e e e e e e
-14 22880 ROLLPIN,5/64x1/2. . . . . . . & @ i i i v e s e s e e s e
-15 4A181-1 ¥ CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . & . it et e et s e e e a e o . .
-16 4A180. *| TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . + & v & 4 v v et e e e c e e
A7 4A180-1 +] TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . . . . & ¢t 4t v v e s e v s v e o
-18 49A38-1 +] CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . .. ... .. e e e e e e e s
-19 4A1791 H WASHER. . . . . . . . & it it e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-20 7A701 +] CABLE GUARD (For positions No. 2 & No. 4) v e s s e e e e n e e
21 7A701-1 +| CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo.1&No.3) . . . . . . . . . .. . .
22 4A186 +| PLATE. . . . . e s e a e e e s e a e e s e e e e e e e
23 49A284 *| CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY . . . . . A m s e i e s e e e e e e e e e
24 13A274 ‘LABEL(CD47) . . .. .. ... ... i s e e e s e e e e e
25 13A143 CLABEL(CD-16) . . . & v v . s s e s e e e e e e e e e e e

* Used with large capstan

+ Used with small capstan

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-74


( A4 gL
(
‘DOUA 82 ‘oaxsg 1-¢ovD1
o
O| d NId
2ol o N1a
Trmare| € Nia
TI0D HOLATO E OPNI
HIIHM

Page 7-75
1C465-1- SERVO ASSEMBLY 28 VDC, 7.2 RPM

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 1B485 SERVO ACTUATOR, 24 VDC, Globe No.67A2441 . . . . . . . . . .


-2 4A152 TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . . . . . . . . ¢ &« o v v v v u s
-3 4A1811 * CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . . & v v v & v v s e e e e e
4 49A38-1 *| CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . v v v v v o v e v . e
-5 22S80 ROLLPIN,5/64x1/2. . . . . . & v o o v e e e e e e e e e e,
6 4A179-1 *] WASHER,Slotted . . . . . . . & & v v v e e e e e e e e
-7 4A180-1 *] TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . . . . . . .« v o v o v i i
8 48150 WASHER, 5/16 LD x5/80Dx.010THK . . . . . . . . . .. .
9 2591 NUT, Castle, AN-310-3,5/16-24 UNF-2B ... . . . . . . . . . e e s
-10 22553 COTTER PIN, AN380-2-3,1/16 x3/4. . . . . . . . « v v o v v . .
-1 7A701 *| CABLE GUARD (Position NO.20RNo4) . . . . . . e e e e e e .
-12 35174 SCREW,B.H.,N0.6-32UNC-2Ax1/4 . . . . . . . . . « v o« v ..
-13 4596 LOCKWASHER, Internal,No.6 . . . . . . . . ... . ... ...
-14 13A265-1 LABEL,Model No.S/N . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e . .
-15 11IM1N SOLVENT . . . . . . & & & v o v e e e e e e . .
-16 4A186 *] PLATE. . . . . . . . &« v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
17 7A701-1 *| CABLE GUARD (PositionNo.10orNo.3) . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
-18 4A181 +] CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . . v o e e s e e e e e e e e s .
-19 49A28-1 +] CAPSTAN ASSEMBLY . . . . . & &t v e v e e e e e e e e
-20 4A179 + WASHER. . . . . . . . . . v v v o e e e e o e e e e .
21 4A180 + TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . . . . . . . v v v o . .. . . .
22 7A508-1 +| CABLE GUARD (Position No.1,2,30t4). . . . . . . v « v « v - . .
23 13A274 LABEL(CD-A7) . . . . . . & o e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
24 13A143 LABEL(CD-16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e

* Used with large capstan

+ Used with small capstan

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-76


(
W44 8°1 ‘OdA 82 ,o?flm 1-0LFOI
a¥8 qos =
ALIHM DMV 0g#
FImm|C| ENId
TI00 HOLATO “83& .
ALTAM NaFaot V Nid
Gl
/, vl
e
1C470-1- SERVO ASSEMBLY, 28VDC, 1.8 RPM

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


-1 1B485-1 SERVO ACTUATOR, 24 VDC, Globe No.67A2442 . . . . . . .. .
2 4A152 TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . . . + & & ¢ v v v v v e e e
3 4A181-1 * CLUTCHDISC . . . & & i it e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
4 497381 *| CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e e e
5 22580 ROLLPIN,G/64Xx1/2. . . . « v v vt e ot e e e e e e e e .
6 4A179-1 *| WASHER,Slotted . . . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e .
7 4A180-1 * TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . . . . v v v v v v v o o .
8 45150 WASHER,5/16 LDx5/80Dx. 010 THK . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
9 2591 NUT, Castle, AN310-5,5/1624 UNF-2B. . . . . . & &« v « + v v v v .
10 | 22S53 COTTER PIN, AN3102-3,1/16x3/4. . . . . . . . .. e ..
11 | 7A701 *| CABLE GUARD (For positions No.2&No.4) . . . . . . . ... ...
12 | 38174 SCREW,B.H.,No.6-32UNC2Ax1/4 . . . . .. ... ......
13 | 4596 : LOCKWASHER, Intemal N0.6 + . . .~ « + = v v v v v v v v v W
-14 | 13A265-1 LABEL,Model No.S.N.. . . . . . . . & & v v v v v e e e e .
15 | 11M191 SOLVENT . . . & i i i i e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
-16 | 4A186 :iPLATE.. e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
17 7A701-1 CABLE GUARD (For positions No. T&No.3) . . . . . . . . . . . ..
18 | 4A180 4 TENSIONSPRINGWASHER . . . ... . . .. e e e e e e e e
19 | 49A28-1 4H CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . & & v v v v e et e e e e e e e e e
20 | 4A181 4 CLUTCHDISC . . . . . i i it e e e e e e e e e e e e e
21 | 4A179 4 WASHER. . . . . ¢ i ot i e v e e e e e e e e e e e e ..
22 | 7A508-1 4 CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo.1,2,3&4) . . . . . « v v o o « . .
T 23 | 13A274 LABEL(CD47) . . . & i v v e e e e e e e e e e e e e e
24 | 13A143 LABEL(CD-16) . . . . . & « v & i v v e e e e e e e e e e

* Used for large capstan

+ Used with small capstan

— "\_)

et
/(MI
Jssued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-78
( (
NdY 8°T ‘OQA $1 ‘oalsg 1-80601 .
Co -
-—
Doy

Page 7-79
1C508-1 - SERVO ASSEMBLY, 14VDC, 1.8 RPM

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 1B484-1 SERVO ACTUATOR, 12VDC, Globe No.67A243-2 . . . . . . . . ..


2 4A181 *} CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . . & v ittt e e e s s e e e e e s
3 49A28-1 *| CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . ¢« . v v v v v v s e e e e e .
4 4A179 *| WASHER. . . . . . . . . . ¢ o f et e e e e e e e e
5 4A152 *| TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ . i v v v i v e v e e e s
6 45150 WASHER,5/16 LDx5/80Dx. 010 THK . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
-7 2591 NUT,5/16-24 NF,Castle, AN3105. . . . . . . . . . . . ... ...
-8 22853 COTTERPIN,1/16x3/4,AN380-2-3. . . . . . . . . v . ¢ v o v .« &
9 7A508-1 *| CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo.1,2,3,&4) . . . . . . . . . ...
-10 35174 SCREW,B.H. NO.632NC2Ax1/4. . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
-11 4596 LOCKWASHER,IntemalNo.6 . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. ...
-12 13A265-1 LABEL, Model No., S/N s s e a e s e a e s e we as e
-13 11M191 SOLVENT . . . . . . i vt i e e it v s e e s e e e e e
-14 22580 ROLLPIN,5/64x1/2. . . . . . . . . . .« ¢ . o v v o v v v
-15 4A181-1 +|] CLUTCHDISC . . . . . . . . . . ¢ v ¢ i v s i e e e e e e
-16 49A38-1 +] CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . .« ¢ v o o v v e e e e
-17 4A179-1 +|] WASHER,Slotted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
-18 . 4A180 *| TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . . . . . . .« . . o v v o o..
-19 4A180-1 +] TENSIONWASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .+ ¢ o v v
-20 7A701 +| CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo.2&No.4) . . . . . . . . . ...
21 7A701-1 +] CABLE GUARD (For positionsNo. 1&No.3) . . . . . . . . .. ...
22 4A186 +| PLATE. . . . . . & s it e e e e e e e e e e e
23 13A274 LABEL(CD47) . . . . . . . & & ittt s e e e e e e e e
24 13A143 LABEL(CD-16) . . . . . . . . . & . i i s i h e e e e e e e
25 49A284 *| CAPSTANASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ v v v v v v ..

* Used with large capstan

+ Used with small capstan

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-80


1C359 Gyro-Amplifier

Page 7-81
1C359 - GYRO - AMPLIFIER
{(Used in Stabilizer Back System)

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION


-1 35298 SCREW6-32x3/8B.H. . . . . . . . . ¢ ¢ i vt v v v v o
-2 7B495 MOUNTINGBRACKET . . . . . . . .. ¢« oo v v o v o ..
-3 3836 SCREW6-32 x5/16B.H. . . . . . . e e e h e e e e e e e e
4 4596 LOCKWASHER . . . . . . . . ... ... .. e e e s e
5 3548 SCREW440x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . .« v v oo e
- -6 4540 LOCKWASHER No.4Int.Lock . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e
-7 1C354 CIRCUITBOARD ASSEMBLY (Ref.). . . . . . . . . .. . . . ...
-8 28S53 PLUGASSEMBLY9Pin. . . . . . . . « & . v v v 0 v v s o « .
-9 308185 ELECTRICAL HARNESS(Ref.). . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e
-10 29856 SOLDER LUGNo.4Llocking . . . . . . . . . . ... e e e e .
-1 35855 SCREW440x1/8R.H.. . . . . . . . . . vt v v e v et e e
-12 1D350 RATEGYRO ASSY.(Ref.69D471) . . . . . . . . .+ v ¢ v v « - .
-13 32A15 GASKET ... ... e e e e e e e e e e e e e .
-14 15B169 COVER . . . . . & . i i e et ot et e e e e v e e e e e e,
-15 14A46 MICAINSULATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . o o v v i et e s s
-16 4A58° INSULATORWASHER . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... e
-17 35164 SCREW440x5/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . ... ... ...
-18 . 48543 TRANSISTOR. . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e s e e e . .
-19 38212 "SCREW440x1/2B.H. . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e e .
-20 2514 NUT440Hex . . . . . . . . . . ¢ @ o i i v i v v aie v v v
21 35280 SCREW440x3/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ...
22 13A265 LABEL . . .. ....

issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-82


R— .

YELLOW R- R-21 R-23

5| sl P ox
R-1

s
o o
s
o o O o
L3¢ 'S b

C-11

RrR-10(20
o

-15
<

1C354 Printed Circuit Board Assembly

Page
'1C354 - PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
(STABILIZER)

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 27B79 PRINTED CIRCUITBOARD. . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e .


2 48S35 TRANSISTORMAG00-T . . . . & & v v v e v v s e n e e a s
3 48831 TRANSISTORZN1194 . . . . . . . . «. + . . e e e e e e e e
-4 48842 TRANSISTOR 2N 3116 . . . . . & & v & ot e
e s m s o s o e
5 48549 TRANSISTORMPS 6515 . . . . . &. & &t & v e
s v v s e e s s .
-6 6R115 RESISTOR,470K1/2W+10% . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
7 48833 DIODEIN4OOT . . . . . & & @t h ot et e o m 6 e e n n m e
.8 21A45 CAPACITOR,35uf, Polarized. . . . . . . . . «© + ¢ ¢ v @ &« ¢ « o
9 21A44 CAPACITOR,5uf,Non-polarized . . . . . . . . . ¢« . v+ « « . .
-10 8S14 CAPACITOR,1mfd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e e e
-11 24A93 CIRCUIT,Tuned . . . . & & & ¢« v v v = o o = o + o « « = «a o »
12 25B31 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . & & i i o e e e e s st e e o
-13 25A23 TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e “ e e
-14 6R75 RESISTOR, 470hm,1TW,10% . . . . & & &+ & « & ¢ v s e s o o o «
-15 6R84 RESISTOR, 68K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . & « & & & 4 & & o o s & « o «
-16 6R117 RESISTOR,62K,1/2W,10% . . . . . . & « v « v « & N e e e
17 6R31 RESISTOR, 10K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . & & v & v ¢ & o « & « s & o
18 6R118 RESISTOR, 47K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e
-19 6R87 ‘RESISTOR, 1K, 1/2W,10% . . . . & & « ¢ ¢ & v & v o & v « o «
~20 6R72 RESISTOR, 100K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . & & & v v v 4 o o o« = » « &
21 6R97 RESISTOR, 270 Ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . « & & & & v & & v « = + « »
22 6R116 RESISTOR, 1M, 1/2W,10% . . . . & ¢ & & ¢« v o v s e s e s a a -
23 6R115 RESISTOR, 470K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . &« « v v & s e e v w v a
24 6R77 RESISTOR, 100 Ohm, 1/2W,10% . . . . & « « & + « « & = « = » &
-25 6R133 RESISTOR, 33K, 1/2W,5% . . . . & ¢ &+ v ¢ ¢ & s & o & o s « + =
-26 6R101 RESISTOR,33 Ohm,1/2W,10%. . . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e .
27 185816 POTENTIOMETER,10K. . . . . . . . et e e e e e e e e e
-28 8S14 CAPACITOR, 10uf . . . . . . v & v et e e s e e e e . e e .
29 | 10M128 NO. 26 Plastlc Jacketed Wire (Alpha No.1687) . . . . . . . . . . . ..
30 . 6R91 RESISTOR, 1.2K, 1/2W,10% . . . . . . Ve o s o n s mom e e as
31 145151 _TRANSISTOR MOUNTINGPAD . . . . . W e e e e e e e e

Issued: 'Jan. 1974 Page 7-84


B440 Roll Signal Filter

Page 7-85
1B440 - ROLL SIGNAL FILTER

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 158193 HOUSING&COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 o v v v v .. Ce e e
-2 18441 ~ASSY.PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . . . .. ... ... ....
-3 28S50 CONNECTOR,7pin . . . . . ¢ & 4 ¢ v s it i v e e e n e e e
4 29821 - LUG,No.4int.Lock . . . . . . . . . .. . ... ... S
5 58569 .GROMMET . .. .. ... Cr e e r e e a e e e e e e e e e
-6 308248 CABLEASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . i ¢ & s ettt s e e e e e
-7 13A145 LABEL,CD-18 . . . . . . . . . i e e e e e e e e e e
-8 43A321 STANDOFF. . . . . . . ... e e h e e e e e e e e e
9 3554 SCREW,256x7/16B.H. . . . . . . . . . .. Ve e e e e e e e
-10 2546 NUT,2586Hex . . . . . . . & ¢ 0 i it et e e e e e e
-1 COMM SCREW, No.6SheetMetalx1/4B.H. . . . . . . . . ... ...
-12 3548 SCREW,440x3/16B.H. . . . .. . . .. . . .. ... ...
-13 | 2814 NUT,440Hex . . . .. . . . .. I
- 14 35228 SCREW,6-32x1/2B.H.. . . . . .. e e e e e e e e e e .
-15 2817 NUT,632Hex . . . . . . & & ¢ v v it s i et e e e e e u s
-16 4596 : WASHER, No. 6, Int.Lock . . . . . e e e e e e e e e e e e .
17 13A265 - PLACARD . . . . . . v ot v s et e e e e e e e e e e ..
-18 4516 WASHER,No.2,Int.Lock . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... .

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-86


[s}]
o4 RN R0 Q2 R6 R3 R2 mMPS C9 R1 R4 €8 CR1 CR2
2N3116 22K 22K 2N3116 22K 22K 33K 6515 330PF 22K 27K 47MF 1N40011N4001

100MF

a3
2N3116
ca
toome (7 ‘

2 @ c2

cs
5.6MF (Ej\;
/7 (

SELECT
Ro s.zm:n(
r8 @ 4
SELECT
as
MPSG515 - BLACK
R
A18 (]
27K ORANGE
R12
23K
c7 Ry
5.6MF

B ® @ @ D D '
06 RO R7 RIB €11 o7 pu AR5 € R €12 T
o ZI0K 470 3%0PF MPSSS15 27K 820 S6MF 150K 330PF cpay TRANSFORMER

PITCH SIGNAL FILTER


- CIRCUIT BOARD

Page 7-87 issued: Jan. 1974


PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY PITCH SIGNAL FILTER - 1B440-1

ITEM NO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

A1 278107-1. | PRINTEDCIRCUITBOARD . . . + v v v v v e e e e e et e e s
2 25B34. TRANSFORMER . . . . . . . . . . e e e e
3 48542 TRANSISTOR,2N3116 . . . « « « v 2« v o o o h oo e an u s
4 48549 TRANSISTOR,MPS 6515 . . . . & v v v v v e v e e e e oo
5 48833 DIODE, IN40OT . . » « « « o « v v o. e e e e
6 21585 CAPACITOR, 5.6MF, 20V, TANTALUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
7 215116 CAPACITOR, 100MF, 20V., TANTALUM . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
8 215139 CAPACITOR, 47MF, 20V., FANTALUM . . . . . . . . . .. .
9 215101 CAPACITOR,380PF . &+ & & « v e v e e e e e e e e e e e
-10 6322324 RESISTOR, 22, %W, 2% + « « = v v e e e e e e e e e e e e
a1 6327224 RESISTOR, 2.7K, %W, 2% . . . . . . . . e e e e e
12 6333324 RESISTOR, 33K, %W,2% . . . . . . . . .e e e e e
13 6322224 RESISTOR, 2.2K, W, 2% * v« « + v v e e e e e e e e e e e e
14 6310324 RESISTOR, 10K, %W, 2% . « « « « « v v v o e e e e e e o
15 6327424 | RESISTOR, 270K, %W,2% . . . . . « « v v v v v e v e e
16 6315424 RESISTOR, 150K, %W, 2% . . + « v v v v o e e e e e e e e e o
17 6382124 RESISTOR, 820 OHM, %W, 2% . . . » v v « o v v e e e e e e o
18 6347124 | RESISTOR,470 OHM, %W,2% . . . . . . . . e e e e e e e
-19 SELECT RESISTOR, 68K-150K, 4W, 2% . & » « « & « 4 v e e e e e e e o
-20 SELECT RESISTOR, 8B.2K-13K, %W, 2% .+ . » = + v o v v o e e e e e e a s
21 18532 TRIMPOTBK . . . . . . .. e e e e e e e

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-88


1B405 Switch Box

Page 7-89
1B405 - SWITCH BOX

ITEMNO. | PART NO. DESCRIPTION

-1 158187 HOWSING & COVER . . . . . . .


-2 9568 RECEPTACLE (4 Pin). ..
3 30851 CABLE . . ..
4 28540 PLUG ( 4 pin)
5 5859 GROM . .. . ME . ... T.. ...
-6 *80S12 RELAY3PDT. . . . . . . . .. ..
-7 29544 SOLDERLUG. . . .. .. ..
-8 35174 SCREW 6-32x 1/4 B. H.
-9 2817 NUT 6-32Hex . . . .
-10 13A274 LABEL CD-47 .
-1 13A318 LABEL STAB . . .
-12 13A319 LABEL AUTOPILOT
13 13A265 LABLES/N. . . . . . . « v v v v v o v v u .
-14- 35298 SCREW 6-32x7/8B.H. . ..
-16 35837 SCREW No<4 x1/4B.H.sm.

* NOTE: For 1B405-24 Switch Box replace 80512 relay with 80514.

Issued: Jan. 1974 Page 7-90


.

. '
! =g -
< . .
#1 SW 7

; GELECT % - .
! NoM 16K .
| ‘ ¢
i /
/ A
:
4 gt .
i S 70
. R11 f
: 39K }) . wre
1 = * T XER j‘\:\:‘l :

. FFS 2’/\[- RIT £, - ’ Fluenrs vav


e Rew N e 101 ron % I i %o CHFS 7
g LIBITS
v s [Z | saKe ek ] R < fun
RoLL EX C . w4 s AN {
J
4
RowL £4 [TF :
s | e Y -5B /5 REo . W2ty as
note com | B LLaK . (¢ -1B D_| srovwy
. - mi Y ,5 TFee . gR 1 T . | WC| Lo MoRmMAL
GROUNE. H TSKITAL i Q“}m 0 ¢ 5 ;[ RES ;
DE £X D e T " ¢ oT 264 . 1 sw e st
> A REDIS 1w
Pe £x E H““l
B RAVIG tev
. : ‘/\{\{5 5 i e QR NE CL~%4
-3ty T. 00 0\ |
7o RMF : " ) «s;i o o
& ¢ 107 4o
.
T . w ] £
sy LAAAAAAAAS -tSt LTIV v %
- ~ 3, ; B5/ RE& 5
%58 PRI . ] ”] ,
. 150K
- Relay s ! / 100k 2 7R L8O ”g“y (VHA‘ m |
. 5 o i . | 25 ¥ 4§ eV & F - re6, c27
‘eRove £ [E - i Lis cre et : 220 220
SoLL EX [ D fe | e i " EE s
Yiorr wi—its )
¢ 546 B re =t T swoe
st B T : . CR N
«wuNy [ I :
e P s wavss |pend .
.
YLK,
Afiebe
&5
- F50FF] Al Ree o b
swos
D =, j (G/0LPS £515 Rz
£ o i o%
LT R30 JLOEE 6505 a7 sh
4
Shas wed
1 1epn l»fl/=‘< ie Ned

g
N ‘
§

i
. . oI
cre |
%

. D6 &N CIRCUIT EOERYE


- . &

. )
LepTES: | . : - WSEr
.
withn$p ~EE0
360 Lo
Svs,
£ BLL URPEEIVORS REE LK UWF WHLESS OFRER WISE SELECEETES. ! "
B ALL RESISTORS ARE 16 OHMS YUKLESS OTHERWISE SPELIFIED- T
B AL FESISTORS ARE Vo WRYTY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPEYFIED. .
£ ALL BIODES ARE IR EDOI YREESS OINERWISE SFECIFIED. - . ! e
S JURPER ACROSS REY TO BE REMEVED WHEN USED WINR oM - OTY |11tk PaEt wOMEES ] GESTRIPTION
CONYERTERS WITW ARINC OEYPUF~ I = (50 MULIVOLYS, i s 1 ! 1157 ©F BIATERIALG
BEATN
v BTCGHELL MRDUSYRIRE,
WNERAL WELLE, TERAS
s 20 L EE-73 brgpmvmeseame rs =
TR op | SCHEMATIC, RADIO
RHEOVIE COUFLER JC388:42,
T

SS
-
oo
. . s
G
¥R e e "
.
,
; 5
<

i
[
i -
.
"-
i T
-
T ¢
¥

|
¥ - Lt :
! .
i
.

& e
s »
T .
. i
! *
b A
s L 5 (RY (k4
5 Ri < R0
ynr:r&;, JEATISE MSTISR Tk
oM IB K
.
; RE R
. ; 2ECK L
0K
.

' 3 - {1
s et ez Rl
‘ ’. 9K .
) L
‘ A K& RS
12K skl | .
. A .
. .
LA
. 2~zu.’.
l . ’J"c“ A i .
Dt Si6 KT R/ 1 B TORIT ‘ .
sk . ¢ TRJER
20K sor 1ak Aze Fueurs zev
KoLt EX RIS ., : E glm 7S :
' Fé
RoLL
. £x - - nie
<
KoLl com 4 o e 5y .
SROUND. . - 3 Lok ! s R . . W |ezev Ad
Z?;6 ;x£x T .
o 8%
5 ] + o
s - SR 174t Y]
: D] arover
L . - Fes = K1 Loe nermal 5
.
. cy 5 165 . na m
Sw e /n“{
A L Raprk tx
S 70 Amp 1
L g - 5 RABIE e 4o o
: ¢ " ; BEDE :
47 -
isi
<
¥ s . 16l SR
- - AOCRES. SRS
i
I ! 16 BE =T

b
& ! €3 t
- £E
: - AV
E
9 1 -
Kis ol .
o 33
et rzhxm, 2GI5G
. o4 TRE
v ¢
| mEFsEa
: o o
-
ot
RELL £ X
- RGLL £X new Snes &
NORE. 16 g g € K{im

s HRE Sre
GROUND
CERE S/6. CII et
T HDE S1E f MN_
23]_‘QMM' '

o *
PLE AT LIRCyly B OAR D o

ShonerEs:
5 i
Yo L RCLAPACITEES RRE K UE URIESS . :
w oress WESE EEECEEPER.
2’ AU RESISTORS ORE /N OHMS UNLESS -
B UL RESISTORE ARE V% WATY Uniess ATREE WISE S PECLALER,
OIHERWISE S PECYEISS.
T4 ALL DIGDES ARE SN QDHL WREESS BIwsREnNssE BEFCIENE D,
TS JUMPER ACKESS RS 7o BE REMAVED .
wBEsr us5Ex IRy omaf
LORYVERTERS WITH ARING BUTEY
T- £5° = 150 PUHLIVELTS .,
I

S WILToN
[CRICERT,
&2z 4 m"mfima IRBULER ¥
PR Pt 5. 57
YREBEEAL wuw. raxm
R
| SCREMATIC, RADIO o
COUPLER ficzgs«“fi
‘):\era?oywmwmaww 'wimm« ceBE 1T
LHURESK

Potrebbero piacerti anche